sign in sign up
<<
Home , Claude Shannon, Harry Harlow, John Milnor, Walter Munk

REPORT RESUMES ED 011 860 SE 001 661 COURSE AND CURRICULUM IMPROVEMENT PROTECTSMATHEMATICS, SCIENCE, ENGINEERING. BY- FONTAINE, THOMAS D. NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION, WASHINGTON C.C. REPORT NUMBER NSF -66 -22 PUB DATE SEP 66 EDRS PRICE MF -$0.i$ HC -$5.00 125P.

DESCRIPTORS- *COLLEGE SCIENCE, *CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT, *ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SCIENCE, *SCIENCE COURSE IMPROVEMENT PROJECT, *SECONDARY SCHOOL SCIENCE, BIOLOGY, CHEMISTRY, COLLEGE , ENGINEERING, ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MATHEMATICS, EARTH SCIENCE, , PHYSICS, SECONDARY SCHOOL MATHEMATICS, SOCIAL SCIENCES, NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION, EARTH SCIENCE CURRICULUM PROJECT, BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES CURRICULUM STUDY, CHEMICAL BOND APPROACH

ELEMENTARY, SECONDARY, AND COLLEGE LEVEL SCIENCE COURSE IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS ARE DESCRIBED. INDIVIDUAL PROJECTS ARE CLASSIFIED ACCORDING TO INSTITUTIONAL LEVEL AND ACADEMIC DISCIPLINE. MANY OF THE PROJECTS REPRESENT COMPLETE EDUCATIONAL PROGRAMS AND INCLUDE SUCH MATERIALS AS STUDENT TEXTBOOKS, LABORATORY MANUALS, SUPPLEMENTARY READINGS, TEACHER GUIDES, FILMS, AND OTHER AUDIOVISUAL AIDS. OTHERS ARE NARROWER IN SCOPE AND INVOLVE SUCH ACTIVITIES AS THE DEVELOPMENT OF VISUAL AIDS, LABORATORY EXERCISES, AND DEMONSTRATION EQUIPMENT. CONCERNING THE PROJECTS INCLUDES (1) THE PROJECT TITLE,(2) THE NAME OF THE PROJECT DIRECTOR, (3) THE RATIONALE OF THE PROGRAM,(4) A BRIEF HISTORY OF ITS DEVELOPMENT INCLUDING ITS CURRENT STATUS AND ANTICIPATED FUTURE ACTIVITIES,(5) A LIST OF MATERIALS THAT HAVE BEEN PREPARED BY THE PROJECT STAFF, AND (6) BIBLIOGRAPHIES. THIS DOCUMENT IS AVAILABLE FROM THE SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS, U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE, WASHINGTON, D.C. 20402, FOR $0.65.(AG) COURSE AND CURRICULUM IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS MATHEMATICS SCIENCE ENGINEERING

ELEMENTARY SCHOOL

SECONDARY SCHOOL COLLEG & UNIVERSITY U.S.DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION & WELFARE OFFICE OF EDUCATION

THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REPRODUCED EXACTLY ASRECEIVED FROM THE PERSON OR ORGANIZATION ORIGINATING IT.POINTS OF VIEW OR OPINIONS r STATED DO NOT NECESSARILY REPRESENT OFFICIALOFFICE OF EDUCATION POSITION OR POLICY. NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION COURSE AND CURRICULUM IMPROVEMENT PROJECTS MATHEMATICS SCIENCE ENGINEERING

Curriculum Studies Textbooks Laboratory Guides Resource Materials for Teachers Supplementary Materials for Students Equipment Development Films

Sept. 1966 This volume is dedicated to thememory of Richard E. Paulson 1918 -1966 The principal architect of theprogram of which these projectsare the embodiment.

For sale by the Superintendent of DOeiinients U.S. Government Printing Office Washington, D.C. 20402 ice 65 cents Foreword

IN VERY MANY WAYS the plans and expectations of Americans, andindeed of people everywhere, depend upona strong and growing science and technology. The in- creasing importance of science toour Nation and the world creates pressing edu- cational demands.Literacy in science is becoming essential for all citizenswho wish to comprehend the world they live and work in andto participate in the increasing number of local and national decisions,some of gravest import, that require an under- standing of science.Further, more and more students must be attractedto scientific and technical pursuits, and these studentsmust be prepared to work with increasingly sophisticated ideas and techniques. Very practical considerations compelus to give attention to the strengthening of science education. But there is anotheraspect of the matter, namely, the principle held by those taking part in the reform of science educationthat more emphasis should be given to disciplined, creative, intellectual activityas a noble enterprise and to intellec- tual achievement as a worthy end in itself.There is a desire to allow each student to experience some of the excitement, beauty, and intellectualsatisfaction that scientific pursuits afford. Similar movements also aimedat giving the student experiences and points of view heretofore largely limited to professionalsin a are beginning to go forward in the humanities and the arts. These experiences, it is hoped, will leadmany to enter scholarly professions and others to adoptsome of the scholarly and artistic modes of thought in their work and their avocations. Good teachers and good schools have always workedindividually to give students the best educational fare they could. Nowadays,however, the task of bringing the best that has been thought to all studentsinways appropriate to their varied interests, abilities, and future livesrequiresnew and tactics.We live in an age of explosive growth of knowledge.More scientific and technological discoveries have been made in the past fifteenyears than in all previous recorded time.Powerful new insights are being gained into the fundamentalstructure of major areas of inquiry. Moreover, traditional assumptions about what studentsat given levels of development can learn are increasingly found to be misl3ading in manyways.Finally, society can no longer afford to wait for a generation ormore for new knowledge to make its gradual way into school and collegeprograms. In the last few years, , scientists, engineers,and educators have taken up these new educational challenges with great vigor. Working together, and aided by increasing public and private support for educational research anddevelopment, they have undertaken a number of fresh approachesto the improvement of school instruction in mathematics and science. In colleges and universities, researchscientists have been taking an increasing interest in undergraduate instruction.The aim has been to wee that instruction presents contemporary knowledgeas well as contemporary viewpoints on knowledge established earlier. In many cases it has seemed best to startanew rather than merely to patch up oldercourses. A distinctive feature of many projects Is the effort made to go beyond the presentation of what is known andto provide students with experience in theprocesses by which new facts, principles, and techniques are developed.

iii The purpose of thepresent edition of this booklet,as of the earlier editions, is to provide a readily available guide to curriculum improvement projectssupported by the National Science Foundation.Decisions on what to teachremain, in the healthy American tradition, the exclusiveresponsibility of individual schoolsand teachers. The National Science Foundationdoes not recommend the adoptionof any specific book, film, piece ofapparatus, course, or curriculum.It is hoped, however, that the products of these projects will prove to merit serious consideration by allconcerned with education atevery level from primary to graduate.

THOMAS D. FONTAINE Associate Director (Education) Table of Contents Foreword iii Introduction 1 I. General Projects 3 H. Elementary and Secondary SchoolProjects A. Multidisciplinary 5 B. Astronomy, Atmospheric and EarthSciences 10 C. Biology 13 D. Chemistry 16 E. Mathematics 19 F. Physics (includes Engineering) 29 G. Social Sciences 32 III. College and University Projects A. Multidisciplinary 36 B. Agriculture 39 C. Anthropology 40 D. Biology 43 E. Chemistry 52 F. Engineering Multidisciplinary Engineering 59 Aeronautical Engineering 66 Chemical Engineering; Metallurgy;Ceramic Engineering 68 Civil and Sanitary Engineering 69 Electrical and 73 Industrial Engineering 79 Materials Science; Materials Engineering 80 Mechanical Engineering; Solid and FluidMechanics 82 Nuclear Engineering 88 G. Geography 88 H. Geology 89 I. Mathematics 92 J. Meteorology 100 K. Physics 100 L. Psychology 114 M. Sociology 117 Appendix List of Commercial Publishers, Film andTelevision Producers, and Apparatus Manufacturers Cited in Project Descriptionsin this Publication 118 Introduction

,HE Science Course Improvement Programs of the director's institution; and the periodcovered by Foun- National Science Foundation haveas their objec- dation support. tive'the improvement of the substance of courses The projects are classified by in mathematics, science, and engineeringat all educa- institutional levels elementary and secondary school tional levels.Outstanding scientists, mathematicians, or college and univer- sityand by academic discipline where and engineers take responsibility forpreparing new appropriate. Within each discipline, the projects and innovative materials whichpresent modern science are arranged in order of decreasing breadth of in chaNnging but comprehensible form.Course im- interestfrom projects of discipline-wide interest through provement activities include a wide diversity of projects projects concerned with a particularcourse to projects dealing with the ranging from curriculum conferences throughdevelop- development of a specific instrument ment of new or improved instructional apparatus to the or device.Since many projects are of interest to more than production of completecourses that may include new one disci- pline, a partial cross-reference is provided laboratory experiments, laboratory guides, educational at the be- ginning of each section. films, and teachers' guides,as well as textbook materials. Many readers will find it 1 profitable to spendsome time looking through the Foundation support is limited to the design anddevelop- projects of related areasas well as reviewing the more ment of these new materials.No grant fundsmay be detailed study of the projects in the discipline expended for promotionalpurposes, and the final prod- in which they have a primary interest. ucts must gain acceptance on their own merits. In addition, the results ofmany projects have been This publication contains descriptions ofmost pro- translated or modified for jects supported by the Science Course Improvement use in foreign countries. A list of such translations Programs of the Foundation priorto May 1966 and or adaptations can be obtained from the Foundation.The appendix givesa list of thus replaces two earlier NSF publications ;NSF63.15 and NSF 64-8, Science Course Improvement Projects). commercial suppliers and publishers whoare producing The project descriptions and distributing materials developed underthe various are taken from material sup- programs. A source of additional information plied by the respective project directors andinclude the. is given in most project descriptions.Inquiries for fur- title of the project; the name of the project director;the ther information about individualprojects should be director's institution; the grantee, if different fromthe addressed to the project directoror other sources cited and not to the National Science Foundation.

1 NOTFILMED PikGE13CANK- Mt-CEDING

I. General Projects

For additional projects related to this sectionsee also: of data, and experimentation.The materials are being 16. Conferences on Science Curriculum Planning. tried out during the 1965-66 schoolyear by teachers 1. AAAS Commissionon Science Education. in 14 centers. LEONARD RIESER (Chairman), Dean of Faculty, Dart- ScienceA Process Approach, Third Experimental mouth College; JOHN R. MAYOR (Project Director), Edition in seven parts foruse in grades K-6; "Review American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1515 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. of Research in Science Education," Journal of Research 20005.(Grantee: American Association for the Ad- in Science Teaching 1 (3), (1963); Newsletter of the vancement of Science.)(1962 .) Commission on Science Education, publishedquar- The Commission on Science Education, established terly and distributed without charge; The Psycho- in 1962, includes scientists recognized for their achieve- logical Bases of ScienceA Process Approach, and A ments in scientific research, school administrators, sci- Design for Evaluation, paperback monographs.An ence education specialists, and teachers in the schools. annual review of course content projects in science and The activities of the Commission, which has assumeda mathematics is prepared by the Science Teaching Cen- broad responsibility for the improvement of science ter of the University of Maryland working in coop- education at all levels, include dissemination of infor- eration with the Commission. mation on course content development in science; work Further information may be obtained from thepro- with other groups in the improvement of science educa- ject director. tion; and, where possible, promotion of cooperafon among projects; development of services; and sponsor. 2. Minnesota School Mathematics and Science ship of studies which might be useful to other science Teaching Project (MINNEMAST ).(Elementary, Secondary, College) JAMES H. WERNTZ, JR., Minnesota curriculum projects and to the schools.The Commis- School Mathematics and Science Center, University of sion has prepared a statement of purposes and objec- Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. 55455. (1961 .) tives of science instruction in the elementary schools,a The main purpose of the project is to producea co- review of research in science education, and two mono- ordinated mathematics and science curriculum for graphs, one on the strategy of evaluation and the other grades K.9, with appropriate teacher-trainingmate- on the psychological bases of the experimental science rials.At the same time attention will be given to program for elementary schools developed under the development of evaluation procedures forcourse mate- sponsorship of the Commission. rial and research in children's learning of mathematics In the summer of 1965 the Commission conducted and science. an eight-week writing session of 40 scientists and teach- The mathematics materialsare based on three struc- ers which prepared the third experimental edition of tures children learn to deal with: the real number sys- ScienceA Process Approach, includingieher text tem, space with a measure, and Euclidean space. A materials for use in grades K.6 andan addit al Com- Cartesian coordinate and graphical mentary for Teachers. A kit of teaching aids has been for numerical operations provide the main focus for prepared for each grade level.The major thrust of children's materials in grades K-6.The science mate- the exercises is in developing children's skills andcom- rials for primary grades center about operationsa petencies (observation, , classification, scientist does (observing, describing, classifying,meas- measurement,inference,prediction,recognitionof uring, forming hypotheses, deducing predictions, test- number relations, recognition of space/time relations) ing). The main focus of later science materials is the needed for the study of science.The exercises for the study of invariance and change under different physical intermediate grades are developed in terms of "inte- transformations in physical and biological . grated" processes including formulation of hypotheses, The courses are designed to take; about halfan hour making operational definitions, formulation of models, each, daily, in the primary grades.They are prepared control and manipulation of variables, interpretation for average elementary-school children with supple-

3 GENERAL PROJECTS +10111, mentary enrichment activitiesfor giftedchildren. J. S. Bruner, The Process of Education, Harvard

Additional material is in preparation for the culturally University Press (1962). disadvantaged.At present, mathematics materials for grades K-3 and part of 4 have been written and are 4. Study Conferenceon Evaluation.J. THOMAS undergoing tests and revision.Science courses for HASTINGS, Center for Instructional Researchand Cur- grades K and 1are available in revised forms, and riculum EvaluationCIRCE), University of Illinois, drafts of materials for grade 2are undergoing prelim- Education Building, Urbana, ill. 61803.(1963-1964) inary tests and revisions.Courses for children are L. J. Cronbach, "Evaluation for CourseContent Im- prepared ascompletely developed teacher's lesson provement," Teachers College Record 64,672 (1963). plans incorporating worksheets and otherstudent Further information anda report of the conference material.Participatingteachersarealsoissued are available from the project director. MINNEMAST-developed teachingdevices,illustra- tive aids and kits of science materials. Acollege 5. "Horizons of Science" Films.(Secondary, Col- mathematics course for liberalarts and education lege) JOHN S. HOLLISTER, Educational TestingService, majors contains an integratedtreatment of topics in Princeton, N. J. 08540.(1959-1960) arithmetic,algebra, and geometry.Completedin The "Horizons of Science" filmprogram consists of revised form, it is undergoing testing. ten 20-minute, 16mm, sound-color films, designedto All course materialsare supplied for teaching and communicate the excitement of science andan under- evaluation to cooperating schools throughten MINNE- standing of the significance ofa number, of current MAST trial centers.Some are available in limited scientific projects.In effect, the films allowan audi- quantities to other schools atcost. ence to take actual field trips with prominent scientists An Overview of Project MINNEMAST:Project and to hear them explain their work andits importance. The films are: Goals o'.,d Summaries of Course Materials(1965-66). MINNEMAST Center Reports, publishedquarterly, Visual , with HadleyCan- available on request. tril ; The Worlds of Dr. Vishniac, withmicrobiologist P. C. Rosenbloom, "Implications for theColleges of Roman Vishniac; Exploring the Edge of Space,with the New School Programs," American Mathematical aeronautical engineer Otto C. Winzen; "Thinking" Monthly 69, 255-59 (1962) Machines, with , Alex Bernstein, and P. C. Rosenbloom, "Mathematics, K-14," Educational Leon Harmon; The and the River,with Leadership 19, 359-63 (1962). mathematician Eugene Isaacson; New Lives for Old, P. C. Rosenbloom, "The Minnesota Mathematicsand with anthropologist ; Project "Mohole," Science Teaching Project," Journal of Research in of films of the U. S. oceanographic expeditionsurvey-

Science Teaching 1, 276-80 (1963). ing possible drilling sites; The Realm of the Galaxies, Further informationmay be obtained from the with astronomer Allan R. Sandage; The Flow of Life, project director. with Benjamin Zweifach and others; andNeutrons and the Heart of Matte, with the late DonaldJ. 3. Study on Fundamental Processes in Educa- Hughes. tion.R. M. WHALEY, Advisory Boardon Education, National Academy of Sciences-National Research Coun- Films, study guides,a general descriptive brochure, cil. (Present address: University of Missouri, Kansas and progress reportsare available from the project City, Mo. 64110.)(1959) director. II. Elementary and Secondary School Projects A. Multidisciplinary

Material Objects, Interaction and Systems, Relativity For additional projects related to this section see also of Position and Motion, Variation and Measurement, 3. Study on Fundamental Processes in Education. Solutions, Temperature, The Theoretical Background 4. Study Conference on Evaluation. of the Science Curriculum Study (R. Karplus). 5. "Horizons of Science" Films. Science Curriculum Improvement Study Newsletter. 6.Science Curriculum Improvement Study. J. M. Atkin and R. Karplus, "Discovery or Inven. ROBERT KARPLUS, Department of Physics, University lion?" The Science Teacher 29, 45 (1962). of California, Berkeley, Calif. 94720.(1959 R. Karplus, `Teaching Physics in the Elementary The Study is exploring a concept of science educa- Grades," Physics Today 17, 34.38 (1964). tion based on communicating scientific literacy.The large-scale organization of the curriculum isto be R. Karplus, "The Science Curriculum Improvement determined by the structure of science, by the increas- StudyReport to The Piaget Conference," Journal of ing maturity of the pupils, and by the pupils' pre- Research in Science Teaching 2, 236.240 (1964). conceptions.Single lessons or groups of lessons are R. Karplus, "The Science Curriculum Impovement designed to lead students to discover the significance Study," Journal of Research in Science Teaching 2, of certain scientific concepts.These lessons include 293.303 (1964). individual pupil manipulation and experimentation, R. Karplus, "One Physicist Experiments with Sci- group activities, and class-wide demonstrations and ence Education," American Journal of Physics 32, discussion; they will be planned so that a secure con- 837-839 (1964). nection is achieved between the pupils' preconceptions H. D. Thier and R. Karplus, "The Science Curricu. or common-sense attitudes and the concepts that em- lum Improvement Study," Science Supplement to The body the modern scientific point of view.Concepts Instructor 74, 43.84 (1965). include interactions between objects as causes of phen- H. D. Thier, "The Involvement of Children in the omena, physical systems (including living organisms), Science Program," Science and Children 2,19-22 relativity of position and motion, equilibrium, , (1965). and organic evolution. H. D. Thier, "Use Rock, Blocks, and 'Structure' to The Study is also considering the significance of the Teach Concepts of Science," Professional Growth for teacher's attitude during a science lesson.It is im- Teachers, K-3, Elementary School Edition (1965). portantthat the scientific concepts not be introduced For information about subsequent reportswrite in an authoritarian fashion, but rather as an aid to Herbert D. Thier, Science Curriculum Improvement pupils to achieve a better understanding or explanation Study. of phenomena they have observed.If such instruc- tion is to succeed, the curriculum-maker and teacher 7. Elementary Science Study. CHARLES WALCOTT, have an obligation to furnish evidence that will be Educational Services Incorporated, 55 Chapel Street, truly convincing and acceptable to the pupil.A K-6 Newton, Mass. 02158.(1962 program is now under development and classroom With the broad range of the sciences to draw upon trial.The program is based on earlier explorations and with the conviction that building of a structured which have developed effective teaching procedures curriculum is best considered after a long and varied and at the same time defined the pupils' ability to deal experience with materials placed in the hands of child- with abstractions. ren in classrooms, the work of the project has been The following experimental editions are available concentrated on the development of many diverse from the Science Curriculum Improvement Study, "units."The diversity is in the choice of topics, in , Berkeley: the teaching styles implied in the guides, in the physical

5 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MULTIDISCIPLINARY

materials, and in the age levels for which the materials Science 138, 1307-1310 (1962), American Association are suitable. for the Advancement of Science, Washington, D. C. The development of units includes a period of care- 20005. ful classroom trial, observation, criticism, and revision. P. Morrison and C. Walcott, "Enlightened Oppor- Since the emphasis of the project's work is to encour- tunism: An Informal Account of the Elementary age children to work individually and independently, to Science Summer Study of 1962," Journal of Re- devise experiments, and to direct their questions to the search in Science Teaching 1. 48.53 (1963). materials, there is very little written material addressed Mary D. Nichols, "Show-Me Science, Learning by directly to children,Each unit listed below has a Experiment," Cornell Alumni News, Ithaca, N.Y. teachers' guide, some have worksheets or photographs, (January 1964). and some have films. B. Nichols, "Elementary Science StudyTwo Years 1. Sampler Editions, available from Houghton Mif- Later," Journal of Research in Science Teaching 2, flinCompany include:Small Things,Gases and 288.292 (1964),* "Airs", Kitchen Physics, Growing Seeds, and Behavior Emily L. Richard, "Ideas Unlimitedfor Child of Mealworms.Since the work of the project repre- Scientists,"Wellesley Alumnae Magazine (January sents a departure for many teachers from accustomed 1965) .11 work in science, the project requires the purchase of Alma S. Wittlin, "Scientific Literacy Begins in the an inspection carton ($20) prior to releasing teaching ElementarySchool,"ScienceEducation 47(4), quantities for any of these five units. A selection of (1963). equipment sufficient to do most of the experiments in The project publishes a bimonthly Newsletter and each of the units is included in teacher's guides, photo- makes a general mailing of associated materials from graphs, worksheets, film fliers, and other forms.In time to time.Names can be added to the mailing list addition, the carton contains a description of the his- on request to the project director. tory of work of the project in detail and several issues *Requests for single copiesmay be addressed to the of the ESS Newsleuer. project director, Elementary Science Study. 2. Trial Teaching Editions, a limited number of copies of which are available free of charge from 8. School Science Curriculum Project (SSCP). ElementaryScienceStudy,include:Lightand RICHARD F. P. SALINCER, College of Education, Uni- Shadows, Mirror Cards, Desert Animals in the Class- versity of Illinois, Urbana, Ill. 61803.(1963 room, Bones, Batteries and Bulbs, Melting Ice Cubes, The project is designed to develop andprepare and Changes. teaching materials in allareas of science for use in 3. Films (16mm, sound),Houghton Mifflin Com- the elementary and junior high school.The operative pany: Gases and "Airs" in the Classroom, and Para- principle or criterion is to select materials and methods mecium, Euglena, and Amoeba. which, in the judgment of competent personnel, will 4. Film Loops (8mm silent-color, 3 to 4 min., in provide early and continuing experiences for rational cartridge, for use with Technicolor projector).Avail- analysis through an understanding of fundamental able only in conjunction with unit materials (see 1 ideas and techniques.Consistent with the view that above) from Houghton Mifflin Company. Gases and no single method or discipline exists which is best "Airs", Kitchen Physics, Growing Seeds, Small Things, suited to a new curriculum design, the project depends and Microgardening. considerably on the assistance of professional advis- D. Hawkins, "Laboratory Science in Elementary ors in all areas of competency.Study groups com- Schools," American Journal of Physics 32, 839.842 posed of scientists, educators, and teachersmet and (1964). initiated the preparation of materials in the general D. Hawkins, "Messing About in Science," Science areas of animal behavior, animal and plant metabolism, and Children 2 (5), (1965),National Science Teach- mapping, motion andenergy, introductory earth sci- ers Association, Washington, D. C. 20036.* ences, kinematics and introductory dynamics of fluid P. Morrison, "The Curricular Triangle and Its flow of water and air, change of state,wave behavior, Style," ES! Quarterly Report, Summer-Fall 1964, classification principles, communication, ecology,evo- Educational Services Incorporated, 55 Chapel Street, lution, etc. Currently, thesesequences are being ex- Newton, Mass. 02158.* tended, and others are being undertaken.In addition, P. Morrison, "Experimenters in the Schoolroom," the project is developing associatedapparatus, dem- 6 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MULTIDISCIPLINARY

onstration models, and a limited number of films. Leaves and Their Variation, (7) Stems and Buds and During the summer, the project also holds teacher- Their Variation, (8) Roots and their Variation,(9) orientation sessions for personnel from trial centers. The Flower, (10) Variation in Flowers, (11) Pollen- These nationwide centers provide feedback data for ation and Fertilization, and (12) A Resume of the evaluation and improvement of preliminary materials. Kinds of Plants.These may be handledas separate At present the project does not endorse the materials units or grouped to suit the teacher's special facility. for extended use or trial except at the trialcenters Other units include Paleontology (in press),a unit since considerable revision and evaluations will be in Chemistry which is under development, andunits made before extensive distributionto schools.Gen- planned on ',cue Motion and .For addi- erally, a given unit can be used at several different tional information write the project director. levels and may vary in length from fourto eight weeks.The first preliminary versionsat the de. 10. Elementary School Science Project.JOHN mentary and junior high school levelswere tested K. WOOD, Department of Physics, Utah StateUniver- by abo'ut 17 trial centers in fall 1965.The following sity, Logan, Utah 84321.(1962-1966) units for grades 5.9 are to be available by fall 1966: This project is developinga series of lessons in Photographs and Pendulums, Beans and Biology, Con- biological and physical science for grades K-2de- trol and Feedback, Matter and Electricity, andRun- signed to revealsome of the basic unifying ideas of ing Water. science through investigation of everyday experiences SSCP Newsletters, May 1965, June 1964; SSCP of thechild.Through puzzles and comparisons, Summer Study Report (1964). pupils identify differencesor changes.They observe "School Science Curriculum," American Association such phenomena as stretchinga spring, vibrating a for the Advancement of Science, Science Education tuning fork, or lightinga lamp with electricity.At- News (December 1964). tentionis focused on the objects and the changes J. H. Shea, "School Science Curriculum Project," which take place in them.The child learns that inter-

Geology Teachers' Newsletter1 (2), (1964). actions of objects are not isolated and unique, but Further information may be obtained from the are related to events which they have observed at project director. othertimes.Acousticalinteractions,for example, involve vibrating objects whether theyare tuning 9. Elementary School Science Project. HERBERT forks or mother's vocal chords.A spiral type of ap- L. MASON,Department of Botany, University of Cali- proach is used withmany experiments repeated in fornia, Berkeley, Calif.94720. (1959-1965) several different units, each time emphasizinga differ- A group of scientists at the University of California, ent aspect of the problem.Lessons are being tried Berkeley, have created some materials for the ele- this year in kindergarten and first-grade classes,in- mentary school curriculum.All materials have been eluding a general study of physicalsystems and tried in public schools of thearea, utilizing regular the interaction of objects ina system, and an exempli- teachers and students.The materials cover a wide fication of these through activities with biologicalphen- range of areas of science. omena.Other lessons now in preparation and trial A unit on Coordinates for grade2,including a concern animals in favorable and unfavorable envir- work book for pupils and a teachers' manual in four onments, and animal care.Second-grade lessons un- parts, is completed and available. Part I, What Am 1? dergoing revision include unitson symmetry, time, of a unit on anatomy is completed; Part II, The force, and sound. Skeleto-Muscular System is in press; Part III, The Materials available includea trial edition of the and Part IV, Metabolismare under teachers' manual for Science for First Grade,price development. Part I, Principles of Concealing Color- $1.50;specimen set of a non-reading Concept Prerequi- ation in Animals isin press; other parts, Animal site and Development Test, $1.00; andsome "proto- Behavior, Population Dynamics, and Natural Selec- science" preliminary units for kindergarten,as well tion,are under development.The firstseries en as preliminary units in biology for first and second Botany, which is inpress, consists of12short parts: grades. (1) Living Things,(2)The Structure of Seeds, (3) A. L. Braswell, "Science for First Grade,"Science The Germination of Seeds, (4) The Seedling Plant and Children 2 (5), 10.13 (1965). and Its Parts,(5)Growth in Length and Girth,(6) J. K. Wood, "Elementary Science in the FirstGrade,"

7 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MULTIDISCIPLINARY

American Journal of Physics 32, 830.831 (1964). school year following each writing conference, thenew A periodic newsletter and further informationare materials are field tested inover 2O9 classrooms across available on request to the project director. the country.Evaluation of project material is ob- 11. Quantitative Approach in Elementary School tained from cooperating teachersinwriting and Science.CLIFFORD E. SWARTZ, Department of Phys- through interviews, from project staff whovisit class- ics, State University of New York at Stony Brook, Stony rooms where the books are being tested, and from Brook, N. Y. 11790.(1963-1965) writtentests administered tothe children.Subse- The theme of this project's approach is theuse of quent revision's are based on this feedback.Consider- quantitative and functional relationships in the investi- able evaluation effortis devoted to higher mental gation of natural phenomena.During the summer of ocesses, cognitive preference, and attitudinal changes. 1964, project personnel prepared student worksheets, The books and their senior authorsare: H. Albers, teachers' guides, and teachers' reports ina variety of Charting the Universe, 3rd ed.; S. P. Wyatt,Jr., The subjects for each of threeage levels.The following Universe in Motion, 2nd ed.; S. P. Wyatt, Jr.,Gravita- criteria have been established: (1) theaverage ele- tion, 3rd ed.; B. F. Peery, The Messageof Starlight, mentary school teacher should be able to teach the 2nd ed.; K. Kaufmanis, The Life Story ofa Star, 1st materials with no special training, (2) each phaseof ed.; G. RN.. :es, Galaxies and the Universe,1st ed. the work should revolve arounda measurement to be J. M. Atkin, "Teaching Concepts of Modern Astron- performed by the individual student, (3) theproject omy to Elementary School Children," Science Educa- must not entail large amounts ofmoney or unwieldy tion 45, 54.58 (1961). blocks of time for studentsor teachers. J. M. Atkin, "The University of Illinois Elementary Sixty-seven units have been produced and triedin School Science Project," Elementary School Science three school districts.The units are distributed from Bulletin No. 66 (1961). grades 1.6 and provide examples of quantitativetreat- J. M. Atkin and R. Karplus, "Discoveryor Inven- ment of all the standard natural science topics. tion?" Science Teacher 29 (5), 45 (1962). A paper on the assumptions and guidelines for the For additional information write to the project project, some sample units, andan analysis of the director. school trials may be obtained by writingto the project director. 13. Secondary School Science Project. FRED- ERICK L. FERRIS, JR., Green Hall, , Princeton, N. J. 08540. 12.Elementary-SchoolScienceProject. J. (1963 MYRON ATKIN, Department of Elementary Education, Time, Space, and Matter: Investigating the Physical and STANLEY P. WYATT, JR., Department of Astron- World, has been under development and intensive try- omy,UniversityofIllinois,Urbana,III.61803. out in secondary schools since 1963.The course con- (1960 sists of a series of interrelated, sequential investigations Project activity has centered on astronomy.The conducted by students who, through theirown direct professional astronomers, science education specialists observation, inference, and experimentation, arrive at and classroom teachers who make up the project staff fundamental conclusions about principles governing the are guided by two principles:(1) Whatever science development and nature of the physical world.With is taught to children should be sound, (2) What is the teacher as a guide and critic; students exploremany taught should reflect the essential structure of the sub- basic ideas of physics, chemistry, mathematics, and ject.By structure is meant the relatively few, but geology without concern for the particular discipline. pervasive, concepts that hold the subject together and The course emphasizes individual accomplishment by help the student make an entity of his own of what continuously involving the teacher and student in acti- otherwise issolely a collection of disparate facts. vities that encourage understanding ofsome of the Astronomy is a prime example of an interdisciplinary ways in which scientists learn about the nature of the field in the physical sciences, and basic astronomical physical world.Students construct a continuousrec- concepts rely heavily on mathematics, physics, and ord of their progress from theirown observations, in- chemistry.Each summer since 1961 has been devoted terpretations, and conclusions.This activity, carried to the development of certain major conceptual themes on in class and at home, is supported by illustrated in- reflected in a series of six books for children, grades vestigative booklets, a paperbound reading seriescom- 5-8, plus accompanying teachers' guides.During the posed of selections from scientific authorities,a student 8 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MULTIDISCIPLINARY laboratory kit, inexpensive andcommon supplies, and being pre-tested.The course is intended to be suitable equipment designed to be explicit in their usefulness as for use both as a terminal course in physical science investigative aids. and as preparation for the study of biology, chemistry, During the 1965.66 academic year, a number of and physics. new teachers, who received no formal orientation or Further information can be obtained from the project institute training, are teaching the course for the first director. time.It is hoped hat the teachers' experiences in us- ing course description books, teacher folios, recordings, 15. Conference and Report on Science in Second- and taped lectures by university scientists will indicate ary Schools, Grades 7-12.ROBERT STOLLBERG, Division of Science, Mathematics, and Engineering, whether or not the usual cost and time for teacher train- San Francisco State College. (Grantee: National Sci- ing can be reduced.Preliminary work has begun with ence Teachers Association, 1201 16th Street, N.W., a major educational research agency to develop tests Washington, D.C. 20036.) (1959-1960) that will be consistent with the learning experience R. Stollberg (ed.), Planning for Excellence in High indicated in feedback from test schools. School Science (National Science Teachers Association, All materials produced are for the present limited Washington, D.C., 1961) to use in test schools located in ten areas of the and Europe.Further information on Time, 16.. Conferences on Science Curriculum Plan- Space, and Matter may be found in American Scientist ning.VERNE N. ROCKCASTLE, Science Education Division, CornellUniversity,Ithaca, N. Y.14.850. (June 1965) ; Curriculum Report of the National As- (1964) sociation of Secondary School Principals (May 1965) ; With Professor (University of Geneva, and The Long Road to College: A Summer of Oppor- Switzerland) as leader, selected scientists, science edu- tunity, Special Report of the Rockefeller Foundation cators, and met to share the latest re- (Spring 1965). Revised course materials will be made search in cognitive learning in children, with emphasis available through commercial publication, probably in on the implications of research on cognitive studies for 1967. curricular development in science at the elementary Current progress reports and a course description and junior high school levels.The conferences were book may be obtained from the project director. held in the spring of 1964 at Cornell and at the University of California, Berkeley. 14. Physical Science Study CommitteeIntro- A final report on the conference is available from ductory Physical Science.URI HABER-SCHAIM, the project director. Educational Services Incorporated, 55 Chapel Street, Newton, Mass. 02158.(1963 17. Seminar on Children's Learning.JEROME S. The objective is to prepare a course in physical sci- BRUNER, Center for Cognitive Studies, Harvard Uni- ence for the ninth grade.Eleven chapters of the pre- versity, Cambridge, Mass. 02138.(1963) liminary edition, with a separate teachers' guide have Following a planning conference, a two-week sem- been printed and are being distributed by Prentice-Hall. inar in June 1963 brought together nearly 30 psychol- The first hard-cover edition incorporating further re- ogists and a half dozen consultants from mathematics vision is planned for 1967-68.Both the text materials and the sciences to discuss the psychological processes and ESI-designed apparatus, which issupplied by involved in learning during the elementary school Macalaster Scientific Corporation, are now available years.Working groups prepared papers on motiva- commercially on a limited basis.The major emphasis tional problems in children's school learning, cognitive in the course is on the study of matter, through which processes, and problems of presentation, with a firm understanding of the atomic-molecular theory emphasis on such matters as sequence of presentation, is established.Student laboratory work is of primary reinforcement,rate,etc.Aneditorialcommittee importance and is integrated directly in the body of chaired by Dr. Bruner has prepared a report to the the text; the results are not described.Since many supporting agencies(National Science Foundation junior high schools have little or no laboratory facilities, and U.S. Office of Education) : J. Bruner (ed.), Learn- the equipment accompanying the written materials has ing About Learning, U.S. Government Printing Office been designed in such a way that the students can per- (1966). form the experiments inordinary classrooms. Further information is available from the project Achievement tests have been constructed and are now director.

9 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARYSCHOOL PROJECTS ASTRONOMY, ATMOSPHERICAND EARTH SCIENCES 18. Regional Conferencesof School Administra- tors on New Science Curricula. ence.A supplementaryreport on the 1965 conference WILLIAM P. is also available from the VIALL, Western MichiganUniversity,Kalamazoo, project director. Mich. 49001.(Former grantee: AmericanAssoci- ation for the Advancementof Science, 1515 Massa- 19. "Time for Science"Enrichment Series for chusetts Avenue, N.W.,Washington, D.C. 20005.) . MRS. EDMUND D. (1962-1963)(1965) CAMPBELL, The Greater Washington EducationalTelevision Associ- The purpose of these conferenceswas to present to ation, Inc., 1225 19th Street, N.W.,Washington, D.C. 20036.(1959) school administrators informationrelating to newcur- riculum developments inscience.First-handreports For rentals of color kinescopeswrite to: Ralph W. of experiences ofsupervisors and teachers withnew Collett, Norwood Studios,926 New Jersey Avenue, materials and 'suggestionson introducing new programs N. W., Washington, D. C.20001. into schoolswere presented.Meetings were held in Washington, Boston, NewYork, Chicago, Omaha,Port- 20. Television Courseon Science for In-Service land (Oregon), SanFrancisco, Oklahoma City,and Elementary School Teachers.CHARLES T. LES- Miami Beach. An additionalconferencewas held in TER, Graduate School, and W. B. BAKER, Department April 1965 under of Biology, Emory University,Atlanta, Ga. 30322. a grant to Western Michigan Uni- (1960-1964) versity on the campus of that institution withessen- A program of 34 telecasts based tially the on Georgia Science same format as the 1962 conferences.In Curriculum Guides addition to the was prepared and has been used areas presented in the earlier confer- extensively in conjunction with workshops ences, there was emphasis and discus- on the teaching of science sion meetings with university scientists and in the elementary schools high school and the teaching of mathe- science teachers to train in-service matics. elementary school teachers in Georgia. The New School Sciera,e, Mimeographed material sentpar- a report of the 1962con- ticipants supplements the individual ferences, is available from the telecasts. project directoror from Further informationmay be obtained from the pro- the American Associationfor the Advancement of Sci- ject directors.

B. Astronomy, Atmosphericand Earth Sciences For additional projects related to this section see also: (Geoffrey and E. Margaret Burbridge,University of 13. Secondary School ScienceProject. California, ). 247. Ground Water Flow Models. Further informationmay be obtained from Paul M. 21. Astronomical Motion Picturesfor Second- Routly, Executive Officer, TheAmerican Astronomical ary Schools.C. D. SHANE, P. 0. Box 582,Santa Society. Cruz, Calif. 95061.(Grantee: The American Astro- nomical Society, 265 Fitz-RandolphRoad, Princeton, 22. Motion Pictures,Filmstrips, and Slides in N. J. 08540.) (1964-- Meteorology.(Secondary, College) KENNETH C. SPENGLER, Executive Secretary, Two 30-minute astronomical motionpictures are be- American Meteorolog- ical Society, 45 BeaconStreet, Boston, Mass. 02108. ing produced for showing in secondaryschools.In (1960 each, a leading astronomeror astrophysicist will de- A series of film materials scribe his research and relate it on various phases of the to the broader field of atmospheric sciences is beingprepared to supplement astronomy.The films are primarily intended to help and strengthen the meteorologypart of secondary raise the standards of the teachingof astronomy in school earth science curriculaand to provideresource secondary schools, and they will be widely distributed material for introductory collegeclasses.Although to schools and to educational television.The title of consisting primarily of 16mm sound the first film is A View of the films in which a Universe (Morton series of conceptscan be brought together to interpret S. Roberts, National RadioAstronomy Observatory). a given atmospheric phenomenon, certain The second film is entitled Exploring resource ma- the Milky Way terials are also being scheduledfor production (George W. Preston, Lick (Observatory) as . A third 8mm or 16mm single-conceptsilent films and as slides film is being consideredon the origin of the elements and filmstrips.

10 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS ASTRONOMY, ATMOSPHERIC AND EARTH SCIENCES

Guidance for this program is provided by the Film 24. Manual of Lecture Demonstrations, Labo- Panel of the American Meteorological Society, which ratory Experiments, and Observational Equip- also maintains informal liaison with the principal sci- ment for Elementary Meteorology.(Secondary, College) HANS NEUBERGER, Department of Meteorol- entists) and the advisory groups selected for each ogy, The Pennsylvania State University, University film.To date, three 16mm sound-color films, Above Park, Pa. 16802(1961-1962) the Horizon, Formation of Raindrops, and Solar Radi- Fifty meteorological demonstrations, experiments, ation 1: Sun and Earth, have been completed,as have and observations are described.Illustrated directions single-concept silent films in 8mm and 16mm format for the construction of the necessary equipmentare on Laboratory Nucleation of Supercooled Clouds, given.In addition to detailed construction drawings, Homogeneous Nucleation and the Polar Nature of Ice photographs of completed apparatus are included Each Crystals, and Condensation Nuclei.Work is in pro- section contains questions for students to answer,a gress on additional topics, among which are:Sea- list of needed materials, and the approximate cost of Sur face Meteorology, Planetary Circulation, Boundary the apparatus (usually amounting to less than $1.00). Layer Meteorology, Hurricanes, Atmospheric Elec- The manual is available at a cost of $2per copy tricity, Convective Clouds, and Solar Radiation 2: (make check payable to the Pennsylvania State Uni- Atmosphere and Spectrum. Subjectareas for future versity) by writing to the Department of Meteorology, filming may include: local winds, air pollution, torna- The Pennsylvania State University, 322 Mineral Indus- does, the ionosphere, hydrometeorology, airmasses tries Building, University Park, Pa. 16802. and fronts, weather map analysis and numericalwea- ther prediction. 25. Earth Science Curriculum Project (ESCP). More detailed information can be obtained from the CHALMER J. ROY (Chairman, Steering Committee), project director. Dean, College of Sciences and Humanities, State University of Science and Technology; RAMON E. 23. Monograph Series in Meteorology. KENNETH BISQUE(Director), The Earth Science Curriculum C. SPENGLER, Executive Secretary, American Meteor- Project,P.O. Box1559,Boulder,Colo.80301. ological Society, 45 Street, Boston, Mass. 02108. (Grantee:American GeologicalInstitute,1444 N (1960 Street,N.W.,Washington,D.C.20005.) (1963 The first of approximately 20 paperbound mono- ) graphs on various phases of the atmospheric sciences At an eight-week writing conference conducted in for science-oriented high school students will be pub- the summer of 1964, 41 earth scientists, science edu- lished early in 1967 as a specially identified part of ators, and secondary school teachers pooled their talent the Science Study Series of Doubleday and Co., Inc. to produce preliminary materials for a modern junior The volumes will be concerned with various physical high school earth science course, Investigating the processes, principles and features of the atmosphere, Earth.This is an interdisciplinary, experience-cen- and will be designed to inform, stimulate curiosity, and tered course in which basic principles and conceptsare strengthen earth science curricula at the secondary applied to developing an understanding of the "how school level.The American Meteorological Society, and why" of natural phenomena.Chemistry, mathe- through a board. of editors, collaborates with the ed- matics and physics are utilized in showing how the itors (Educational Services Incorporated) of the Sci- earth science disciplines of astronomy, geology, geo- ence Study Series in the selection and review of the physics, meteorology, and physical geo- manuscripts. graphy contributed to an understanding of man's Monographs first published will include Planetary environment. Atmospheres, From Raindrops to Volcanos, and Local Materials developed for use in the ESCP course Weather Phenomena. Others to be published within the include a text, laboratory manual, and teachers' guide. series will cover such topics as hydrometeorology, cloud The text is organized into four major units: Earth and physics, upper atmosphere, atmospheric circulation, Sun, Earth Cycles, The Earth's Past, and Earth and atmospheric optics and acoustics, atmospheric model- the Universe.The investigations contained in the ing,tornadoes, hurricanes, atmospheric and ocean laboratory manual place emphasis on logical and , paleoclimatology, turbulence and diffusion, the systematic development of conclusions from careful jet stream, snow, and meteorological experiments. observation and investigation.Each investigation in More detailed information can be obtained from the manual is designed to reinforce basic ideaspre- the project director. sented in the text.

11 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS ASTRONOMY, ATMOSPHERIC AND EARTH SCIENCES

Project materials were used by approximately 7600 book contains 18 chapters on the hydrosphere and students, mostly ninth graders, in 77 schools in 1964- lithosphere, one each on atmospheric science and 65.Feedback on the effectiveness of the materials was astronomy, and three chapters designed tosupple. obtained through written reports from the teachers, ment high sch ,o1biology, chemistry, and physics classroom observation by staff members, and objective curriculum materials. testing of the students, and was used in revising the R. L. Heller(ed.), Geology and Earth Science materials at a second writing conference in the sum- Sourcebook for Elementary and Secondary Schools, mer of 1965.The revised materials will be tested in Holt, Rinehart and Winston. the schools a second year, revised again at a third Further information may be obtained from the writing conference, and then published by the Hough- American Geological Institute, 1444 N Street, N.W., ton Mifflin Company early in 1967. Washington, D.C. 20005. In, addition to the text, laboratory manual, and teachers' guide, supplementary material in the form of 27. OceanographyEight Narrated Filmstrips. RICHARD C. VETTER, Committee on Oceanography, paperback pamphlets is being prepared and published. National Academy of Sciences-National Research Coun- The first six pamphlets in the Reference Series have cil, 2101 Constitution Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. been published by Prentice-Hall, Inc.Three pam- 20418(1962-1966) phlets in a Single Topic Series and three pamphlets A series of 35mm color filmstrips with 15-minute in a Field Guide Series are in preparation. A number recorded narrationsisbeing produced.Titlesin- of short (8-12 minute) teaching filmsare also being clude: A Career in Oceanography, Physical Ocean- planned to supplement classroom materials. ography, Geological Oceanography, Chemical Ocean- A quarterly Newsletter is published to keep inter- ography, Biological Oceanography, Marine Resources, ested persons informed of the progress and activities Air-Sea Interaction, and Ocean Engineering. Each of the project. filmstrip is designed to be used either as part of the R. L. Heller, "The Earth Science Curriculum Proj- complete series or independently in classes in biol- ectA Report of Progress," Journal of Research in ogy, physics, chemistry, and the earth sciences.The Science Teaching 2 (4), 330-334 (1965). series will be manufactured by Encyclopaedia Britan- C. J. Roy, "The Challenges of ESCP," Earth Science nica Films and be made available both in entire sets Curriculum Project Newsletter (7), 1-6 (1964). and as separate parts through the distributionsys- tems of E. B. FiLas and other qualified distributors 26. Teaching Resources Development Program inlate1966. A narrationbooklet andbibliog- in the Geological Sciences (Duluth Conference ). raphy will accompany each set, anda supplemental ROBERT L. HELLER, Department of Geology, University book containing articles written by leading marine of Minnesota.(Grantees: National Academy of Sci- ences-National Research Council, 2101 Constitution scientists in each of the above fields will be available. Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20418; University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. 55455.)(1959-1962) 28. Columbia- Lamont Marine Science Films. (Secondary, College) , Lamont Geo- The Duluth Conference held in thesummer of 1959 logical Observatory, , Palisades, was the first project undertaken by the American Geo- N. Y. 10964.(1963 logical Institute in its effort to improve earth science The series of four 16mnt films (sound-color, 25-30 teaching in secondary schools.At the conference 35 min. each)is designed to bring important recent geologists and other earth scientists, secondary school advances in the study of the maritime portions of the teachers, and science educators produced preliminary earth into high school and college classrooms and thus materials for a Geology and Earth Science Source- intothe mainstream of science education.Study book for Elementary and Secondary School.Mate- guides will accompany the films. rials prepared at the conferencewere evaluated by Each of the films is focusedon a principal investi- scientists and teachers, revised and then published gator who narrates portions of the film.His working in 1962. methods and problems are shown and described and The primary objective of the American Geological the principal facts about that particular disciplineare Institute in producing the sourcebookwas to bring communicated. together in one place up-to-date, well-organized sub- History Layer by Layer (David B. Ericson, Lamont ject matter that could be used by teachers with little Geological Observatory), shows theprocess of rais- or no training in the earth sciences.The source- ing deep sea cores from the floor of theocean and

12 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS BIOLOGY how laboratory examination of fossil remains in the recorded at island stations along the path of thewave reveals climates of the past.For use in earth train.The film may be used in physical science, gen- science,generalscienceor biology courses,with eral science, or mathematics courses with unitson wave units on earth history, climates of the past, and the propagation. Pleistocene era. The Earth Beneath the Sea (Maurice Ewing, Lamont Adaptation to a Marine Environment (Malcolm Gor- Geological Obstervatory), explains how geophysicists don, University of California, Los Angeles),filmed on study the portion of the earth beneath theocean location in Thailand, describes attempts to find out waters.Samples are obtained by means u_7'nstruments how an unusual, frog native to the mud flatscan live attached to miles-long cables.Where samples cannot alternately in fresh and salt water.The film is in- be obtained, recording instruments give clues to the tended for use in biology, health, physical science,or nature of the material and the processes going on within general science courses, with unitson osmosis, hydro- it.The film is meant for use in earth science, general static pressure, diffusion, blood plasma, absorption of science, and physical science courses, with units on food, excretion of waste. earth history, , and oceanography. Waves Across the Pacific (, Institute The films are produced under the supervision of of Planetary Sciences, La Jolla, Calif.), showsa study the Lamont senior staff, with the aid ofan advisory of deep ocean waves from their origin instorms off committee representing other institutions.Commer- Antarctica to the breaking waves on an Alaskan beach. cial distribution is being arranged. Energy spectra, wave amplitude, andwave length are For further information write to the project director.

C. Biology

For additional projects related to this sectionsee also: The BSCS is a total program of curriculum improve- 18. Regional Conferences of School Administrators ment for secondary-school biology including texts and on New Science Curricula. laboratory materials for students of diverse abilities 79. Overhead Projection Series of Lecture Experi- from below-average to gifted in grades 10-12 as well mei.:z in the Sciences. as for teachers and administrators.Stress is placed 93. Committee on Educational Policies in Biology. upon teaching major principles of biology in depth, 99. Guidebook for Introductory College Courses in with special emphasis on investigative laboratory work Mycology. and the teaching of science as inquiry.BSCS policy 102. Film Series: "The Promise of the Life Sci- is regulated by a 27-member Steering Committee and ,, ences. a six-member Executive Committee.Content for each 103. Plant Science Films. major program is reviewed by a special committee of 105. Short Films in Microbiology. persons well qualified in a particular field. 107. Cinephotographic Techniques in Morphology. Three versions of a modern high school course in 112. ,Inexpensive Electronic Equipment for Quan- biology are now available for use in the tenth grade. titative Physiological Studies. Although approximately 70 percent of the content is 114. Sectionable Model of Human Brainstem for common to all three versions, each one approaches the Individual Student Use. study of biology from .a distinctive point of view.The 115. Working Model of Human Circulatory System. Blue Version uses a molecular-biochemical-evolution- 121. Students' Warburg and Other Respirometric ary approach; the Green Version, an ecological-evo- Apparatus. lutionary approach; the Yellow Version, a cellular- 29. Biological Sciences Curriculum Study biochemical-evolutionary approach. The three courses (BSCS). ARNOLD B. GROBMAN (Chairman), Col- are equivalent in depth of content Ind designed for lege of Arts and Sciences, Rutgers, The State Univer- students of average and above-average ability.Each sity; WILLIAM V. MA'YER (Director), Wayne State version includes a text, laboratory manual, teachers' University.(Grantees: American Institute of Biolog- guide,quarterlytests,and a comprehensive final ical Sciences, 2000 P Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036 (1959-1962) ; University of Colorado, Boulder examination. Colo. 80301.) (1962 ) BSCS laboratory blocks provide six-weekprograms

13 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS BIOLOGY of concentratedinvestigationsuitableforregular Biology Teacher's Handbook (John & Sons, classes, and cover a wide range of areas, including Inc.) ;Research Problems in Biology: Investigations development, ecology, behavior, genetics, and metab- for Students, Series One, Two, Three, and Four olism.A book describing many items of home-made, (Doubleday & Co.) ; BSCS Biology, Special Materials relatively inexpensive equipment and simplified labo- (Holt, Rinehart and Winston) ; BSCS Biology, Second ratory techniques has also been published. Course: The Interaction of Experiments and Ideas A special handbook for teachers discusses the aims, (Prentice-Hall, Inc.) ; BSCS Bulletin Series (Univer- philosophy, and methods of the BSCS and also presents sity of Colorado) ; BSCS Special Publication Series a set of "Invitations to Inquiry," prepared discussions (University of Colorado). on selected biological problems designed to bring out BSCS Pamphlet Series(D. C. Heath and Co.) : aspects of scientific methods and philosophy. Guideposts of Animal Navigation (Carr), Biological For less able students the BSCS has prepared a set Clocks (Brown), Courtship in Animals (Meyerriecks), of special materials planned to aid those who have Bioelectricity (Suckling),Biomechanics of the Body difficulty with the regular BSCS versions.A commer- (Du Brul), Present Problems About the Past (Aufien- cial edition of these materials will become available berg),Metabolites of the Sea (Nigrelli), Blood Cell by August 1966. Physiology (Gordon), Homeostatic Regulation (Over- For very capable students the BSCS has published mire),Biology of Coral Atolls (Boolootian), Early a series of four volumes containing a total of 160 Evolution of Life (Young, Ponnamperuma), Popula- selected investigations they might wish to undertake. tion Genetics (Wallace), Slime Molds and Research In addition, a second course in biology has been (Alexopoulos, Koevening),Cell Division (Mazia),Pho- devised for schools that wish to offer a second year of toperiodism in Animals (Farner), Growth and Age the subject, usually in the twelfth grade. (Milne and Milne),Biology of Termites (Miller), Other aids for students, teachers, and schools :nclude Biogeography (Neill), Hibernation (Mayer), Animal pamphlets on special topics in biology, bulletins and Language (Collias), Ecology of the African Elephant special studies on biological education and the edu- (Quick), Cellulose in Animal Nutrition (Hungate), cation of teachers, films on laboratory techniques, and Plant Systematics (Raven, Mertens), Photos^mthesis single-topic films intended to supplement all the diverse (Gaffron). course materials. BSCS Techniques Films for teachers, each 16mm, The BSCS is also conducting an extensive evalua- sound-color (Ealing Corp., Thorne Films) :Bacterio- tion program and is cooperating with groups of biol- logical Techniques (5 min.),Culturing Slime Mold ogists and teachers in many countries in adapting Plasmodium (5 min.),Genetics Techniques : Handling BSCS materials and approaches for useintheir Drosophila (3 min.), Measuring Techniques (14 min.), schools. Neurospora Techniques (8 min.),Paper Chromatog- The materials availableincludethetexts:Blue raphy (14 min.), Removing Frog Pituitary (1 min.), VersionBiologicalScience:MoleculestoMan Smear and Squash Techniques (51/2 min.),Weighing (Houghton Muffin Co.), Green VersionHigh School Techniques (8 min.). Biology, BSCS Green Persian (Rand McNally & Co.), BSCS Single Concept Films are being developed that Yellow VersionBiological Science: An Inquiry Into stress the learning of important biological principles Life (Harcourt Brace & World Co.) ; BSCS Version through a process of inquiry. Quarterly Test (version publishers) ; BSCS Compre- The Story of BSCS (BSCS information film, Univer- hensive Final Exam (The Psychological Corp., for sity of Colorado). classroom use only) ;and BSCS Laboratory Blocks The BSCS Newsletter is available from the Biological (D. C. Heath and Co.) : Plant Growth and Develop- Sciences Curriculum Study, University of Colorado. ment, Animal Growth and Development, Microbes: B. Glass, "Renascent Biology: A Report on the AIBS Their Growth, Nutrition and Interaction, The Com- Biological Sciences Curriculum Study," The School pleraentarity of Structure and Function, Regulation in Review 70, 16 (1962). Plants by Hormones, Field Ecology, Animal Behavior, W. C. Van Deventer, "BSCS Biology," School The Molecular Basis of Metabolism, Physiological Science and Mathematics (February 1965). Adaptation, Genetic Continuity, Life in the Soil. 30. Television Course on "The New Biology." Innovations in Equipment and Techniques for the (Secondary, College) JOHN W. TAYLOR, Learning Biology Teaching Laboratory (D. C. Heath and Co.) ; Resources Institute, 10 Columbus Circle, New York, 14 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS BIOLOGY

N. Y. 10019; RAY KOPPLEMAN, Department of Bio- black-and-white, 30 min.)The life cycle and chemistry, The Universityof Chicago.(Grantee: uniqueness of myxomycetes is revealed in detail by a Learning Resources Institute; cosponsor: American combination of microscopic and cinephotomicrographic Institute of Biological Sciences.)(1961-1962) techniques and animation. This television course of 160 half-hour lecture dem- Slime Molds II: Collection, Culitvation and Use onstrations was designed to help improve the teaching of biology in the Nation's secondary schools and col- (16mm, sound-color, 19 min.)Animation reviews a few selected studies on slime molds; student projects leges by acquainting science and biology teachers with new developments in biology.In 1963-64, "High- are Suggested; and several classroom demonstrations are shown. lights of the New Biology," a core of 90 lessons from Slime Molds III: Identification (16mm, sound-color, the course, including 12 lessons which have been re- 24 min.) made to include new and revised content, was telecast The use of a key is illustrated by compar- ing a modified portion of Professor G. W. Martin's key three times a week on 42 educational stations. -"urther information on the availability of video to a road map, each "road" being followed until the tapes and kinescopes for educational use: National main families of myxomycetes are identified.Anima- tion is used to show the parts of fruiting bodies used Educational Television Film Service, Indiana Univer- in identification. sity, Bloomington, Ind. 47405. Rental or sale of films: Audio-Visual Center, State 31. Films on the Nature of Viruses.(Secondary, University of Iowa. College) WENDELL M. STANLEY, Virus Laboratory, For further information, address the project director. UniversityofCalifornia,Berkeley,Calif.94720. (1959-1960) 33. "Living Biology" Film Series.(Secondary, Eight 16mm, black-and-white, sound films, each 30 College) ROMAN VISHNIAC, Yeshiva University, 110 minutes, were designed to help acquaint high school West 57th Street, New York, N. Y. 10033.(1960 and college students and teachers and the general pub- ) lic with recent accomplishments of research in virology A series of 16mm sound-color films is being pro- and implications for understanding certain fundamen- duced to show observations and studies of the behavior tal problems in biology, and to broaden general appre- of animals and the life of plants in their natural hab- ciation of the role of research in basic science.They itats.The "Living Biology" films are designed to were prepared by the project director and six senior show the actual life and functions of organismstheir staff members of the Laboratory, aided by E. G. processes, behavior, structure, and physiology.The Valens, Jr., and in cooperation with educational tele- camera becomes, in effect, a part of the biosphere. vision station KQED-TV, San Francisco, W. A. Palmer Students see the events happening in native environ- Films, Inc., and the University's Department of Visual ments as if they were the origiLal investigators; they Conthiunications.They have been shown on educa- see the dynamic living processes upon which current tionaltelevisionstationsthroughoutthecountry. interpretation and theory are based.Tentative film Titles of the films are: Between the Living and the titles include: The Living , The Life of the Pond, Non-living, Giant Molecules, The Stuff of Life, Viral Protozoa,MicroscopicPlantsProtophyta,From Genes, How Viruses Kill, Threads of Life, Killers and Sponges to Mollusca, Arthropoda Through Vertebrata, Carcinogens, and . Physiology of Life, Life of the Sea Floor, Plankton W. M. Stanley and E. G. Valens, Jr., Viruses and the of the Sea, Biology of the Bee, Growth and Develop- Nature of Life (E. P. Dutton and Company, New York, ment, Microbiology.Distribution of films will begin 1961).Based on the television series. during 1966. Film rental and purchase, television use: National Educational Television Film Service, Indiana Univer- 34. Graphic Methods for Teaching Physiology. sity, Bloomington, Ind. 47405. (Secondary, College) FRED E. D'AMOUR, Department of Zoology, University of Denver, Denver, Colo. 80210. 32. Three Educational Films on Myxomycetes. (1961-1962) (Secondary, College) T. R. PORTER, College of Edu- Devices have been built from inexpensive and read- cation, State University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa 52240. ily available components to provide graphic demon- (1960-1961) strationsof the following physiological functions: Films are as follows: respiratory system, circulatory system, muscle action, Slime Molds I: Life Cycle (16mm, sound-color or knee jerk, distribution of optic nerves, functioning of

15 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS CHEMISTRY

the muscles of the eyeball, nature of thenerve , experiments which use the chambers to study such I and properties of conduction at the synapse. problems as rooting of cuttings, germination of plants, A small-animal respirator, usinga small synchron growth and development, and floweringresponses to motor as timer, plus a solenoid magnet and a pair of photoperiod, see Wray Darr, "Classroom Greenhouse plastic bellows, has been designed to, be built for $10. for Biology Teaching," The Science Teacher 30, 8 Furtherinformation can be obtained from the (1963). project director. 35A. A special Issueon Plant Pathology for the Amekican Biology Teacher..(Secondary, College) 35. Plant Growth Chamber.(Secondary, College) C. W. BOOTHROYD, Department of Plant Pathology, F. W. WENT, Director, Missouri Botanical Garden, 2315 , Ithaca, N. Y. 14850. (Grantee: Tower Grove Avenue, St. Louis, Mo. 63110.(Present American Phytopathological Society.) (1966) address:DesertResearchInstitute,Universityof In producing a special issue of the American Biol- Nevada, Reno, Nev. 89507.)(1960-4963) ogy Teacher devoted entirely to the one topic, this Small, climate-controlled plant growth chambers project seeks to (1) acquaint biology teachers with the have been constructed which can beutilizedby science of plant pathology asa means of expressing schools and colleges which lacka suitable greenhouse. many of the concepts of general biology; and (2) The chambers permit control of temperature, light, offer these teachers some simple, but challengingexer- ventilation, and moisture.For detailed information cises that can be performed in the classroom, the , onconstruction, along with instructions for classroom laboratory, and the field.

D. Chemistry

For additional projects related to this sectionsee also: of the periodic table.The course seeks to present 79. Overhead Projection Series of Lecture Experi- chemistry from the point of view ofa person intimately ments in the Sciences. involved in the profession of chemistry, but interms 128. Films for College Chemistry. both interesting and comprehensible to beginningstu- 129. Equipment and Experiments for Teaching In- dents.Published materials were inuse by about 350,- strumental Analysis. 000 students during the 1965-66 schoolyear.Evalu- 130. Supplementary Teaching Aids for Introductory ative surveys that have been andare being undertaken Chemistry. are reported in the Newsletter.The textis being 133. Apparatus for Chemical Analysis and Prepara- translatedinto Chinese, French, Gujerati, Japanese, tion on the Micro and Semi-Micro Scale. Korean, Portuguese, Spanish, Thai and Turkish. 139. New Atomic, Molecular, and Crystal Models. The following printed materialsare available from the cooperating publisher, W. H. Freeman and Com- 36. Chemical Education Material Study (CHEM pany: Chemistry--An Experimental Science (textbook, Study).GLENN T. SEABORG (Chairman), Atomic laboratory manual, teachers' guide), Energy Commission, Washington, D.C. 20545; GEORGE two alternate C. PIMENTEL (Director), Department of Chemistry, sets of seven CHEM Study Achievement Examinations, UniversityofCalifornia,Berkeley,Calif.94720. and two programed instruction pamphletson Exponen- (1959 tial Notation and The Slide Rule.Wall charts devel- CHEM Study has been experimenting withmeans for oped by the Studyare available from the Central making a first chemistry courseas profitable as pos- Scientific Company, and from the W. M. Welch Scien- sible for all students who wish to take sucha course. tific Company. Two monographs have been writtenas The text, laboratory manual, teachers' guide, andmo- extensions of the course materials.These are G. T. tion pictures heavily emphasize an experimentalap- Seaborg's Man-Made Transuranium Elements and J. A. proach to chemistry and the importance of laboratory Campbell's Why Do Chemical Reactions Occur?, both work.This experimental emphasis is used to develop published by Prentice-Hall. such major concepts as dynamic equilibrium, rates Titles of films (each 16mm, sound-color exceptas and mechanisms of reactions, chemical bonding, struc- noted), produced by the Study and distributed by tural ideas, and the systematics of chemistry interms Modern Learning Aids, are:

16 sx *Ilesiowrolic 1. 414,

ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS CHEMISTRY

Gases and How They Combine, 22min., George C. CHEM Study, Lawrence Hall of Science, University of Pimentel; Gas Pressure and MolecularCollisions, California, Berkeley, Calif. 94720. black-and-white, 21 min., J. Arthur Campbell; Electric H. Bassow, "The CHEM Study Course,an Objective Interactions in Chemistry, 21 min., J. LelandHollen- Appraisal," Science and Mathematics Weekly 3, 205 berg and J. Arthur Campbell; Chemical Families,22 (1963). min., J. Leland Hollenberg and J. Arthur Campbell; 11.J.Merrill, "Chemistryan Experimental Sci- Molecular Motions, 13 min.,J. Arthur Campbell; ence," The Science Teacher 30 (3), 26 (1963). Vibration of Molecules, 12 min., and L. E. Strong and G. C. Pimentel, "Greetings from Richard M. Badger (in cooperation withAmerican CBA and CHEMS," Chemistry 37 (1), 24 (1964). Chemical Society) ; Introductionto Reaction Kinetics, 13 min., (in cooperation with American 37. Chemical Bond Approach Project (CBA). Chemical Society) ; Equilibrium, 24 min.,George C. LAURENCE E. STRONG, Department of Chemistry, Earl- Pimental; Catalysis, 17 min., Richard E. Powell(in ham College, Richmond, Ind. 47375.(1958 cooperation with Manufacturing Chemists'Associa- This high schoolcourse is presented through a text- tion) ; Acid-Base Indicators, 19 min., J. ArthurCamp- book and laboratory guide designedto be used together. bell; Nitric Acid, 18 min., Harry H. Sisler(in coop- These materials were devolped and testedover several

eration with Manufacturing Chemists' Association); years (1959-63) in high school classrooms throughout Crystals and Their Structures, black-and-white,22 the country.The development in the text proceeds in min., J. Arthur Campbell; Molecular Spectroscopy,23 five parts:The Nature of Chemical Change; Elec- min., Bryce Crawford, Jr. and John Overend;The trical Nature of Chemical Systems; Modelsas Aids to Hydrogen AtomAs Viwed by Quantum Mechanics the Interpretation of Systems; Bonds in Chemical (standard version), 13 min., George C.Pimentel; The Systems; Order, Disorder, and Change. A systematic Hydogen AtomAs Viewed by QuantumMechanics attempt is made to distinguish between the data pro- (advanced version), 20 min., George C.Pimentel; Ion- duced by experiment and imaginative ideas usedto ization Energy, 22 min., Bruce H. Mahan;Shapes & interpret data.The course emphasizes logical schemes Polarities of Molecules, 18 min., DavidDows; A which permit students to investigate and interpreta Research Problem: Inert ( ? ) Gas Compounds,19 min.. variety of chemical systems; for instance, theuse of George C. Pimentel and J. J. Turner; Synthesisof an a simplified molecular orbital treatment of molecular Organic Compound, 22 min., T. A. Geissman; Mechan- structure is designed to help students understand the ism of an Organic Reaction, 20 min., HenryRapoport; fundamental basis of current thinking about theelec- BromineElement from the Sea, 22 min.,J. Leland trical nature of matter.The closely related laboratory Hollenberg and James E. Magner; VanadiumA work develops from early experiments with rathercom- Transition Element, 22 min., Robert Brasted;High plete directions to experiments late in thecourse which Temperature Research, 19 min., Paul W. Gilles;Trans- leave much of the design to students.New types of uranium Elements, 23 min., Glenn T. Seaborg;Elec- experiments include theuse of the method of continuous trochemical Cells, 22 min., J. Arthur Campbelland variations and simple thermochemicalmeasurements. June S. Ewing; Chemical Bonding, 16min., George A major feature of the laboratory workis a scheme C. Pimentel; and Biochemistry and MolecularStruc- of vertical development wherebygroups of experiments ture, 22 min., Donald E. Rounds. are designed to fit together in such a way that students Two lecture films for teacher preparation,Pimentel develop both technical facility andinterpretive skill Discusses the Hydrogen Atom and Pimentel Discusses in moving from simple to fairly complexinvestigations. Chemical Bonding, have recently been produced.A A set of achievement examinationsto accompany the number of filmstrips and 8mm film loopshave also course is available from the McGraw-Hill Book Com- been prepared.An information film is in preparation. pany.Translations in Spanish, Portuguese, and Jap- Orders for books, films, etc., should besent directly anese of the text materials are in preparation. A to the distributor concerned. A brochure describing number of programed instruction materialsincluding the film and a teachers' guide for the filmsmay be programs on electrostatics, charge cloud models, and obtained by writing to Modern Learning Aids. thermochemistry are being developedto accompany Requests for general information and forsubscrip- parts of the course. tion to the CHEM Study Newsletter should bead- Textbook: Chemical Systems (McGraw-HillBook dressed to David W. Ridgway, ExecutiveDirector, Co., Inc.).Teachers' guide available.

17 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS CHEMISTRY

Student laboratory guide: Investigating Chemical high schools, discussions in an in-service institute, and Systems (McGraw-Hill Book Co.).Teachers' guide correspondence.On the basis of this information, available. those experiments that appear to be the most effective Collection of reprints: Supplemental Readings for will be rewritten or modified.The third phase of Chemical Bond Approach, reprinted from Journal of the project will involve submitting specific experiments Chemical Education (Chemical Education Publishing for publication in appropriate journals.It is hoped Co.).The collection of reprints and a chart of atomic that investigations described in the articles submitted and ionic radii are available from the project office. for publication will serve as source material for indi- L. E. Strong and M. K. Wilson, "Chemical Bonds: viduals who are interested in developing their own A Central Theme for High School Chemistry," Journal experiments. of Chemical Education, 35, 56 (1958). 39. Visual Aids for Teaching Chemistry.(Sec- L. E. Strong, "Facts, Students, Ideas," Ibid. 39, ondary, College).R. T. SANDERSON, Department of 126 (1962). Chemistry, Arizona State University, Tempe, Ariz. L. E. Strong, "Chemistry as a Science in the High 85281.(1959-1964) Three 45-minute sound-color, filmed lectures demon- School," The School Review 70, 44 (1962). strate the construction and use of new chemistry teach- R. W. Heath and D. W. Stickell, "CHEM and CBA ing aids developed previously: (1) Atomic Models, Effects on Achievement in Chemistry," The Science Valence, and the Periodic Table; (2) New Models of Teacher 30, 5 (1963). Molecules, Ions, and Crystals: Their Construction and General Use in Teaching Chemistry; and (3) A Spe- 38.Laboratory Experimentsfor Chemistry cial Set of Models for Introducing Chemistry.Other Courses.(Secondary, College) H. A. NEIDIG, De- partment of Chemistry, Lebanon Valley College, Ann- work includes (1) further development of the models ville, Pa. 17003.(1964-1966) described in the films, (2) preparation of a laboratory The first phase of this projet consisted of an 8-week exercise on valence and a lecture aid for teaching summer institute in which thirty-one secondaryschool atomic structure, and (3) construction of a portable chemistry teachers participated during the summer of three-dimensional periodic table. 1965.The institute program was supervised by a R. T. Sanderson, Teaching Chemistry with Models group of secondary-school teachers and college pro- (D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., 1962).This book de- fessors.During the first part of the institute, the scribes in detail the teaching uses of the new atomic participants conducted six different laboratory investi- and molecular models and tells how to build hundreds gation's using recent developments in laboratory op- of models. erations.Sufficient data were collectedtopermit The following papers in the Journal of Chemical statistical treatment.A number of chemical systems Educationareofeitherdirectorsupplementary were investigated using several different experimental interest: approaches for the latter part of the institute.Data "Models for Demonstrating Electronegativity and were obtained that were related to specific concepts or Partial Charge" 36, 507 (1959) ; "Atomic Models in chemical principles.Representative of the type of Teaching Chemistry" 37, 307 (1960) ;"Valence: A investigations that were conducted was a study of Laboratory Exercise for General Chemistry" 37, 261 aqueous solutions of sodium phosphate, of sodium (1960) ; "An Aid to Teaching Electronic Configura- hydrogen phosphate, of sodium dihydrogen phosphate, tionsof Atoms" 37, 262(1960) ;"Principles of and of phosphoric acid using potentiometric titrations Chemical Bonding" 38, 382 (1961) ;"Principles of and thermochemical procedures.The resulting data Chemical Reaction" 41, 13 (1964) ;"Principles of appear to be useful for relating enthalpy, free energy, Hydrogen Chemistry" 41, 331 (1964) ; "Principles of and entropy changes and for comparing the nature Halogen Chemistry" 41, 361 (1964) ;"Principles of of the various phosphate species. Oxide Chemistry" 41, 415(1964) ;"A Rational The second phase of the project was conducted Periodic Table" 41, 187 (1964). in cooperation with a number of high schools, colleges Film can be rented or purchased from the Extension and universities during the 1965-66 academic year Division, University of Iowa, Iowa City.Suppliers of The experiments written on the basis of the informa- Styrofoam are listed in the book on models.Models tion obtained during the institute were evaluated. patternedafter those described inthis book are Feedback information was obtained from visitsto available from Macro Models.

18 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MATHEMATICS

E. Mathematics

For additional projects related to this section see also: new course sequences on performance in mathematics 2. MinnesotaSchoolMathematics and Science and science in school and college.In addition, SMSG Teaching Project (MINNEMAST) carries out experimentation with various specialized 251. Committee on the Undergraduate Program in materials designed to fulfill specific needs in mathe- Mathematics (CUPM) me tics education.Available materials include: 255. Power Series and the Elementary Functions. 257. Course in Applications of Mathematics for 1. Elementary School Texts Secondary School Teachers. The elementary-school materials are designed for 267. Course in Mathematics for Prospective Junior use in selkOntained classrooms and are suitable for High School Teachers. average students as well as for those of higher ability. 268. Mathematics Courses for Prospective Element- For each of the grades 1 through 6, there are a student ary School Teachers. text and a teachers' commentary; for kindergarten, 269. Geometry Course for Prospective High School there is only a teachers' book.Mathematics for the Mathematics Teachers. Elementary School, K-3 (Yale University Press, A. C. Vroman,Inc.) ;Mathematics 270. Course in the Number System for Elementary fortheElementary School, Grades 4, 5, 6 (Yale University Press). School Teachers. 271. Films and Other Teaching Materials for College 2. Junior High School Texts Mathematics. These texts review and extend the mathematics of the elementary school in such a way as to provide a 40. School Mathematics Study Group (SMSG). sound intuitive foundation for high school courses.A CLARENCE E. HARDGROVE(Chairman), Northern Illinois considerable amount of informal geometry is included. University, De Kalb, Ill. 60115; E. G.BEGLE(Direc- Each textis accompanied by an extensive teachers' tor), Cedar Hall, , Stanford, Calif. 94305. (Grantees: Yale University and Stanford Uni- commentary.Mathematics for Junior High School, versity.) (1958 Vol.I(grade 7),and Vol.II(grade 8),(Yale The primary purpose of the SMSG is to foster re- University Press). the teaching of school search and development in 3. Texts for Slower Students (Yale University Press) mathematics. So far, major objectives of the Study These texts include the bulk of the mathematics for Group have been the preparation of sample text mate- grades 7-9 listed in the series above and below, but with rials designed to illustrate the kind of curriculum which the level of reading difficulty reduced.It is expected the members of the group feelis demanded by the that students will proceed through these materials at increased use of science, technology, and mathematics a slower rate.Each text is accompanied by an exten- in our society, and the preparation of materials de- sive teachers' commentary.Introduction to Secondary signed to help teachers prepare themselves to teach such School Mathematics, Vol. I (grade 7), Vol. 11 (grade a curriculum.Currently, consideration is being given 8),and 14troduction to Algebra (grade 9). to the planning of an integrated, sequential mathe- matics curriculum for grades 7-12 which will take full 4. High School Texts advantage of the last ten years of mathematics cur- These texts are designed for average and above- riculum development.Arrangements of topics will be average students in a college preparatory program. chosen to maximize the efficiency of the program and Geometry with Coordinates is designed as an alterna- thus permit inclusion of the equivalent of a full year tiv to Geometry with more emphasis on analytic of calculus and some of the basic notions of probability geometry. Algebra and Analytic Geometry are and numerical analysis.The relationships between intended for students who have completed the prerequi- mathematics and the sciences will play an integral part sites for calculus but wish to postpone study of this from the beginning. A second major activity of the subject until college.Each text is accompanied by an SMSG is the contribution of the National Longitudinal extensive teachers' commentary.First Course in Alge- Study of Mathematical Abilities in which students orig- bra (Yale University Press) ;Geometry (Yale Uni- inally in grades 4, 7, and 10 are being followed to versityPress) ;Geometry with Coordinates(Yale determine the effects of conventional, SMSG, and other University Press) ;Intermediate Mathematics (Yale

19 ,-- -..r...-,.

ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MATHEMATICS

University Press) ;Elementary Functions (Yale Uni- Inequalities(Beckenbach, Bellman), Geometric versity Press) ; Introduction to Matrix Algebra (Yale Inequalities (Kazarinoff), The Contest Problem Book University Press) ; Analytic Geometry (A. C. Vroman, (Salkind), The Lore of (Davis), Uses Inc., Yale University Press) ; Calculus (A. C. Vroman, of Infinity (Zippin),Geometric Transformations (Yag- Inc.). lom, Shields), Continued Fractions (Olds), Graphs and Their Use (Ore), Hungarian Problem Book I 5. Supplementary Materials (A. C. Vroman, Inc.) (Rapaport),Hungarian Problem Book II (Rapaport), A variety of b)oklets is available.Their common characteristic is that each requires less than a full Episodes from Early Mathematics (Aaboe), Groups and Their Graphs (Grossman, Magnus), Mathematics academic year.In addition to the revised version of of Choice(Niven), From Pythagoras toEinstein Mathematics through Science, the unit Mathematics (Friedrichs), The MAA Problem Book II (Salkind). and Living Things is available in preliminary form. Itis designed for use at the eighth-grade level and 8. Studies in Mathematics (A. C. Vroman, Inc.) uses biological experiments to motivate mathematical All the books in this series are intended for teachers. ideas.Mathematics Through Science, PartsI,II, Some provide the background for a specific student and III for use respectively in any seventh- and eighth- course, and others are more general in nature.Eucli- grade course and with ninth-grade general mathematics dean Geometry Based on Ruler and Protractor Axioms, courses.Junior High School MathematicsUnits, Structure of Elementary Algebra, Geometry, Concepts Number Systems; Junior High School Mathematics of Informal Geometry, Number Systems,Intuitive Units, Geometry; Junior High School Mathematics Geometry, Concepts of Algebra, Brief Course in Math- Units, Applications; Junior High School Supplement. ematics for Elementary School Teachers, Applied Math- ary Unit; Essays on Number Theory I; Essays on ematics in the High School, Mathematical Methods in Number Theory II; Development of the Real Number Science, A Brief Course in Mathematics for Junior System; Selected Units, Grade 4; Mathematics and High School Teachers, In-service Course for Primary Living Things. School Teachers, Introduction to Number Systems.

6. Supplementary and EnrichmentSeries(A.C. 9. Study Guides in Mathematics(A. C. Vroman, Vroman, Inc.) = Inc.) Most of these pamphlets are designed to allow teach- These consist of annotated bibliographies on various erstotryshort modern treatments of particular parts of mathematics,all bound in one pamphlet. mathematics topics in class.Student text and teach- They are intended for independent teacher study and ers' commentaries are available for most of the topics, for course planning for teachers.The newest in this though some pamphlets are designed for independent seriesisa study wide on Digital and study or enrichment.Functions, Circular Functions, Related Mathematics and consists essentially of an The Complex Number System, The System of Vectors, annotated bibliography intended for teachers interested Non-Metric Geometry, Plane Coordinate Geometry, In- in the topic of high-speed computation asit might equalities, Numeration, Algebraic Structures, Factors appear in the high school program.Other study and Primes, Mathematical Systems, Systems of First guides available are on Algebra, Calculus, Geometry, Degree Equationsin ThreeVariables, Radioactive Number Theory, and Probability and Statistics. Decay. 10. Filmed Course for Elementary School Teachers 7. New Mathematical Library (L. W. Singer Co., (Modern Learning Aids) reduced price edition; Random House, trade edition) This course consists of 30 half-hour color films. This consists of a series of short expository mono- The series is intended primarily for in-service element- graphs on various mathematical subjects.The objec- ary school teachers and isintended tofurnish a tivesof thisseries are the dissemination of good foundation in mathematics for any of the newer ele- mathematics in the form of elementary topics not mentary school mathematics programs.Brief Course usually covered in the school curriculum, the awaken- in Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers from ing of interest among gifted students, and the presenta- the series Studies in Mathematics is designed to accom- tion of mathematics as a meaningful human activity. pany the filmed course. The first 16 of these films pro- Numbers Rational and Irrational (Niven), What is vide a suitable background in mathematics for teachers CalculusAbout?(Sawyer), An Introductionto of grades K-3. The remainder, building on these, is

20 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MATHEMATICS concerned with mathematics normally taught in grades in Champaign-Urbana, Illinois, 1964-65. A revised 4-6. version of the seventh grade portion will be tried in several large metropolitan centers during 1966-67. In addition to the. above, the Study Group has (1) arranged for translation of some publications into The texts have been designed with special attention to Spanish, (2) prepared programed learning materials the appearance of the pages (five-color printing, car- toon strips, large pictorial displays), and an attempt in some areas, and (3) prepared numerous reports and supplementary publications.For information about has been made to minimize the requisite reading skills. the activities of the SMSG or to receive the SMSG The new UICSM materials being developed for senior Newsletter, write the project director. high school constitute a two-year vector geometry course for grades 10 and 11, or 11 and 12.That 41. University of Illinois Committee on School course introduces translations (vectors) as mappings Mathematics (UICSM). MAX BEBERMAN, Univer- of Euclidean three-space on itself, many of the "tradi- sityof Illinois Committee on School Mathematics, tional" geometrical theorems, introduction to the study 1210 West Springfield, Urbana, Ill. 61801.(1962 of groups, vector spaces, the concepts of linear depend- ) ence and linear independence, the nature of distance In December 1951 the Colleges of Education, Engi- functions, and trigonometry.In an attempt to illus- neering, and Liberal Arts and Sciences established the trate the nature of deductive systems, postulates for an University of Illinois Committee on School Mathe- inner product space of translations are introduced matics (UICSM) to investigate the content and teach- gradually, ench one chosen to assign to the space those ing of college-preparatory mathematics in grades 9-12. properties which intuition requires for it to be useful Financial support from the Carnegie Corporation of as a model of the three-dimensional world of experi- New York made possible the development of a variety ence.Preliminary versions of the vector geometry of instructional materials and their experimental trial course have been tried in the University of Illinois in schools throughout the country.Texts and teach- laboratory high school during 1963-64 and 1964-65. ers' guides for grades 9-12 were developed. To enable A revised version has been tried there and in several teachers to help in the experimental trial of materials other schools during 1965-66. and teaching approaches, the project staff conducts Schools interested in cooperating with the UICSM in summer traininginstitutes and has also produced the experimental trials of new materials are invited to teacher-training films for use in them.With NSF write to the project director. support, new footage has been added, resulting in a The basic text materials developed in the first project 50film seriesfor training of ninth-grade algebra (1951-1962) are now obtainable from D. C. Heath and teachers.(See item 52.) Company. An information sheet containing the pro- In 1962, With National Science Foundation support, ject bibliography, reports of research activities, and the UICSM began the development of new instructional reprints of articles describing the activities of the materials for junior and senior high schools.Mate- UISCM are available from the project director. rials currently under devolpment include texts, teach- ers' guides, and visual aids intended for use with underachieving students in grades 7 and 8, and texts 42. Experimental Teaching of Mathematics in the Elementary School., Insti- and teachers' guides for a new two-year geometry tute for Mathematical Studies in the Social Sciences, sequence for the senior high school.Among the topics Stanford University, Stanford, Calif. 94305.(1959 included in the grades 7-8 materials are a detailed ) study of the arithmetic of rational numbers expressed In the first years of this project, the aim was to as common fractions, decimal fractions, or percents, develop a modern mathematics curriculum for grades an intuitive study of geometry approached through 1-6 which would provide a richer content by not consideration of translations, rotations and reflections restricting the curriculum to arithmetic.This general in the plane, and an intuitive introduction to elementary program, which has also been supported by the Carne- algebra.The course is intended for students with rec- gie Corporation of New York, led to the elementary- ords of underachievement in mathematics, especially school mathematicsseries,Sets and Numbers. A those whose underachievement may reasonably be closely related project on the teaching of mathematical ascribed to cultural handicaps.Preliminary versions to talented fifth and sixth graders was completed of the course were tried with students in public schools in 1963.The textbook, First Course in Mathematical

21 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MATHEMATICS

Logic, which has resulted from this work is now avail- Research Journal 1; 79-94 (1964) . able. P. Suppes, "The Formation of Mathematical Con- The main project effort is presently devoted to the cepts in Primary-Grade Children," in A. Harry Passow development of a -based laboratory for the and Robert R. Leeper (eds.) , Papers from the ASCD experimental teaching of elementary-school mathe- Eighth Curriculum Research Institute, 99-119 (1964) . matics. A computer-based curriculum for grade 1 is P. Suppes and F. Binford, "Experimental Teaching now complete. A substantial partof the curriculum of in the Elementary School," The for grades 2 and 4 has been prepared as well as a sup- Arithmetic Teacher, 187-196 (1965) . plementary course in mathematical logic.During the Revised editions of Sets and Numbers for Grades academic year 1965-66 these materials were tested K-6, L. W. Singer Company (1965) . in the laboratory; during 1966-67, testing will take place through specially installed facilities in a public 43. Cambridge Conference on School Mathe- elementary school.Behavioral data on the results are matics.WILLIAM TEDMARTIN, Departmentof being made available.The system is so constructed Mathematics, Massachusetts Institute of Technology. that fairly elaborate terminal equipment permits a rich (Grantee:EducationalServicesIncorporated,55 Chapel Street, Newton, Mass. 02158.) (1963 variety of auditory and visual stimuli to be presented The aims of this project have been to encourage to the individual student.Each student is permitted intensive study and discussion among mathematicians to work at his own pace and isable to use several de- vices for responding, including a standard typewriter and scientists relating not only to the present content, structure and sequence of mathematics curricula in the keyboard.The project is particularly concerned with investigating the extent to which accommodation to schools, but also to the determination of alternative individual differences permitted by using the computer long-range goals in the teaching of mathematics in the in a time-sharing mode will facilitate the learning schools and in the education of teachers. A confer- resulted in the of elementary-school mathematics.The program in ence held during the summer of 1963 mathematical logic permits the student to analyze the publication of Goals for School Mathematics: The problem, indicate to the computer what rule is to be Report of the Cambridge Conference on School Mathe- applied, and then wait for the computer to do the matics, which summarized the views of participating routine job of writing out the resulting new line of the mathematicians.This report has been the topic of proof.The computer program will accept any valid discussion at several national and regional meetings inference by the student regardless of whether or not and among mathematicians and curriculum develop- it was a wise step in finding a proof.When an invalid ment groups in mathematics throughout the nation. step is proposed the computer program rejectsit and Following the 1963 conference, the project has con- gives a reason for its invalidity. A similar computer ducted a number of conferences and experimental program in elementary geometryand drill-and-practice classes concerned with materials contained in the report materials for supplementary arithmetic instruction are and participated in activities designed to stimulate also under preparation. further work.In March 1965, a three-day conference P. Suppes and Rose Ginsberg, "A Fundamental Prop- sponsored jointly by the School Mathematics Study erty of All-or-None Models, BinomialDistribution of Group and the Cambridge Conference was attended by Responses Prior to Conditioning, with Application to representatives of the major curriculum reform groups Concept Formation in Children," in mathematics in the United States.Its main purpose 70, 139-161 (1963) . was to establish better communication between the P. Suppes and Shirley A. Hill, "Set Theory in the variousindividualsandgroupsconcernedwith PrimaryGrades," New YorkStateMathematics educational reform in mathematics. Teachers' Journal 13, 46-53 (1963) . A small workshop during summer 1965 prepared P. Suppes and Shirley A. Hill, First Course in Mathe- broad outlines together with exercises and examples matical Logic, Blaisdell Publishing Company (1964) . for possible text material for the primary grades in P.Suppes, "The Abilityof Elementary-School the areas of geometry, applications, and circular func- Children to Learn the New Mathematics," Theory Into tions in preparation for calculus.The material pro- Practice 3, 57-61 (1964) . duced on these three topics is intended to serve as a P. Suppes, "Modern Learning Theory and the Ele- basis for text materials either by other writing groups mentary-School Curriculum," American Education! or by commercial publishers.Teacher education was 22 I

ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MATHEMATICS

the topic of a larger conference to be held during the Areas and Logarithms (Markushevich),Computation summer of 1966.This conference considered and of Areas of Oriented Figures (Lopshits), Configuration developed suggestions regarding the education of math- Theorems (Argunov, Skornyakov), Equivalent and ematics teachers, and studied the implications for Equidecomposable Figures (Boltyanskii),The Fibon- teacher training of the report of the 1963 conference. acci Numbers (Vorobyov), How to Construct Graphs A report of the 1966 conference is being prepared. (Shilov ) with Simplest Maxima and Minima Problems Materials available from Educational Services Incor- (Natanson),Hyperbolic Functions (Shervatov),Induc- porated (Box 415, Watertown, Massachusetts) include tion in Geometry (Golovina, Yaglom), Introduction summary reports of the March 1965 conference; gen- 4o the Theory of Games ( Venttsel'),The Method of eral descriptions and reprints of journal articles on the Mathematical Induction (Sominskii), Mistakes in Geo- work and plans of the Cambridge Conference; collected metric Proofs (Dubnov),Proof in Geometry (Fetisov), reports on experimental curriculum work carried on Summation of Infinitely Small Quantities (Natanson),

by individual members and during summer 1965; ESI What is Linear Programming? (Barsov). Quarterly Report, Spring-Summer 1966; and Goals for In addition, several Russian mathematical textbooks School Mathematics: The Report of the Cambridge have been translated in full and published by D. C. Conference on School Mathematics, Houghton Mifflin Heath and Company:Convex Figures and Polyhedra Company (1963). (Lyusternik),Eight Lectures on Mathematical Analysis (Khinchin), Geometric Constructioninthe Plane 44. Survey of Recent East European Literature (Argunov, Balk), Infinite Series (Markushevich), Geo- in School and College Mathematics.(Elemen- metry of the Straightedge and Geometry of the Compass tary, Secondary, College).ALFRED L. PUTNAM and (Zetel'), Isoperimetry: Maximal and Minimal Prop- IZAAK WIRSZUP, Department of Mathematics, The erties of Geometric Figures (Kryzhanovskii),Multi- University of Chicago, Chicago, Ill. 60637.(1956 color Problems (Dynkin, Uspenskii),Probability and ) The Survey is accumulating a representative library Information (Yaglom and Yaglom), Problems in the Theory of Numbers (Dynkin, Uspenskii), of mathematics texe:looks, books, periodicals, pamphlet Random Walks (Dynkin, Uspenskii,). series, resource materials, syllabi, and course pro- Information on "Topics in Mathematics" and the grams.Itis translating and adapting some of the best materials from these East European sources, par- books may be obtained from the publisher. ticularly the Soviet Union, for use by teachers and Published by the School Mathematics Study Group students as supplements to the formal curriculum in (as Vol. IV of Studies in Mathematics) and available from A. C. Vroman Inc., Geometry (Kutuzov) schools and colleges and in teacher education programs. . From the' Survey' Library (one of the largest collec- Published by Holden-Day: Challenging Mathematical tions of materials of its kind outside the Library of Problems with Elementary Solutions, Vol. I: Combina- torial Analysis (Yaglom and Yaglom) Congress)a more comprehensive sampling of the ; and Challeng- mathematical literature is being prepared in the form ing Mathematical Problems with Elementary Solutions, of excerpts translated from publications in various Vol. III: Various Branches of Mathematics (Yaglom categories. A further aim of the Survey is to study and Yaglom). research and experiments relevant to mathematics edu- Published by Pergamon Press, available from the cation in East European countries and to report these Macmillan Company: Envelopes (Boltyanskii),Short- findings to all interested groups in the United States. estPaths(Lyusternik),Successive Approximation (Vilenkin), . Currently, the Survey is reviewing the extensive Soviet Systems of Linear Equations (Margulis) research literature in the psychology and methodology A number of papers derived from Survey materials have been published in The Mathematics Teacher and of learning and teaching mathematics.Selected mate- rials are being translated and publication is planned The Mathematics Student Journal. A list is available from the project director. in cooperation with the School Mathematics Study Group.(See Item 40). 45. High School Course in Modern Coordinate A series of booklets, "Topics in Mathematics" (from Geometry. ROBERT A. ROSENBAUM, Provost, Wes- the Russian series "Popular Lectures in Mathematics"), leyan University, Middletown, Conn. 06457.(1964- is published by D. C. Heath and Company: Algorithms 1967) and Automatic Computing Machines (Trakhtenbrot), A textbook, with an accompanying teachers' com-

23 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MATHEMATICS mentary, for a tenth-year geometry course has been of extremum problems, of useful and not farfetched prepared, based on Modern Coordinate Geometry problems on related rates of changes, and of questions (experimentaledition,SchoolMathematicsStudy pertaining totangents, normals, and curvature of Group, 1961). The distinctive feature of the text is curves.Area and volume problems will be treatedas the development of affine geometry before Euclidean. applications of the integral calculus.Graphic and Coordinates are used at the outset in a natural way, numerical methods will be used to initiate the beginner yielding a body of knowledge unlike that of the tradi- into the understanding of area and slope problems and tional high school course but very much like the kind reciprocity of area and slope; the limit concept will of geometry actuallyasedin subsequent scientific be introduced after the student has gaineda full under- situations. standing of the essence of calculus by elementary The text materials were tested in thirty-five classes means. during 1964-65 and were revised in the light of this The problems and exercises to be developed in order experience.Further trial during 1965-66 is expected to elucidate this approach will be tried out first with to result, after minor revision, in a final version by high school teachers, and then, through themas well fall 1966. as directly, with high school students.The resulting Further information is available from the project materials will be made available in manuscript form coordinator, Harry Sitomer. to interested mathematicians, mathematics educators, and schools. 46. Geometry Project.NEWTON S. HAWLEY, De- partment of Mathematics, Stanford University, Stan- 48. University of Illinois Arithmetic Project. ford, Calif. 94305.(1959-1963) DAVID A. PAGE, Educational Services Incorporated, 55 The Geometry Project was an experiment in teach- Chapel Street, Newton, Mass. 02158.(1964-1965) ing geometry in elementary schools.More than 5,000 The University of Illinois Arithmetic Project was students participated in this program.The current begun in 1958 with the support of the Carnegie Cor- text, Geometry, A Workbook for Reading and Con- poration of New York.It is currently operating in struction, by Newton S. Hawley, went into use begin- association with Educational Services Incorporated. ning in September 1961. The project is producing course materials in mathe- The material is designed to be used by all students matics and its teaching for elementary school teachers. and to help the regular classroom teacher give the It is concerned with the development of mathematical instruction.Classes have been taught successfully by topics or Schemes which offer large numbers of inter- teachers who have never before studied geometry. related problems that children can do and which Moreover, the geometry is not intended to replace, but containsignificantmathematicalideas.Working to supplement arithmetic.The time required is 15 or with such topics also improves computational skills. 20 minutes a day during a year. The course for teachers is designed for direct in- Although the geometry workbooks which were used service use and is intended to be of value even to in this program are no longer available, a brief report groups of teachers lacking expert mathematical guid- may be obtained from the project director. ance.The course will include the working of ex- tensive sequences of .problems which transmit ideas, 47. Preparation of Materials for Pre-Limit Cal- and the observation of motion pictures of classroom culus.HAIM REINGOLD, Department of Mathematics, teaching by a variety of teachers.As part of the Illinois Institute of Technology, Chicago, Ill. 60616 preparation of this course, the project is conducting (1965-1967) teacher-training institutes in local school systems and A new approach based on earlier work by Dr. Karl assisting in the teacher-preparation program at sev- Menger of the Illinois Institute of Technology will be eral of the Massachusetts statecolleges.Through developed for teaching calculus in the last year of high its institutes more than 350 teachers in the greater school, including a development of the theory of Boston area have been introduced to project topics maxima and minima, of rate problems, and of appli- and have begun to use them in their classrooms.De- cations of calculus to geometric questions.Materials velopment of new topics and materials continues; to be produced will inlude problems and exercises com- projectstaff members regularly teach nearly 600 prehensible and interesting to the beginner in the childrenin schoolsin Watertown, Wellesley, and domain of differential calculus; for example, a selection Boston.The projectisalso cooperating with the

24 III- -

A«.

ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MATHEMATICS

Perkins School for the Blind in preparing and adapt- The meanings of average, variance, interquartile range, ing materials for use with blind children. etc., are brought out by discussion, but are not stated Motion pictures of project classes will be available expositionally by the teacher. for general distribution only upon completion of the Intervening at the level of actual school experiences course; however, films may be borrowed by groups is far more difficult than intervening at the textbook especially interested in seeing samples of the project's or curriculum level, but the effects may be liar more work.The project also accepts a limited number important.In order to propagate classroom experi- of invitations to teach demonstration classes.In- ences on a nationwide basis, the project is preparing quiries should be addressed to the project director. in-service teacher-training courses based on films show- Booklets and reprints: ing actual classroom lessons; these films and accom- 1. Arithmetic with Frames (1957, revised 1962). panying written materials are designed toenable 2. Do Something About Estimation (1960). teachers to incorporate Madison Project-like experi- 3. A First Grade Sample (1960). ences into their own classes.The present emphasis 4. "TeachingCreativityinMathematics,"The is on grades 1-9, plus kindergarten and nursery school, Arithmetic Teacher 8 (March 1961). Reprint. and the subject emphasis is a combination of arithme- 5. Ways to Find How Many (1962). tic, axiomatic algebra, coordinate geometry, rudiment- 6. Maneuvers on Lattices, an Example of "Inter- ary study of functions, logic, limit of a sequence, and mediate Invention" (1962). certain portions of physics. 7. "Number Lines for the Orbiting Atomic Teach- Available materials include tape recordings, written er," The Grade Teacher 79 (April 1962). Reprint. material and 16mm, black-and-white, sound motion 8. "Well Adjusted Trapezoids," Updating Mathe- pictures (First Lesson, Second Lesson, A Lesson with matics 4 (1962). Second Graders, Graphing a Parabola, Guessing Func- Motion pictures (16mm, black-and-white, sound) tions, Postman Stories, Circles and Parabolas, Complex available on a limited loan basis: Numbers via Matrices, In-Service Course 1, and In- 1. Three A's, Three B's, and One C (45 min.) . Service Course II.) Some films are also available as 2. Graphing with Square Brackets (25 min.) . 8mm cartridges.Closely related materials (not sup- ported by NSF) include:Robert B. Davis, Discovery 49. Syracuse University-Webster College Mad- in Mathematics, and Matrices, Logic, and Other Topics, ison Mathematics Project. ROBERTB.DAVIS, both available from Addison-Wesley.For copies of DepartmentofMathematics,SyracuseUniversity. the Newsletter and further information, write to:The (Grantee:WebsterCollege,Webster Groves, Mo. MadisonProject, 8356 Big Bend Blvd., Webster 63119.) (1961 The Madison Project attempts to intervene in the Groves, Mo. 63119. educational process at the level of the child's actual 50. In-Service Films in Mathematicg for Ele- experiences in school, rather than at the level of text- mentary Teachers.HARRY D. RUDERMAN, Depart- book writing or at the level of stating curricula.Cur- ment of Mathematics, Hunter College High School, 930 Lexington Avenue, New York, N. Y. 10020.(Grantee: riculum is one aspect of school experience, but the fully National Council of Teachers of Mathematics, 1201 shaped experience goes beyond curriculum, including '16th Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036) (1963- actions of teacher and student and interactions between 1966) them.To give an example, one can list the concepts The objective of this project was to produce a series of average and interquartile range for a finite set of of 16mm mathematics films (30 minutes each)in real numbers as a curriculum entry.A classroom ex- color, to be used for the in-service training of ele- perience related to these concepts might be:Four chil- mentary teachers embarking on a new program in dren independently guess the width of the room, and elementary school mathematics. the average and variance for these four numbers are The project has produced ten films, each accom- computed.Then four children measure the room panied by text materials and a teachers' manual for the width, using 6-inch rulers, and the average and vari- whole series.Another film is in preparation. ance of these four numbers arecomputed.Finally, The content of the course is the development of the four teams of children measure the room width using whole number System, the operations in it and their a high-quality surveyor's tape measure, andthe average properties, our common decimal system of numeration, and variance for these four numbers are computed. and the usual algorithms.This presentation is consist-

25 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MATHEMATICS ent with the recommendations of the Committee on the on School Mathematics, 1210 West Springfield, Ur- UndergraduatePrograminMathematicsofthe bana, Ill. 61801.(1962 Mathematical Association of America. UICSM, under the direction of Professor Beberman, The series is intended for use by institutes for ele- is preparing a series of 50 films intended to acquaint mentary school teachers (summer or in-service), and teachers with the content of modern secondary school al- for study groups of elementary school teachers involved gebra courses and to exemplify pedagogical techniques in teaching the newer programs.Negotiations for which have proven effective with such content.The commercial distribution are under way for sale or film's have been produced for flexibleuse in pre-service, rental of the series. in-service, or institute training employing either the For further information write to James D. Gates, whole series or selected sub-series.atensive written Executive Secretary, National Council of Teachers of materials accompany the films.The film series will Mathematics, or to the project diretor. become available for purchase or rental early in 1966 and will include the following sub-series: 51. Foundations of Mathematics for Elementary 1. A series of 14 films which trace the developments School Teachers.E. GLENADINE GIBB, Department of concepts and principles which lead toan understand- of Mathematics, State College of Iowa, Cedar Falls, ing of equations.The plan is to use this sub-series for Iowa 50613.(Present address: Science Education a three-week institute or workshop. Center, The University of Texas, Austin, Tex. 78712.) (1962-1966) 2. A 10-film series on operations with real numbers The purpose of the 12 thirty-minute films and the which would be appropriate for a concentrated two- text prepared to acompany them is to provide an intro- week workshop or for an in-service seminar meeting duction and orientation to a longer and more intensive once a week. in-service program that a school system might wish to 3. A 16-film series on deductive justifications for use to improve the training of elementary school algebraic manipulation, developinga topic common to teachers.Also, it is a program that may be carried allthe new mathematics programs.Such a series out with only minimal use of 'consultants from colleges would be useful for a one-month instituteor for a and universities.This project has been supported by one-semester pre-service course for teachers. the National Science Foundation and the State College 4. A 10-film sub-serieson the topic of inequality of Iowa. relations in elementary algebra. Preliminary materials (video tapes, kinescopes, and 5. 10-film sub-series pertaining to the relation of notes) developed in 1962-63 were used on an experi- algebra to its applications. 6. A three-film series on pedagogy. mentalbasisinseveralschoolsinIowa during See Item 41 fora description of the UICSM project. 1963-64.In 1964 -65 revisions were made of the films and notes, and a consultants' guide was prepared.The 53. Films for Mathematics Teachers. PAUL titles of the fims are:What Is a Number?, A System ROSENBLOOM, Mathematics Section, Minnesota Na- of Numeration, Operations on Whole Numbers, Tech- tional Laboratory, Minnesota State Department of niques of Computation, Non- metric Geometry, The Education, St. Paul, Minn. 55101.(Present address: Fractional Numbers: Addition and Subtraction, The Teachers College, Columbia Uiversity, New York, N. 10027). Fractional Numbers: Multiplication and Division, (1960-1961, 1963) About 210 half-hour films Measurement, The Integers, Problem Solving, Coordin- were produced for the in-service education of mathematics teachers. ate Systems, and Real Numbers. For each of the grades 7-12 A review of the project has been made by J. Fred a series of about 20 demon- stration classes taught with the materials of the School Weaver, "Foundations of Mathematics for Elementary MathematicsStudyGroup(SMSG)wasfilmed. Schools,"The Arithmetic Teacher 10, 359 (1963). Accompanying each series isa set of 14 to 20 lectures Address inquiries to Raymond Schlicher, Director for teachers on the mathematics background of of Field Services, State College of Iowa, Cedar Falls, new courses for that grade level. Iowa 50613. There is also a general introductory film on the various recent developments in the mathematics curriculum, and 52. University of Illinois Committeeon School a series of 20 lec- Mathematics( UICSM) :Films for Training tures and demonstrations on the psychology of element- Ninth-Grade Algebra Teachers.(Secondary. Col- ary mathematical concepts, directedat elementary lege) MAX BEBERMAN, University of Illinois Committee school teachers.Also availableare homework prob. 26 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MATHEMATICS lem's suitable for use with filmed or television courses become generally available, together withan extensive for pre-service or in-service educationof teachers. unit on problem solving currently under development. For rental or purchase of films write to :Audio- A Programed Course in Algebra for Teachers,Ancel Visual Extension Service, University of Minnesota, C. Mewborn, University of North Carolina,senior Minneapolis, Minn. 55455. author.Semi-final edition available toindividuals through the Correspondnce StudyDepartment of the 54. Patterns in Arithmetic.HENRY VAN ENGEN, University of Minnesota (3 quarter-hoursundergrad- Departments of Education and Mathematics,Univer- uate credit, $55). sity of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis.53706.(1961- 1963) A Programed Course in Geometry for Teachers, Murray Klamkin, Ford Scientific Laboratories, This is a televisioncourse conceived to test the idea senior author.Experimentaledition, of teaching arithmetic to teachers andpupils simul- notyetgenerally available. taneously.The lessons cover the standard arithmetic program from a modern point of view with enrichment Technical reports and articles andfurther informa- tion can be obtained from the project work in geometry and number theory.Lessons 15 director. minutes in length are offered twice a week.In about 56. Regional Orientation Confeiencesin Math- 70 lessons per grade, all of the essentialtheory can be enuiatics.FRANK B. ALLEN, Department of Mathe- covered.Suggestions for teachers and exercisesfor matics, Lyons Township High Schooland Junior pupils sufficient toserve as the basic program for the College, La Grange, III.(Grantee: National. Council entire year accompany the television of Teachers of Mathematics, 120116th Street, N.W., program.Ori- Washington, D.C. 20036.) entation Programs for the Teacher, (1960-1963) a companion series In 1960 the National Council of Teachers of ten half-hour telecasts spaced of Mathe- to occur about every matics held a series of Regional three weeks, give an overall view Orientation Confer- to the teacher of the ences in Mathematics for school administrators and material to be covered in the followingthree weeks teachers designed to supply informationregarding vari- and the mathematical content of theprogram for the pupils. ous new programs in school mathematics. A booklet, The Revolution in School Mathematics, Kinescopes are available foruse by other educational based on the experience at these conferences television stations, together with workbooks answers many questions for the concerning the new programs. pupils and suggestions for the teachers. For copies of the booklet writeto James D. Gates, Executive Secretary, National Councilof Teachers of 55. Programed Correspondence Coursesin Al- Mathematics. gebra and Geometry for In-ServiceTraining of Secondary School Mathematics Teachers.WELLS 57. Evaluation of Secondary HIVELY II, Department of EducationalPsychology, School Mathematics University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Curricula.JAMES J. RYAN, Director of Research, Minn. 55414. Minnesota National Laboratory, State (Grantee: Minnesota Academy of Science, St.Paul, Department of Minn.) (1963-1966) Education, 1821 University Avenue,St. Paul, Minn. 55104.(Grantee: Minnesota Academy ofScience, St. Two separate coursesare being developed, one in Paul, Minn.)(1962-1967) algebra and one in geometry. These are intended to The evaluation, conducted withexperimental classes provide in-service teachers with the foundationsneeded in Minnesota, Wisconsin, Iowa, and theDakotas, con- to teach any of the newer secondary-school curricula. cerns a comparison of the conventional, School Mathe- The courses are programed for self-instruction and matics Study Group, Ball State, Illinois,and Maryland designed to be entirely self-contained. Each is approx- curricula.The evaluation also involvescomparison of imately equivalent to a three quarter-hour course the effectiveness of teachers before,during, and after (about 100 hours of work). The algebracourse is experience with newprograms; measurement of effec- now available in preliminary form through the Uni- tiveness of two-yearsequences; and effects of teacher versity of Minnesota. Plans are to publish itmore experiences and of in-service education.New achieve- generally in 1966, together with detailed data on use ment tests have been andare being constructed.Data with 350 teachers in the upper Midwest. A "semi- will be collected for the validationof attitude scales final" experimental edition of thegeometry course is against behavior and for studiesof the relation of being tried out by teachers in the upper Midwest during teachercharacteristicstoeffectiveness.Classroom 1965-66.Early in 1967 this course should also observers will gather data for analysisof pupil-teacher 27 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS MATHEMATICS

interaction in the classroom.The purpose is not to The materials may be purchased from the Forma evaluate teachers, but to evaluate the effectiveness of Company.Further information may be obtained from curriculaundervariousconditionsofuseand the project director. qualifications of staff. 59. Educational Computer Kit. ARNOLD H. Further information is in SMSG (School Mathe- KOSCHMANN, Department of , matics Study Group) Newsletters No. 2 (out of print) University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, N. Mex. 87106.(Former director, R. K. Moore.) (1959 -- and No. 10 and in bulletins and reports published by 1963) the Minnesota National Laboratory. The University of New Mexico Educational Com- puter is a digital computer with an internally stored 58. Individual Manipulative Materials for Use program; it includes the basic features of modern high- in Teaching Elementary School Mathematics. speed digital .The memory has a capacity JOSEPH N. PAYNE, University School and School of Education, The , Ann Arbor, of 384 words consisting of 15 binary digits plus sign Mich. 48104.(1961-1963) .Operation is in the system, with The purpose of the project was to develop mani- provision for octal input and output.The major pulative devices that coal be used by children to purpose of the machine is to serve as a vehicle for assist in the formation of certain mathematical con- teaching certain topics in mathematics and physics,as ceptsintheelementaryschool.Thematerials well as for teaching the principles of modern computer developed were used experimentally in mathematics operation and programing.Because of its Glow speed, classes in grades K-6 by several hundred pupils.Spe- the computer is well adapted to educationaluse but is cific directions for the use of the materials and sug- not well suited to lengthy computation. gestions for their adaptation to the teaching of given Further information can be obtained from the project concepts have been prepared. director. The following items have been developed: 1. Strips.A set of sixty strips made of brown 60. Inexpensive Digital Computers.(Secondary, hardboard in multiples of 1/2" units from 1/2" through College) ALLEN L. FULMER, Department of Science and Mathematics, Oregon College of Education, Mon- 5".The strips are helpful in learning concepts of num- mouth, Ore. 97361.(1960-1963) ber; addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division SPEDTAC (Stored Program Educational Digital of whole numbers, linear and areameasure; rational Transistorized Automatic Computer) is a serial, single numbers, and operations on rational numbers.The address, fixed point, binary-type internally stored pro- cost is $1.50 per set or $1.25 per set in orders of 25 or gram digital computer designed specifically as a class- more. room and laboratory tool to aid in teaching mathe- 2. Unit Strips. A set of fifty-unit strips, each meas- matics and engineering courses.The computer fea- uring 1/2" x 1/2 ", used as counters in the primary grades tures anon-volatile magnetic disc memory witha and for multiplication and division of rational numbers capacity of 256 thirteen-bit words, and an average in the upper grades and junior high school.The cost access time of 8.3 msec. A modern teletype printer is $1.00 per set or 750 per set in orders of 25 sets. is utilized fr.- input-output and other types of input- 3. Bead Frame and Abacus. A 10inch wire, with output equipment may also be added. 20 nylon beads of alternating colors by sets of five Further information,including a descriptionof beads, inserted it block of tongue-and-groove mahog- closely related projects (a new and improved Educa- any wood.Two or more of the bead wires can be tional Digital Computer, high school pilotprograms joined for use as an abacus.The bead frame-abacus in computer education, suggested high schoolcourse is useful in developing number concepts, and teaching outlines),and sources of commercially availablever- place value and addition, subtraction, multiplication, sions of these computers may be obtained from the and division of whole numbers in the lower elementary project director. grades.Cost per wire is 500.In sets of 25 or mare, the cost is 800 for two wires and $1.20 for threewires. 4. Hundred Chart. A printed hundred chart, 10" 61. Formal Deductive and Symbolic Logic Teach- x ing Equipment.(Secondary, College) STANLEY J. 10", with numerals 1 to 100 on one side and 100 circles, BEZUSZKA, S. J., Department of Mathematics, Boston grouped by fives, on the other side.The cost is 150 College, Chestnut Hill, Mass. 02167.(1961-1963) per chart or 100 in orders of 25 or more. This project has developed various mathematical

28 114, "1011410106.16 4.4F .114.0r,

ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS PHYSICS

machines and devices including: (1)a classical formal relations, (6) addition and multiplication devices, and deductive logic machine, (2)a symbolic logic device, (7) graphing machines. (3) circuits to exhibit power sets, (4) baseconverters, Further information can be obtained fromthe (5) a circuit designed to determine the properties of project director.

F. Physics (includes Engineering)

For additional projects related to this sectiolisee also: of electricity and the physics of the atom.The course 14. Physical Science Study CommitteeIntroduc- concentrates on fewer facts than are usually included tory Physical Science. in an elementary physicscourse.Considerable time is 79. Overhead Projection Series of Lecture Experi- spent on the stories running through physics which tie ments in the Sciences. together the facts with explanations.The laboratory 280. Center for Educational Apparatus in Physics. is an important tool in learning the ideas and ison an 289. Films on Superfiuidity and Superconductivity. equal level with the textbook, class discussions,and 290. Short Films in Physics. films as a means of learning and teaching. 291. Color Motion PicturesIllustratingSatellite The text Physics, laboratory guide, and teachers' Motion, Gravitation, and Celestial Mechanics. guide, published in 1960 have been revised andpub- 293. Sourcebook for Demonstration Experiments in lished in 1965 ina new edition.Four chapters of the Physics. text have been extensively reorganized and rewritten, 296. Experiments on Momentum:(A)Loss of five chapters have been shortened and five havebeen Energy in Captive Collisions, (B) Falling Sandon reorganized or reworded.Homework problems have Scale. been thoroughly revised for each chapteron the basis 298. Laboratory Demonstrations and Experiments of teacher feedback information.Also, a new type in Optics. of short problem has been included in thenew edition 311. ApparatusforDemonstrating Simple Har- in direct response to teacher feedback.Each of these monic, Circular and Vibratory Motion. new problems refers to a particular section of the 315. Basic Spectrometer. chapter and use's material only from that section.The problems are identified bya section reference number, 62. Physical Science Study Committee (pssc). and answer's are given in the back of the book.The (Secondary, College) JERROLD R. ZACHARIAS, Depart- new laboratory guide contains several new experiments. ment of Physics, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Several old experiments have been reduced Cambridge, Mass. 02139. to the status (Grantees: Massachusetts of "necessary demonstrations." Institute of Technology, 1957-1959; Educational Serv- The teachers' guide ices Incorporated, 55 Chapel Street, Newton, Mass. has been revised to bring it intoconformity with the 02158, 1960 revised text and laboratory guide. The PSSC physics program has developeda text- Further information is available fromEducational book; a laboratory guide withnew experiments; sim- Services Incorporated. plified, low-cost apparatus in kit form; 54 films which The textbook Physics, laboratory guide, andteachers' set the tone and standards for the course; achievement guide:D. C. Heath and Co., 1965, 2nd. ed. tests; an extensive library of paperbound books written Apparatuskits:availablefrom severalsupply by distinguished authorson topics of science; and companies. teachers' guides which provide background material Achievement tests (3 batteries: theoriginal battery, and make concrete suggestions for class and laboratory an alternate battery, and a scrambled version of the activities.All course materials are available from the original battery) :Cooperative Test Division, Edu- commercial sources listed below.The PSSC course cational Testing Service. consists of four closely interrelated parts.The first PSSC films (each 16mm, sound andblack-and-white is a general introduction to the fundamental physical except as noted), rented and sold by Modern Learning notions of time, space and matter.This is followed Aids, which also distributesa teachers' guide to the by a study of light, both optics andwaves; a study of films (principal scientists in each filmare indicated) : motion from a dynamical point of view; anda study Time and Clocks, 28 min., John King;Long Time Inter- 29 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS PHYSICS vats, 25 min., Harrison Brown; Short Time Intervals, 21 Effect, color, 28 min., John Strong; Matter Waves, 28 min., Campbell L. Searle; Measuring Large Distances, min., Alan Holden and Lester Germer; Franck-Hertz 29 min., Fletcher Watson; Measuring Short Distances, Experiment, 30 min., Byron Youtz. 20 min., Dorothy Montgomery; Change of Scale, 23 In addition, a film on the subject of energy, momen- min., Robert Williams; Straight Line Kinematics, 34 tum, and the conservation laws with Herman Branson, min., E. M. Hafner; Vectors, 27 min., Albert V. Baez; Howard University, as principal, is in preparation. Vector Kinematics, 16 min., Francis L. Friedman; Ele- Science Study Series, a library of paperbound books ments, Compounds and Mixtures, color, 33 min., Iral for outside reading in fields related to the PSSC course Johns; Definite and Multiple Proportions, 30 min., (Doubleday and Co., Inc.) : Robert St. George and Jerrold R. Zacharias; Crystals, The Neutron Story (Hughes), Magnets (Bitter), black-and-white and color, 25 min., Alan Holden; Soap Bubbles and the Forces Which Mold Them Behavior of Gases, 15 min., Albert V. Baez; Random (Boys), Echoes of Bats and Men (Griffin), How Old Is Events, 31 min., Patterson Hume and Donald Ivey; the Earth? (Hurley), Crystals and Crystal Growing Measurement, 21 min., William Siebert; Introduction (Holden, Singer), The Physics of Television (Fink, to Optics, color, 23 min., E. P. Little; Pressure of Light, Lutyens), Waves and the Ear (Bergeijk, Pierce and 23 min., Jerrold R. Zacharias; Speed of Light, 21 min., David), The Birth of a New Phpics (Cohen), Horns, William Siebert; Simple Waves, 27 min., John Shive; Strings and Harmony (Benade), The Restless Atom Sound Waves in Air, 35 min., Richard H. Bolt; Forces, (Romer), Michelson and the Speed of Light (Jaffe), 23 min., Jerrold R. Zacharias; Inertia, 26 min., E. M. The Universe at Large (Bondi), Pasteur and Modern Purcell: Inertial Mass, 19 min., E. M. Purcell; Free Science (Dubos), The Watershed (Koestler), Accelera- FallandProjectileMotion,27min.,Nathaniel tors(Wilson, Littauer),Water :Mirror of Science Frank; Deflecting Forces, 30 min., Nathaniel Frank; (Davis, Day), The Nature of Violent Storms (Battan), Periodic Motion, 33 min., Patterson Hume and Donald Near Zero (MacDonald),Shape and Flow: Fluid Ivey; Frames of Reference, 28 min., Patterson Hume Dynamics of Drag (Shapiro), Gravity (Gamow), Life and Donald Ivey; Elliptic Orbits, 19 min., Albert V. intheUniverse(Ovenden), Radar Observesthe Baez; Universal Gravitation, 31 min., Patterson Hume Weather (Battan),Nerves and Muscles (Galambos), and Donald Ivey; Collisions of Hard Spheres, 19 min., The Origin of Radar (Page), Heat Engines (Sandfort), James Strickland; Elastic Collisions and Stored Energy, Count Rumford (Brown), Cloud Physics and Cloud 27 min., James Strickland; Energy and Work, 28 min., Seeding (Battan),Lady Luck (Weaver), Knowledge Dorothy Montgomery; Mechanical Energy and Ther- and Wonder (Weisskopf), Mathematical Aspects of mal Energy, 22 min., Jerrold R. Zacharias; Conserva- Physics (Bitter), Faraday, Maxwell and Kelvin (Mac- vation of Energy, 27 min., Arthur LaCroix and Jerrold Donald),Waves and Beaches (Bascom), Rutherford R Zacharias; Coulomb's Law, 30 min., Eric Rogers; and the Nature of the Atom (Andrade), Relativity and Electric Fields, 25 min., Francis Bitter and John Way- Common Sense (Bondi), Bird Migration (Griffiin), mouth; Electric Lines of Force, 7 min., Alexander Electrons and Waves(Pierce),Perpetual Motion Joseph; Millikan Experiment, 30 min., Francis L. (Stewart), Sound Waves and Light Waves (Kock), Friedman and Alfred Redfield; Coulomb Force Con- A Short History of Chemistry (Asimov), Sir Isaac stant,34 min.,Eric Rogers;Counting Electrical Newton (Andrade), Thirty Years that Shook Physics Charges in Motion, 22 min., James Strickland; Ele- (Gamow), Quantum Electronics (Pierce), Computers mentary Charges and Transfer of Kinetic Energy, 34 and The Human Mind (Fink). min., Francis L. Friedman; E M F, 20 min., Nathaniel Frank; Electrical Potential Energy and Potential Dif- 63. ,PhysicalScience Study CommitteeAd- vanced Topics.(Secondary, College) URI HABER- ference (Parts I and II), 54 min., Nathaniel Frank; SCHAIM, Educational Services Incorporated, 55 Chapel A Magnet Laboratory, 20 min., Francis Bitter and John Street, Newton, Mass. 02158.(1962-1965) Waymouth; Mass of the Electrons, 18 min., Eric The coursematerialsconsistoftext,teachers'' Reoers; Electrons in a Uniform Magnetic Field, 10 guides, laboratory guide, films, and apparatus kits min., Dorothy Montgomery; Electromagnetic Waves, which go beyond the material in the basic PSSC 33 min., George Wolga; Rutherford Atom, 40 min., course. The materials are suitable for use in ad- Robert I. Hulsizer ; Photons, 19 min., John King; Inter- vanced high school courses and in colleges using the ference of Photons, 13 min., John King; Photo-Electric PSSC text for freshman physics courses; they can

30 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS PHYSICS also be used to supplment regular physicscourse ationat the forefront of human ingenuity.Thus, materials. while the new course will be centeredon a solid intro- Presently available are the following: Chapter A-1, duction to physics, includingsome of its recent devel- Angular Momentum; Chapter A-2, Relativistic Kine- opments, it will have specific features to distinguish it matics; Chapter A-3, Speed, Mass and Energy; Chapter from most existing physicscourses.For example, A-4,IrreversibleProcesses;Chapter A-6, Atoms, as the occasion arises the text or assignments in a Molecules and Nuclei; Chapter A-7, Change in Atoms supplementary reader will stress the humanistic back- and in Nuclei; and the corresponding teachers' guides, ground of the sciences: how modern physical ideas as well as Laboratory Guide I and apparatus kits have developed, and who themen and women were for experiments.Also available are the films Angular who made key contributions; the effect which physics Momentum: A Vector Quantity, Time Dilation and has had on other sciences, especially chemistryand Ultimate Speed.Chapter A-5, on statistical mechan- astronomy; and the fact that theprogress in physics ics, the teachers' guide for this chapter and tests for contributes to contemporary technology and inturn the Advanced Topics material are in preparation. is stimulated by it.In context, the course will also A revised edition is planned of the present chapters touch on scientific methodologyas illustrated by spe- and the first edition of Chapter A-5, to be published cific developments in physics.The project intends to under one cover late in the fall of 1966. Until then, develop not onlya text, but the necessary array of Chapters A-1 through A-4 and the laboratory guide supplementaryinstructionalmaterials:laboratory, are available from D. C. Heath and Company, and films, programed instruction, special readings, teachers' Chapters A-6 and A-7 from Educational Services guide, etc. A detailed evaluation of the impact ofthe Incorporated. course on students is being designed. Teachers' guides and filmsare available from Edu- Three newsletters describing the projectare available. cational Services Incorporated. Apparatus is supplied These and newsletters to be published in thefuture by Macalaster Scientific Corporation. can be obtained by writing to the Executive Director, Further information can be obtained from the proj- F. James Rutherford, Harvard Project Physics,Pierce ect director. Hall, Cambridge, Mass. 02138.

64. Harvard Project Physics.GERALD HOLTON, Department of Physics; Fletcher G. Watson and F. 65. Engineering Concepts Curriculum Project. James Rutherford, Graduate School of Education, Har- EDWARD E. DAVID, JR., Bell Laboratories, vard University, Cambridge, Mass. 02138. Inc., and JOHN G. TRUXAL, PolytechnicInstitute of (1965 Brooklyn.(Grantee:Commission on Engineering ) Education, 1501 New Hampshire Avenue, N.W.,Wash- Based on the encouraging results ofa two-year, ington, D.C. 20036.) (1965-1966) small-scale feasibility study underwritten bya grant At a conference held at Cambridge, Massachusetts from the Carnegie Corporation, HarvardProject in August of 1964, itwas decided that materials for a Physics was initiated in 1964.65, supported by funds high school course in engineeringconcepts should be from the Carnegie Corporation, the Sloan Foundation, developed.Engineering concepts include those ideas and the U. S. Office of Education. As the projectmoves that are basic to man-made devices,systems, processes, into its second year, it is also receivingsupport from and structures.Preliminary reportswere prepared NSF. The purpose of Project Physics is tocreate a outlining these concepts in greater detail.During July physics course that will be appealing and instructive and August of 1965,a further conference brought these to a wide variety of studentsincluding those already materials to a state for trial ata few selected high intent on scientific careers, those whomay not go on schools in the New Yorkarea during the 1965-66 to college at all, and those who in college willcon- academic year.The course, "The Man-Made World," centrate on the humanities or the social studies.For deals with the following subjectmatter: I. Logic and the last group in particular, it isnecessary to show Computers, concerning the extension ofman's mental that physics is neither an isolated and bloodless body abilities through logic circuits andcomputers as well of facts and theories with merely vocational usefulness, as the handling and proceSsing of information;II. nor a glorious entertainment" restricted to an elite of Sensing and Models, dealing with theextension of man's specialists.Rather, it is the intent to present physics sensory powers and the various means through which as a beautifully articulated, yet always unfinishedcre- we sense our environment, how wego on to measure it, 31 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS SOCIAL SCIENCES

then build mechanical and physical models from which tion are available from Newman A. Hall, Executive we construct mechanisms to control it; III.Energy, Director, Commission on Engineering Education. Control, and Design, dealing with the extension of our muscular powers and the control of energy to 66. Lecture Table Thermometer and Voltmeter. specific ends.Appropriate experiments and equip- (Secondary, College) WAYNE TAYLOR, Science and ment have been designed as an integral part of the Mathematics Teaching Center, Michigan State Univer- course.Future plans include a revision of the course sity, East Lansing, Mich. 48824.(1961-1966) material on the basis of classroom experience now be- The thermometer-voltmeter is provided witha 4- ing obtained, and further tryouts in about 30 schools foot scale placed in front of a fluorescent lamp. With during 1966-67. appropriate settings of the controls, temperatureranges Engineering Concepts Curriculum ProjectReport of 5°, 100°, or 1200°C and EMF of 0-2 voltsmay be No. 1: A Summer Study Report; Report No. 2: Work- spread across the scale. ing Papers of the Summer Study Report.Representa- An interim report is available from the project di- tive text materials, news reports, and further informa- rector.

G. Social Sciences

For additional projects related to this sectionsee The high school program has concentrated on devel- also oping a curriculum for the tenth grade in social studies. 85. American Indian Films. The main theme has been "The Impact of Technology 88. Eskimo Art Film. and Science in Nineteenth Century England," with 89. Films on Nepalese Culture for Courses in concentration on three specific topics: (1) The devel- Anthropology. opment of the steam engine from the beginning of the 319. Focus on Behavior. eighteenth century to the version perfected by James Watt, (2)the industrialization of Manchester, Eng- 67. Social Science Program. ELTING E. MORISON land, as a in the impact of technological (Chairman, Executive Committee),Masters' House, change on social relations, and (3) the background, EzraStilesCollege, Yale University; JEROMES. BRUNER, Professor of (Director, content and cultural influence of Darwin's views on Elementary Project) ; and MORTON WHITE, Professor evolution and natural selection. Exposing the student of Philosophy (Director, Senior High School Project), to the actual working of the steam engine, to the actual .(Grantee: Educational Services words of Darwin, and to certain key historical docu- Incorporated, 55 Chapel Street, Newton, Mass. 02158.) ments concerning Manchester,illustrates the many (1963 ways in which technological and scientific advance The content of the elementary school course being can influence a society. developed is "Man," his nature as a Species, the forces Course materials have been published invery lim- that shaped and continue to shape his humanity. Three ited editions for experimentaluse only, but should questions recur throughout: (1) What is human about become available in final form in 1966. human beings? (2) How did they get that way? and, The follow- ing films are available for loanor purchase: Fishing (3) How can they be made more so? The course is at the Stone Weir (The Netsilik Eskimo), Part I, 29 dividedintofivegeneral areas of concentration: min., Part II, 28 min., color-silent (not available for Language, Social Organization, Technology, Prolonged use in the elementary schools) ; Corn and the Origins Childhood,and Cosmology.Casestudiesofthe of Settled Life in Meso-America, Part I, 19 min., Part African Bushmen, the Netsilik Eskimo, and Baboons II, 21 min., color; Land and Water in Iraq, 16 min., are employed to demonstrate concepts of humanness color; Archaeology in Mesopotamia, 16 min., color; certain common denominators which exist between even Earliest Writing, 11 min., color; Dani People of New the simplest cultures and the product of modern tech- Guinea, 4 loops of 4 minutes each. nological progress.The principal pedagogical tech- For further information write the project directors. nique is that of inquirythe presentation of concrete data in such a way as to lead children to ask questions 68. Anthropology Curriculum Study Project on their own. (ACSP). MALCOLM COLLIER, Anthropology Currie-

32 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS SOCIAL SCIENCES

ulum Study Project, 5632 Kimbark Avenue, Chicago, the simplistic views of theseareas and make possible III. 60637.(Grantee: American Anthropological As- a subtler andless ethnocentric understanding. sociation, Washington, D.C.)(1962 A The principal tasks of the Anthropology Curricu- Bibliography of Anthropological Material for High School Use is an annotated bibliography and guide for lum Study Project have been the definition of the role classroom use.The Great Tree and the Longhouse of anthropology in the high school curriculum and the presents historic Iroquois material and analyzes their preparationof materials to fulfillthatrole.The cultural motifs and social organization. Kiowa Years intention has been to reach the largest Plumber of students rather than advanced students is a narrative account of life in this tribe just before or elective its capture by the U. S. Army. Kiowa Profile gives the classes. Another concern of the project has been the historical setting and factual details of Kiowa life, preparation of materials which would promote the of active involvement of studentstheir active which the richness of detail in these materials allows use of the students to be observers. data rather than a passive storage of data, and the It is hoped that these last three titles will start filling the preparation of material which develops gap in scholarly some variety materials on American Indian of abilities: observation, speculation, the perception groups useful for sec- ondary school years. of the implications of data. Journal articles: Robert G. Hanvey, "Anthropology Materials are in preparation, revision, and trial inthe Schools," Educational Leadership 22(5), use (but not otherwise available). In 1964, the pro- (1965) ; Malcolm Collier, "A Question About Ques- ject developed an experimental uniton Bio-cultural tions," Social Education (Fall 1965)- Evolution designed to serve as the opening unit in a Materials available on request from ASCP office world history course. Materials for the unit consist in Chicago: Newsletters; An Anthropological Contri- of 29 readings, individually boundas pamphlets, 16 bution to the Teaching of State History; Teaching overhead transparencies,threesetsof slides, one About Ethnocentrism; Bibliographyon Anthropology slide tape, two tape lectures, nine 8mm cartridge films and Education; Raising the Standard of Learningin (on primate behavior and basic genetics), one16mm the Social Studies; Anthropological Societies, Organi- film, and four casts of fossil skulls.On the basis of zations and Periodicals in the U.S.A.; Sources of the trial use the materials are being revised andare Financial Assistance for Graduate Study. being tested during 1965-66.The chronological se- quel to this material is the unit called The 69. Sociological Resources forSecondary of Civiliaztion.Present revision of this unit willcon- Schools.NEAL GROSS (Chairman), Graduate School centrate on the transformation from hunting societies of Education, Harvard University; ROBERT C. ANGELL to urban societies in Mesopotamia and Middle Amer- (Director), University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. ica and will increase the raw materials available for 4.8104. (Former director: ROBERT FELDMESSER, Dart- direct student observation. mouth College.) (Grantee: American Sociological Asso- ciation, Washington, D.C.) (1964 The concepts of the social sciences are powerful The project has two initial objectives: (1)to develop instruments ofanalysisfor the working scholar; a body of sociological materials that can be used ina ACSP material on Studying Society will providean variety of secondary-school social studiescourses, and opportunity to test ways of teaching certain of these (2) to develop anew course in sociology for secondary concepts to students, and will offer several models schools.In both of these endeavors the project in- of how such tools sharpen observation, enrich inter- tends to incorporate the cumulative findings andthe pretation, and increase the probability of student in- methodological approaches of contemporary sociology. sight and discovery.The focus of interest in Lan- The work is being carried out under the generalsuper- guage and Culture is on ways of presenting an under- vision of a special Committee of the AmericanSocio- standing of the role of language in human evolution logical Association. and the role of language in human interaction: the The materials will be in the form of self-contained development which made possible the transition from ."episodes," each examininga single topic from the animal communicationtohuman communication, sociological perspective and requiring betweenone and writing and its implications for human history, and ten class periods.Although most episodes will in- patterning in behavior and in language.Area Stud- clude written materialas well as charts, filmstrips, and ies materials on Africa, Latin An, ,rica, and the Mid- other conventional teaching aids, particularemphasis dle East aim to dispel commonly heldstereotypes and is being placedupon involving students in the first- 33 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS SOCIAL SCIENCES hand gathering or manipulating of data, through lab- outline, each unit will be packaged separately to per- oratory experiments, field observations; or exercises mit individual selection.,Six outlines developing a in the classification or interpretation of information. settlement theme, historical geography, social prob- Episodes are being designed by sociologists working lems, political geography, regional geography, and in close collaboration with secondary-school teachers. world patterns and processes are being prepared and About fifteen episodes were tested in selected schools will be published, in a booklet.Several booklets on during 1965-66 in the fields of communication and aspects of geography teaching not covered in the out- public opinion, conflict resolution, education, the fam- lines are planned. ily, large-scale organizations, population, race relations, Work materials used by experimenting teachers and and religion and science. units under development are not available for general distribution.An occasional Newsletter and selected portions of the Advisory Paper and of thr Response 70. High School Geography Project.GILBERT F. WHITE (Chairman), Department of Geography, Uni- Paper are available from the project heedquarters versity of Chicago; NICHOLAS HELBURN (Director), in Boulder.Selected Classroom Experiences: High P.O. Box 1095, 2450 Broadway, Boulder, Colo. 80302. School Geography Project, Clyde F. Kohn (ed.),is (Grantee:AssociationofAmericanGeographers, available for $1 from the NCGE Publications Center, Washington, D.C.)(1964 Illinois State Normal University, Normal, Ill. The High School Geography Project was initiated Nicholas Helburn, "Improving Communication Be- in September 1961, with a grant from the Fund for tween the Teacher and the Geographer: The Role of the Advancement of Education.Conferences among the High School Geography Project," Journal of leading geographers and teachers brought out con- Geography 64, 149 (1965). cepts, understandings, skills, and attitudes which they Nicholas Helburn, "Visual Aids in the High School believed should be developed at the high school level; Geography Project," Audiovisual Instruction 9, 679 an Advisory Paper sets forth these attitudes in detail. (1964). For one year, ten high school teachers were released Nicholas Helburn, "Progress Report of the High from their regular teaching assignments to experiment School Geography Project," Professional Geographer in the development of teaching materials and units of 17, 14 (January 1965) and 17, 31 (May 1965). instruction at the ninth- and tenth-grade levels.In Gilbert F. White, "Rediscovering the Earth," AMer- addition, twenty teachers cooperated with the Project ican Education 1, 8 (1965). by reporting on special work in which they were in- "High School Course, Scholastic Teacher 85, 2T volved.Each teacher was advised by a professional (December 9, 1964). geographer from a nearby college or university. A Response Paper discusses the results of the year's work 71. Film Series: "Spadework for History" (Sec- in terms of the classroom application of these funda- ondary, College).E. MOTT DAVIS, Department of mental concepts, understandings, skills, and attitudes. Anthropology, University of Texas, Austin, Tex. 78712. Selected Classroom Experiences reports in detail some (1961-1964) of the class work. The basic purpose of the series is to present one The Project is now designing a course which will type of scientific activity, archaeological research in present these fundamental ideas, leading the students the United States, as it actually takes placeas schol- by inductive methods to discover the concepts for arship, as practical engineering and management in themselves.Two units, one in Urban Geography and field and laboratory, and in general as one of the one in the Geography of the Fresh Water Resource, many human activities that are integral parts of mod- have reached the stage of formal classroom trials. ern civilization.The aim is to challenge the student Provisional material on the structure of the discipline who might undertake scientific workthe kind who is is being developed and has had preliminary class- bothpractical-mindedandintellectuallyoriented. room trials.Eight more units are being prepared this The focus of the series is on reservoir salvage archae- year.They will be accompanied by such teaching ology, which provides a forceful example of the close aids as films and filmstrips, teachers' manuals, tests, interrelationship between non-scientific matters and maps, overlays, models, suggested exercises and field scientific research.The first film tells the story for observations, and supplementary readings.Though the country as a whole.Each of the other five in- the units are planned to fit into an integrated course cludes a brief review of the prehistory of one part

34 ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL PROJECTS SOCIAL SCIENCES of the country, and tells how archaeologists go about Film rentals: Film Booking Office, Visual Instruc- their work in that area.The six films (16mm, color- tion Bureau, Division of Extension, University of sound, 29 min.) can be viewed independently, but are Texas.Film sales: Re-lio/Television, University of more effective when viewed in sequence.Titles are: Texas.Television use (educational or commercial) : Salvaging American Prehistory, The Woodlands, The National Educational Television and Radio Center, Plains, The Desert, Plateau and Pacific, Salvaging New York. Texas Prehistory.

35 III. COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS

A. Multidisciplinary

For additional projects related to this section see also: tended primarily for prospective science majors, in- 3. Study on Fundamental Processes in Education. cluding premedical students.There are 4 hours of 4. Study Conference on Evaluation. lecture, 1 hour of discussion, and 5 hours of laboratory 5. "Horizons of Science" Films. a week.Some traditional material of the separate 28. Columbia-Lamont Marine Science Films. courses has been omitted or treated inless depth (e.g., special relativity theory, qualitative analysis) 72. Seminar to Initiate New Experiments in in order to make room for greater emphasis on other Undergraduate Instruction.JACK R. TESSMAN, Department of Physics, Tufts University, Medford, topics not normally treated in detail (e.g., very ele- Mass. 02155.(1965-1966) mentary 'statisticalmechanics and thermodynamics, A two-week seminar, held at Tufts University in quantum theory of atoms and molecules). Mimeo- September 1965, brought together college and uni- graphed notes and supplemental readings in other versity administrators and faculty members in the references are being used in lieu of a textbook.Lab- fields of English, history, the sciences, and mathe- oratory apparatus and experiments not traditionally matics to discuss and propose new programs for the found in first-year courses are being developed (e.g., teaching of the introductory college courses in English, X-raydiffraction,atomicspectroscopy).Students history, and the social sciences, for the graduate train- from this course will be allowed to enter the regular ing of prospective college teachers, and for student par- second-year courses in both departments. ticipationin the teaching and learning-by-teaching The set of lecture notes in use this year is too process.Participants emphasized the importance of preliminary fordistribution ;thenotes are being actively involving students in the learning process. further revised. Working groups proposed specific ways of accomplish- ing their involvement: by drawing upon students' in- 74. Conference on the Nature and Purpose of UndergraduateSciencefortheNonscience terests and experiences; by dealing with real and Major.ROBERT HOOPES, Oakland University, Roch- meaningful questions, often necessarily of interdis- ester, Mich. 48063.(1961-1962) ciplinary character; and by introducing students, at The conference, held at Michigan State University the same time, to the methods and discipline of the Oakland (now Oakland University) in May 1962, ad- variousareas.Itisproposed tohold additional dressed itself to the following question: Given the meetings during 1966, with the expectation that spe- present state of scientific knowledge, what should we cific new programs will be launched in some colleges expectundergraduate nonscience majors tolearn and universities in September 1966. about science and how shouldwe best arrange things Further information may be obtained from the proj- to see that they learn it?Approximately 20-25 out- ect director. side participants were involved, together with 6-8 Michigan State University Oakland professors and 73. Introductory Course in Chemistry and Phys- four undergraduates from Oakland and other insti- ics.ROSALIE C. HOYT, Department of Physics, and GEORGE L. ZIMMERMAN, Department of Chemistry, tution's. Among central topics seriously discussed Bryn Mawr College, Bryn Mawr, Pa. 19010.(1963- were:(1) the history-of-science ar Jroach;(2)the 1966) philosophy-of-science approach; (3) the "integrated" This is a one-year, 12-hour course, planned as an sciences approach; (4)the "case study" approach; optional replacement for two separate 8hour intro- (5) the role of the science laboratory; (6) the mathe- ductory courses in chemistry and physics.It is in- matics component of a science requirement for non-

36 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS MULTIDISCIPLINARY science majors; (7) the place of behavioral sciences fled way; it will encompass a set of lectures and will in the so-called "science" requirement; and (8) the attempt to enrich these with a carefully selected set appropriate curricular length of the science require. of simple demonstration-experiments specifically de- ment. signed to fit the framework of thecourse. R. Hoopes (ed.), Science in the College Curriculum Further information will be available from the (Oakland University), 211 p.; Oakland University project directors. Bookstore. 77. Physical Science for Nonscientists.E. A. 75. Coordinated Program for Mathematics and WOOD (Chairman), Bell Telephone Laboratories, Mur- Physics Majors in Freshman and Sophomore ray Hill, N. J. 07971; L. G. BASSETT (Director),Depart- Years.REV. CHARLES J. LEWIS, S.J., Department ment of Chemistry, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, of Mathematics, Fordham University, New York, N. Y. Troy, N. Y. 12181.(Grantee: Rensselaer Polytechnic 10058.(1962-1964) Institute.)(1965-1966) The Fordham mathematics and physicsdepart- The primary goal of the project is to design a course ments are collaborating to solve the problem of proper which will give the nonscience major an active under- sequence of mathematics and physics courses for standing of the nature of scientific inquiry. A second majors in either of these disciplines.The first year goal, which is really included in the first, is the train- is devoted to an intensive course in analysis followed ing of elementary school teachers so that their point by individual study of physics in the summer.Dur- of view will be one of curiosity, confidence, and open- ing the sophomore year students continue their study mindedness in the handling of science education in the of analysis and take intensive courses in mechanics, elementary schools. Teachers so trained should be able and electricity and magnetism at the level of sophisti- and eager to make good use of the science materials cation attained in mathematics.Physics majors al- being produced for elementary schools. so enroll in a laboratory course.In the junior and To allow time for the student to explore newcon- senior years, other courses will be pitched at a cor- cepts and perform experiments unhurriedly, and for respondingly higher level. the teacher of the course to draw the students out and Materialsavailableatpresent include notesin encourage them to raise questions, the subject matter algebrato supplement theanalysiscourse,notes covered by the course is being severely reduced.The which briefly explain important physical laws and ap- emphasis is on the nature of solid matter and how ply the calculus to problems in physics, and several itisdiscovered, including an examination of the chapters of a mechanics course for sophomores, which regularity of solids, their properties and interactions is still being developed.When the program is com- with liquids, melting and freezing, kinetic theory of pleted, summary articleswill be submitted to the heat, optical and x-ray diffraction, electrolysis and American Mathematical Monthly and the American simple chemical reactions. Journal of Physics. The project planned some trial materials consisting of text for the main stem of the course andsome kit 76. Development of an Integrated Course in experiments available for trial in a small group of Contemporary Natural Science for Nonscience cooperating colleges and universities during the win- Majors.FREDERICK REIF, Department of Physics, ter of 1965-66.During the summer of 1966 these and RICHARD C. STROHMAN, Department of Zoology, materials were modified and "optional packages," dis- UniversityofCalifornia,Berkeley,Calif.94720. (1965-1967) crete units of material that can be fitted into the course This project is for the development of a one-year at the will of the teacher, were added.In addition to course designed to give students not majoring in the the kit experiments, regular laboratory experiments will natural sciences a coherent perspective and apprecia- be suggested. tion of the fundamental concepts, content, and im- plications of the natural sciences in the contemporary 78. Establishment of an American Archive of world.The development of the course is an experi- the Encyclopaedia Cinematographica.LESLIE P. GREENHILL, University Division of Instructional Serv- mental program on a pilot scale designed toaccom- ices, The Pennsylvania State University, University plish the following objectives: Thecourse is to be Park, Pa. 16802.(1964-1967) suitable for large groups of students; it will span the The objective of this project is the establishment of disciplines of physics, chemistry, and biology ina uni- an American Archive of the Encyclopaedia Cinema-

37 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS MULTIDISCIPLINARY

tographica at the Pennsylvania State University. Con- 79. Overhead Projection Seriesof Lecture Ex- ceived as a scientific encyclopaedia in film form, the periments in the Sciences.(Secondary, College) Encyclopaedia Cinematographica consists ofa grow- HUBERT N. AI.YEA, Department of Chemistry,Prince- ing international collection of scientific films of value ton University, Princeton, N. J. 08540.(1960-1966) The purpose is to develop several thousand to university teachers and research workers.Each lecture film in the collection depictsa single phenomenon or experiments to be carried outon the vertical and type of behavior, and the films areso arranged as to horizontal stages ofan overhead projector. facilitate comparisons of behavioramong different 1. Chemistry: Use of vertical stage projector.Over species of organisms or comparisons of cultural simi- seven hundred experiments described in the Tested larities and differencesamong cultures.Each film is Demonstrations series (Journal of ChemicalEducation, accompanied by printed materials providing back- 1956-60) have been adapted to overheadmicropro- jection. ground information.The phenomena recordedon Special devices have been developed, includ- films in the collection haveone or more of the follow- ing one-, two- or three-chamber plasticcellsfor ing characteristics: chemical reactions;a cell for electrical measurements, 1. They cannot be observed with sufficient clarity by including electrolysis, electroplating,conductivity, ion the unaided humaneye and, therefore, demaod the migration, and e.m.f.;gas generators; heating de- use of such film techniques as slo w-motion or time-lapse vices; a device to convert the verticalstage of the cinephotography. projector into a horizontal,stage for showingcrystalli- zations and reactions 2. They represent phenomena which needto be com- on the surface of liquids; and pnied with other phenomena for which verbal descrip- devices for measuring electricity, time, volume,weight, tions alone are inadequate. temperature, and pressure.Dozens of special devices have been developed, including 3. They provide documentation of phenomenawhich a polarizer, a cell for occur infrequently, are not otherwise readily available demonstrating pH, a delicate balance,etc.For the for observation by scientistsor students, or which are beginning teacher a kit has been describedcomprising disappearing from a culture. thirteen basic devices, two projectors, and100 chem- icals (costing $15) with which Initially, the American Archive will include742 300 different experi- 16mm films, in the following categories: Biology-47 ments can be carried out.Series of experiments in Microbiology, 364 Zoology, 9 Botany; Cultural An- biochemistry and radiochemistryare being developed. thropology-107 Africa, 79 Asia, 61 The Americas,30 2. Physics: Use of both horizontaland vertical stages of the projector. Oceania; and Technical Sciences-45 Agriculturaland Many of the experimentsare Earth Sciences.The collection is growing at therate suitable for treatment of magnetism,heat, electricity, of 100 to 120 filmsa year; additional categories will be mechanics, pressure, etc., in physicscourses. added when the supply of good material justifiestheir Further information: Details of thisproject as it inclusion. relates to chemistryare being published monthly in Film contributions to the Encyclopaedia by Ameri- the Journal of Chemical Education.Complete infor- mation as of September 1965 can scientists are invited.Films submitted arecon- on the basic kit of de- sidered by an international editorial board whichhas vices, projectors and chemicals,together with ad- headquarters in Gottingen, West .To be dresses of suppliers of these items,and over 200 micro- accepted, a film must havea high degree of authen- chemical projection experiments isavailable from the Journal of Chemical Education in ticity and scientific accuracy and must be made byor a reprint booklet under the direction ofa recognized authority in a entitled TOPS in General Chemistry(2nd ed.) by Hubert N. Alyea. specific field.American scientists whoare interested in contributing films to the collectionare invited to Many of the experiments publishedin this series contact the project director. are suitable for physics classes.Additional physics Films in the American Archiveare available on loan experiments were published in TheScience Teacher for educational and researchuse from the Audio Vis- magazine during 1963 under the title"TOPS at Cen- tury-21 Exposition." ual Aids Library, The Pennsylvania StateUniversity; the service charge is $2.50per film, regardless of length. 80. Memo-Activity Camera.H.G.THUESEN, An index listing the films available inthe School of Industrial Engineering Encyclopaedia Cinematographica collection and Management, may be Oklahoma State University, Stillwater,Okla. 74075. obtained without charge from the projectdirector. (1961-1962)

38 111+0.-,-.4,1114.4.1m4

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS AGRICULTURE

The memo-activitycamera has been designed to Laboratory of Ophthalmology, Harvard University obtain sequenced photographs of situationsto be Medical School, Boston, Mass. 02214.(1961-1965) studied.The camera, throughan interval timer and mechanism, recordson each exposed 16mm frame the absolute time at which the event occurred.Frames An instrument is being built whichcan automati- may be exposed at intervals of 0.005 min., 0.04 min., cally reproduce in diagrammatic forma pair of stereo- 0.2 min., 1.0 min., 2.0 min.,or at random intervals. scopic drawings of an object.The drawings thus The camera should be useful in both instruction and produced can be presented to the student either by research, particularly in industrial engineering and means of the stereoscopic viewer or by stereoscopic management, as well as in areas such as microbiology, projection.The equipment will consist of (1)a scan- traffic and highway engineering, statistical analysis, ner which will determine the contours and shape of psychology, sociology, and business administration. the object, (2) an equation solveror Copies of the final reportare available from the which will analyze the data, and (3)a plotter which project director. will record the final data in the form of three-dimen- sional drawings. 81. Equipment for Producing Stereograms. Further information can be obtained from the (Secondary, College)DAVID D. DONALDSON, Howe project director.

B. Agriculture

82. Commission on Education in Agriculture and ploring certain areas, including naturalresource sci- Natural Resources ( formerly Committeeon Ed- ence, the role of agriculture in general education, and ucational Policy in Agriculture ).RUSSELL E. preparation in the physical sciences, and mathematics LARSON (Chairman),Dean, College of Agriculture, The Pennsylvania State University; RICHARD K GEYER for students majoring in agriculture; (3) selectpan- (Executive Secretary), National Academy of Sciences- els, which visit agricultural colleges to examine their National Research Council, 2101 Constitution Avenue, teaching programs in detail.The primary purpose N.W., Washington, D.C. 20418.(Grantee: National of these visiting panels is to obtain first-hand infor- AcademyofSciences-National Research Council.) (1962 mation about the current situation, major trends and This Commission is reviewing trends in education the success of new developments in courses andcur- in the agricultural sciences, with a view toward stimu- ricula in agriculture, so that the Commission's activi- lating discussion, re-evaluation and improvement in ties and reports might better take into consideration undergraduate courses and curricula, and toward pre- existing conditions across the country. A secondary purpose is to assist the individual colleges in self- paring recommendations for the development ofaca- demic programs in the future.Special attention is evaluation and improvement; and (4) a series of posi- being given to the preparation in the biological sci- tion papers and other publications relating to major ences for students enrolled in undergraduate agricul- trends, issues, and problems in undergraduate edu- cation in the agricultural sciences. tural curricula.Another goal isto stimulate and Three of these assist in the development of the agricultural aspects of publications are: "Trends and Issues in Education in the Agricultural Sciences," "The Agricultural Sci- general education, especially, but not exclusively,gen- eral biological education, at all educational levels. ences," which describes the Commission's viewson the nature of the agricultural sciences, and The Commission's present program consists primar- a publica- ily of the following: (1) a series of conferences and tion concerned with technician training. special studies, some of which are concerned with A list of position papers, statements, conference' undergraduate education in areas within agriculture, reports, and other publications, as well as additional such as the animal sciences, plant sciences, and agri- information on the work of the Commission,are cultural economics; (2) study groups whichare ex- available from the Executive Secretary.

39 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ANTHROPOLOGY

C. Anthropology

For additional projects related to this section see also: ogy, University of California, Berkeley, Calif. 94720. 67. Social Science Program. (1959-1962) 6a Anthropology Curriculum Study Project The project included a general survey of the teach- (ACSP). ing of anthropology and the compilation of biblio- 71. Film Series: "Spadework for History". graphic and other materials for use in college teach- ing.Fifty-three papers representing the proceedings 83. Visual AnthropologyMotion Pictures as of a series of ten conferences on anthropological teach- Applied to Research and Teaching.J. 0. BREW, ing have been published as memoirs 94 and 95 of the Director, Peabody Museum, Harvard University, Cam- bridge, Mass. 02138.(1959-1963) American Anthropological Association, 1530 P St., A course has been developed in "Representational N. W., Washington, D. C. 20005, and in a trade edi- Methods in Anthropology" to introduce students to tion by the University of California Press, Berkeley. the use of light and sound; each member of the course D. G. Mandelbaum, G. W. Lasker, and Ethel M. Albert (eds.),The Teaching of Anthropology. Memoir makes a motion picture.Films include Orange and 94 (American Anthropological Association, 1963). Blue, a film on the University of Pennsylvania's exca- Forty-six papers grouped in parts vation at the prehistoric Mayan site of Tikal, Guate- as follows: The Undergraduate Curriculum mala, and one on the famous Neolithic Bronze and inAnthropology; The Teaching of Physical Anthropology; The Teaching of Iron Age rock carvings in Camonica Valley, Italy. Experimentation and production involving more CulturalandSocialAnthropology;Anthropology Courses on Regions and than 500,000 feet of 16mm color film taken during ilizations; The Teaching eight expeditions to Southwest Africa (1950-1959) of Archaeological Anthropology; The Teaching of Linguistics in Anthropology; The Teaching of Ap- have continued.The film shows a large part of the plied Anthropology; Graduate Training in Anthro- culture of the ! Kung Bushmen as well as considerable additional material on other Bushman groups for pology; Interdisciplinary Relations in Teaching An- thropology. comparative purposes.The comprehensive nature of D. G. Mandelbaum, G. W. Lasker, and Ethel M. this reservoirNv'Al make it possible to develop a series Albert (eds.), Resources for the Teaching of Anthro- of film sequences which will permit a course instruc- pology.Memoir 95 (American Anthropological As- tor in anthropology to present something approaching sociation, 1963). actual field experience to his students. Seven contributions, as follows: A Survey of Catalog Listings in Anthropology; Student A film has been produced about a group ofcom- Enrollments and Teachers of Anthropology in Cali- pletely unacculturated native villages in the Grand fornia; Personnel Resources: Building the Anthro- Valley of the Baliem in the central mountain area of pology Department; The Use of Audio-Visual Teach- Western New Guinea.The focal institution in Dani ing Aids; Teaching Aids in Physical Anthropology; society is organized warfare with traditional enemy Library Problems in the Teaching of Anthropology; A groups, and it is with aggression and its consequences Basic List of Book: Periodicals for College Li- that the film is primarily concerned.The film fol- braries. lows exactly the course of events as they transpired during the time the 1961 Peabody Expedition was in 85. American Indian Films. (Elementary, Second- the field, and shows for the first time, to the best of ary, College) WILLIAM BASCOM, Robert H. Lowie the director's knowledge, primitive warfare with de- Museum of Anthropology and Department of Anthro- tail and authenticity. pology, University of California, Berkeley, Calif. 94720. A description of the film course is available from (Former Director: S. A. Barrett.)(1961 the Department of Anthropology, Harvard University. The project has had for itspurpose the recording of Inquiries on the course and the filmsmay be ad- the arts, crafts, ceremonies, and rituals of the Indian dressed to the project director or to Mr. Robert Gard- tribes of Western America in color motion picture's ner, Director of the Peabody Museum Film Study and with sound recordings.These records of rapidly Center, Harvard University. vanishing customs will be most useful in research and teaching in many disciplines in additionto anthro- 84, Educational Resources in Anthropology. pology.Such films transform the classroom intoa DAVID G. MANDELBAUM, Department of Anthropol- laboratory and provide students withan opportunity 40 aIIIe1.1.01.0.111, .11011.1, laaaa arrola-ea a 101, avak

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ANTHROPOLOGY for direct, personal observation, something quite im- Broadway at 155th Street, New York, N. Y. 10032. possible under the changed conditions of life in Indian (1961-1962) villages today. The primary objective of this project was to preserve Where a custom is still in use, it is recorded in de- specific documentary motion and still pictures on the tail as found.However, it is often necessary to recon- ethnology of American Indians by transferring perish- struct some old process which is no longer used but able negatives to safety film.The films record tech- which is recalled in detail by some very old tribesman. nologies, ceremonies, and other aspects of the lives of Days, or even weeks, were spent procuring the authen- a number of tribes, particularly of the Plains and the tic materials, and many hours were required for photo- Southwest.In most cases, the films were taken dur- graphing the reenactment of the process itself.Often, ing the period from 1919 to 1925; consequently, they this information and reenactment come from the sole often record events which are no longer directly ac- survivor who knows all the details of the subject. cessible. The film preserves such lore that would otherwise be Technologies and ceremonies of the Zufli Indians of lost and provides a permanent record available to New Mexico are shown in 11 films, some of which are anyone who wishes to study it. suitable for college and advanced study and others From the films and tapes recorded in the field, four- are of possible use at any level.The completed films teen 16mm sound-color films have been produced for include two of the Crow Indians of Montana and one use as teaching aids is college, secondary, and ele- of the Shoshone Indians of Wyoming.All films are mentary school classes.These include: Basketry of silent, in black-and-white, and vary in length from the Porno: Introductory Film (30 min.) ; Basketry of 51/2 to 28 minutes. the Pomo: Techniques (32 min.) ;Basektry of the Descriptive listings of films available for loan and Porno: Forms and Ornamentation (21 min.) ;The still pictures and color transparencies for purchase Wooden Box: Made by Steaming and Bending (33 may be obtained from the Museum. min.) ;The Sinew-Backed Bow and Its Arrows, as made by the Yurok Indians (24 min.) ; The Game of 87. Film on Archaeological Findings at La Venta, Staves, as played by the Southwestern Pomo Indians of Mexico.ROBERT F. HEIZER, Department of Anthro- pology, University of California, Berkeley, Calif. 94720. California(10 min.) ;Acorns: Gathering, Storing, (1962-1963) and Processing, as done by the Southwestern Pomo The unique significance of an ancient Olmec site Indians of California (28 min.) ; Buckeyes: A Food is communicated in a film, The Excavations at La of the California Indians (13 min.) ;Pine Nuts: A Venta (16mm, color-sound, 29 min.), based largely Food of the Paiute and Washo Indians of California on the last of three archaeological studies conducted ar,d Nevada (13 min.) ; Kashia Men's Dances: South- there.At La Yenta, in 1955, evidence of the earliest western Pomo Indians (40 min.) ;The Totem Pole highcivilizationinMesoamerica was uncovered. (26 min.) ;Women's Dances: Dream Dances of the This ceremonial center, placed at approximately 800 K6shia Porno (30 min.) ; Obsidian Point Flaking (13 B.C. by radiocarbon dating, predated by several hun- min.) ;Calumet: The Pipe of Peace (23 min.) ;and dred years any previously known religious center of The Beautiful Tree: Chisk-Kale (22 min.). comparable development.The site also stands as the Shooting of additional subjects has been completed. most fruitful source of information concerning the All film and sound materials are at present being or- mysterious Olmec culture. ganized, documented, and coordinated with field data The film shows the progress of the excavations,re- in preparation for archiving at the Robert H. Lowie vealing the methods of digging, the symmetrical de- Museum of Anthropology.Here they will be pre- sign of La Venta, its sophisticated stone carvings, served for future scientific and educational use. and a wealth of jade and other dedicatory offerings Produced films are available for rental or sale to which had been ritually buried.Artifacts removed any institution or organization, where no admission during the 1955 excavations to Mexican nationalre- is charged for their showing, through the University positories escaped the fate of the main site, which Extension Media Center, University of California, was accidentally obliterated shortly thereafter.The Berkeley. film was made from a small amount of motion picture 86. Historic Films on Amerindian Ethnology. footage taken in 1955 andsome 800 adroitly edited FREDERICK J. DOCKSTADER and CARMELO GUADAGNO, color transparencies, aided bysome animation. Museum of the American Indian, Heye Foundation, Film rental and purchase: University Extension

41 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ANTHROPOLOGY

Media Center, University of California,Berkeley, entrance into the community, manner of life while Calif. 94720. there, and various field techniques.Farmer shows a difficult daily routine.It is an aspect of the group's 88. Eskimo Art Film.EDMUND CARPENTER, De- ecological adaptation which isa "cultural trap" and partment of Anthropology, San Fernando Valley State suggests why the people are transhumant.Shaman College, Northridge, Calif. 91326.(1963-1964) (North) shows how these people makecontact with This project proceeds on the assumption that many the supernatural through a Silerian-type shaman. thoughts and experiences, especially in non-literate Shaman (South) was made ina lower region closer to societies,lend themselves best to translationinto India.Though spirit possession is part of the sha- physical projections rather than into words. Abor- man's technique, his methods also show the influence iginal Eskimo art was chosenas an initial subject, for of traditional Hindu practice.The project will con- it defies conventional modes of description and dis- clude with the writing of teachers' guidesto develop play.The film will be available in both 35mm and further the ethnographic context and suggest leads for 16mm format. discussion. Art to the Eskimo is not an object buta way of bring in relation to life.A carver holds unworked 90. Museum of Man: Basic Slide Collection for ivory in his hands, turning it thisway and that, whis- Antropology Courses.JACK CONRAD, Department pering "Who are you? Who hides there?" and then of Sociology and Anthropology, Southwesternat Mem- phis, Memphis, Tenn. 38112.(1960-1961) "Ah, Seal!", and he releases the hidden form, always Museum of Man is a collection of 300 color slides letting the ivory speak.Then, the piece is discarded (35mm) in cardboard mounts, designedto facilitate or, with even greater indifference, simply lost. the teaching of college anthropologycourses.For the Dorset Period (800 B.C.-1300 A.D.) ivory effigies most part, the slides show artifacts and displays found are often so detailed one can tell species, even sub- in major American museums. A 120-page descriptive species, yet so minute that many details escape the catalog accompanying the set provides basic informa- naked eye.Some of these details were magnifiedon tion about each slide. film 1000-1200 times. The collection contains 25 Most lack "verticality" and, slides in each of the following twelve hence, have no favored point of view. areas: Symbol Many are Systems, Tools and Devices, Food and Drink, Clothing "visual puns," that is, single designs whereevery line and Ornamentation, Social Orgarization, SocialCon- simultaneouslyserves severalimages. Others are trol and Social Relations, Religious Systems, Functions "X-ray" carvings. All depict non-Euclidean spatial of Religion, Religious Masks, Plastic Arts, patterns. Musical Arts, and Functions of the Arts. The collection is available,as a complete set only, 89. Films on Nepalese Culture for Courses in from the Bureau of Audio-Visual Instruction,Uni- Anthropology.(Secondary,College) JOHN T. HITCHCOCK, Department of Anthropology, Univer- versity of Wisconsin, 1312 West Johnson Street,Madi- sity of California, Los Angeles, Calif. 90024.(1964- son, Wis. 53706. 1965) 91. Kinship Models.EDWARD A. KENNARD, Depart- The purpose of this projectwas to edit existing ment of Anthropology, University of Pittsburgh, Pitts- film and produce four films in sound and colorto be burgh, Pa. 15213.(1961-1965) used for the improvement ofcourses in introductory Three types of graphic devices for teachingprinci- anthropology.The films were planned as anthro- ples of kin groups, marriagesystems, and kinship pological counterparts of live classroom demonstra- systems were constructed: a ball and stick three-di- tion in such sciences as physics and chemistry.As mensional device,an electric board model, and a in such demonstrations, the aimwas to bring the stu- magnetic board model.The devices illustrate systems dent closer to the total experience of science. most frequently utilized in eight widely-usedtext- Titles of the completed films are: Fieldwork in So- books. cial. Anthropology (45 min.); Himalayan Farmer (22 A final report is available from theproject director. min.) ;Himalayan Shaman of Northern Nepal (16 min.) ; These film's forma trilogy, all using footage 92. Graphic Aids for BasicAnthropometry. R. F. G. SPIER and DALE R. HENNING, from the same region nearthe high Himalayas. Department of Sociology and Anthropology, Universityof Missouri, Fieldwork shows aspects of fieldwork, includingthe Columbia, Mo. 65202.(1961-1962) search for a transhumantgroup, method of obtaining The objective of this projectwas to help give an- 42 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS BIOLOGY thropology students and interested amateurs a basic depicting actual measurement of skeletal materials; knowledge of anthropometric technique.The project and(3)inexpensive, but reasonably accurate an- has developed: (1) exact bone reproductions, in un- thropometric instruments. breakable plastic, with measurement points clearly leport on the project is available from the Mis- marked, and accompanying desk-and wall-charts in- souri Archaeological Society, 15 Switzler Hall, Uni- dicating measurements to be taken; (2) color slides versity of Missouri.

D. Biology

For additional projects related to this section see also: in the Biological Sciences, 1717 Massachusetts Avenue, 27. Oceanography--Eight Narrated Filmstrips. N.W., Washington, D.C. 20036.(Grantee: The George 28. Columbia-Lamont Marine Science Films. Washington University.)(1963 29. Biological Sciences Curriculum Study (BSCS). The Commission on Undergraduate Education in 30. Television Course on "The New Biology". the Biological Sciences is an independent body of 31. Films on the Nature of Viruses. twenty-four college and university biologistr, interested 32. Three Educational Films on Myxomycetes. in the improvement of undergraduate biological edu- 33. "Living Biology" Film Series. cation.To achieve its objectives it has developed a 34. Graphic Methods for Teaching Physiology. program of panels, conferences, summerwork groups, 35. Plant C rowth Chamber. consultant service to colleges and universities, and 82. Commission on Education in Agriculture and publications.Five of the nine panels are concerned Natural Resources. with various aspects of course and curriculum im- 251. Committee on the Undergraduate Program in provements; the other four are concerned with college Mathematics (CUPM). instructional personnel, interdisciplinary cooperation, 256. Introductory Course on Probability Matrices instructional materials, methods and facilities; and and Calculus for Students in the Biological and Social evaluation and testing.Up to September 1,1966, Sciences. CUEBS sponsored ten conferences in undergraduate 278. Science Teaching Center: College Science. courses and curricula, and additionalconferences are now being planned. During the summer of 1965there were two working groups: a project atDartmouth 93. Committee on Educational Policies in Biol- ogy.(Secondary, College) HOWARD M. PHILLIPS, College which produced resource materials for teach- President,Birmingham-SouthernCollege,Birming- ers of introductory and core courses, and a colloquium ham, Ala. 35204.(Grantee: National Academy of on introductory biology at StanfordUniversity, which Sciences-National Research Council, 2101 Constitution producedsyllabiforintroductorycourses.The Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20418.)(1954- CUEBS publications consist principally of conference 1959) reports,panelpositionpapers, andanewsletter Improving College Biology Teaching, NAS-NRC (CUEBS News). These publications are available up- Publication 505 (1957). on request without charge. Biological Education: A Partial Bibliography, NAS- NRC Publication 518 (1957). The primary concern of the Commission is to help Recommendations on Undergraduate Curricula in close the gap between the recent major advances in the Biological Sciences, NAS-NRC Publication 578 biological research and the content of undergraduate (1958). courses in biology.Consequently, the initial empha- Laboratory and Field Studies in Biology, a Source sis has been on course and curriculum improvement Book for Secondary Schools, teacher and student eds. and modernization.Closely associated is the prob- (Holt, Rinehart and Winston, 1960). lem of assisting undergraduate instructors in their efforts to keep up with research advances and new 94. Commission on Undergraduate Education biological viewpoints, and also to develop new and in the Biological Sciences (CUEBS). EARL D. more effective instructional materials and methods. HANSON (Chairman), Department of Biology, Wes- leyanUniversity; MARTIN W. SCHEIN(Executive Further information may be obtained from the Director), Commission on Undergraduate Education executive director.

43 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS BIOLOGY 95. An Introduction to Modern Biology ("The corporate significant advances in variousareas of Nature of Living Things").GEORGE WALD, De- partment of Biology, Harvard University, Cambridge, physiology. Mass. 02138.(1960-1963) For further information andmimeographed copies This one-year course is designed bothfor general of experiments write to Ray G. Daggs,Executive Sec- education and for students continuing in thesciences, retary, American Physiological Society. including premedical students.The treatment of the lower levels of organization, beginning with 97.Laboratory Experiments inElementary elemen- Human Physiology. tary particles, builds up to atoms and the periodic CHARLOTTE HAYWOOD, De- partmentof Physiology, Mount HolyokeCollege, system, discusses forces of chemical combination and South Hadley, Mass. 01075.(Grantee: American molecules (specifically those moleculesof importance Physiological Society, 9650 WisconsinAvenue, Wash- to organisms), and culminates in the macromolecules. ington, D.C. 20014.) (1961) Students are introduced earlyto making molecular This is a set of tested experimentsapplicable to an models for themselves.After sucha structural con- elementary course in humanphysiology for college sideration of macromolecules andviruses, students sophomores and freshmen whosebackground in biol- are sufficiently well prepared to consider the mainpro- ogy may have come largely from secondary-schoolex- cesses of cellular metabolism: fermentation, respira- perience.The attempt has beento gather experiments tion, and photosynthesis.With this they proceedto which supplement those commonlyfound in the pub- the cell, and from there developbiology as such. lished manuals. A numberof experiments, whichare Having approached livingorganisms by this route, modified versions of those usedin more advanced all further mattersmorphology,genetics, physiology, courses, have been included.Experiments on verte- and evolutionare discussedat the molecular level brates other thanman are included insofar es they whenever that is appropriate. bring out important physiologicalprinciples.The The laboratory begins atonce with living organisms limits imposed bya moderate budget are kept in mind, and is biological throughout.It includes three weeks' as well as the level of the elementarystudent.To work in microbiology with bacteriaand bacteriophage help teachers who wishto use classic physiologicalex- and two weeks of electrophysiology.A laboratory periments, a few have been listedwith referencesto manual has been published. several available manuals.Certain practical aidsare G. Wald, P. Albersheim, J.Dowling, J. Hopkins, also included to help teacherswho are settingup HI, and S. Lacks, Twenty-sixAfternoons of Biology physiology laboratory workof this type for the first (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Inc.,1962). A sec- time. ond edition is in preparation. For further information andcopies of the experi- ments write to Ray G. Daggs, ExecutiveSecretary, American Physiological Society. 96. Laboratory Experimentsin General Phys- iology.SAMUEL R. TIPTON, Departmentof Zoology, University of Tennessee.(Grantee: American Physi- 98. Sourcebook of LaboratoryExercises in Plant ological Society, 9650 WisconsinAvenue, Washington, Pathology.ARTHUR KELMAN, Departmentof Plant D.C. 20014.) (1951-1960) Patholot--;,University of Wisconsin,Madison, Wis. 53706.(Grantee: The American This is a compilation of selected,tested laboratory Phytopathological Society, 304 Winston Drive,Ithaca, N. Y. 14850. experiments in general physiologyfor collegeuse. (1959-1966) The intention is notto provide a complete college This sourcebook projectsponsored by the Com- laboratory course, but ratherto offer selected experi- mittee on Teaching of theAmerican Phytopathological ments to supplement or replace standardexperiments Society is designedto serve two purposes: (1)to as- that may now be inuse, thus allowing teachers to com- semble in an organized fashionthe best exercises pile their own laboratorycourses. cur- The experiments rently ,used in teachingplant pathology in the United have been collected from experiencedteachers of gen- States, and (2)to stimulate the developmentof new eral physiology, tested in theclass laboratory, and exercises for use in introductory reviewed and edited by courses in plant path- a selected committee.The ology as wellas in botany and general biology series of experiments, which has courses. had wide circulation In order to expand thescope of the sourcebook, and use since its issuance in1960, is undergoing re- re- search pathologists withcompetence in specialized vision by physiologists whoare active in specialized areas were asked to develop research fields so that the series new demonstration-or will continue to in- student-participation exerciseswhich illustrate basic 44 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS BIOLOGY

concepts in plant pathology and also incorporate re- familiar with modern instrumentation or who would cent significant advances in this area of biology.The like to install similar courses in their institutions. first draft, containing 207 exercises with appropriate A course description, including laboratory notes indices and supplemental material,was released for for students, will be compiled at the end of this project trial and review in May 1962. A revised version, and made available as a technical report to the scien- modified as a result of classroom trial, will be made tific community.Visitors are invited to inspect the available in printed form in 1966. laboratory.

99. Guidebook for Introductory College Courses 101. Laboratory Exercises for the Study of in Mycology.(Secondary, College)RUSSELL B. Forest Microclimates.F. W. WOODS, School of STEVENS, Department of Botany, The George Wash- Forestry, Duke University, Durham, N. C. 27706. ington University, Washington, D.C. 20006.(Grantee: (1960-1961) Mycological Society of America, c/o U.S. Army Natick Laboratory exercises have been developed topro- Laboratories, Natick, Mass. 01762.)(1963-1966) vide twenty-four to thirty hours of fieldwork for the A committee of the Mycological Society of America, study of microclimates in forests.The exercises are with the help of colleagues, is preparinga reference useful primarily for college teachers with students at guidebook in introductory mycology.Itis not in- an elementary level of ecological perspective. However, tended for use as a laboratory manual, nor will it bea the work can easily be modified to meet the needs of compilation of laboratory exercises for use in mycol- advanced students by increasing the complexity of ogy courses.Rather, it is to be a comprehensiveas- instrumentation.The laboratory manual includes in- semblage of data and suggestions to help the instruc- structions and a list of materialsnecessary for the tor in devising a balanced and stimulating course.It construction of towers, outlines the sequence of field- will tell him how and where to get the fungi he needs, work to be performed, and cites instruments to be how to maintain them in the condition he wants, and used for making measurements.It also includes in- how best to use them in his classroom and laboratory. structions for preparing Gnd reporting exercises, forms In addition, there will be data and suggestionson how for the collection and compilation of data, lists of to use fungi in dealing with problems in genetics, selected references, sets of leading questions, anda ecology, physiology, and related biological specialities. sample exercise. Some attention will be given to fungi of medical and industrial significance. 102.Film Series: "The Promise of the Life A provisional mimeographed edition will be tested Sciences."JOHN B. HOLDEN, Graduate School, U.S. by graduate students specifically selected for this task Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C. 20250. by mycologists who are teaching in colleges and uni- (1960-1961) versities. In five 16mm, sound, black-and-white films distin- guished scientists tell about advances at the frontiers 100. Laboratory Course in Instrumentation. of research in the biological sciences and reportspec- K. S. LION, Department of Biology, Massachusetts tacular gains in the broad range of the life sciences. Instituteof Technology, Cambridge, Mass. 02139. The films, each approximately 50 min. in length,are: (1960-1966) BiologicalTransformationof,Energy,A.Szent- The general objective of this project is the develop- Gyorgyi;Genetics, George Beadle; NutritionThe ment of a broad, thorough, and efficient laboratory Chemistry of Life, Jean Mayer; Fine Structure and course in instrumentation and physical research me- Pattern of Living Things, Paul Weiss; and The Or- thodology.The course is designed for graduate and ganism and the Environment, Arthur D. Hasler. postgraduate students in the biological and medical Marguerite Gilstrap (ed.), Promise of the Life Sci- sc nces, but is also suitable for students in the phys- ences (Graduate School, U.S. Department of Agri- ical Ices and engineering.It begins at an ele- culture, Washington, D.C., 1961, 77pp.), supplements mentary levewith the design of simple electric cir- the films.Videotapes have been made availableto cuits and leads through a sequence of carefully selected the National Educational Television and Radio Center, classical and modern methods of electric systems and New York. computers.Provisions are made to use thesame Film purchase or rental: Graduate School, U. S.De- equi ment in intensified summer seminars for research partment of Agriculture; also available from the fol- woers and instructors who either want to become lowing film libraries: Visual Aids Bureau, University

45

'VW NT* wir,e,..r COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS BIOLOGY

of Arizona, Tucson, Ariz. 85700; Department of Titles of the ten films which are now availableare: Visual Education, University of California Extension, Algal Syngamy (isogamy in Chlamydomonas), Algal Berkeley, Calif. 94720; Audio-Visual Service, Colo- Syngamy (zygote formation in Pandorina), Algal rado StateUniversity, Fort Collins,Colo. 80521; Syngamy (oogamy in Oedogonium),Regulation of Georgia Agricultural Extension Service, Athens, Ga. Plant Development (coleoptile response in Zea), Pho- 30602; School Film Library Services, College of Edu- tosynthetic Fixation of Carbon Dioxide, Gamete Trans- cation, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Ky. 40506; fer in the Bryophytes (the splashcup in a moss), Visual Aids Service, University of Illinois, Cham- Gamete Transfer in the Bryophytes (the splash plat- paign,Ill. 61803; University Extension Bureau of form in Marchantia), Liberation of Zoospores in the Visual Instruction, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Alga (Basicladia), Liberation' of Zoospores in the Kans. 66045; Audio-Visual Center, Michigan State Alga (Oedogonium), Oxygen Liberation by Isolated University, East Lansing, Mich. 48823; Audio-Visual Chloroplasts (The Hill Reaction). Center, University of New Hampshire, Durham, N. H. The following 17 additional filmsare in production 03824; Extension Service, College of Agriculture, and will be available soon: Spore Dispersal in the South Dakota State University, Brookings, S.Dak. Fungi (Coprinus), Spore Dispersal in Equisetum, 57007; Audio-Visual Division, State Department of Heterothallism in Phycomyces, Pathways of Water in Education, Columbus, Ohio 43215; Division of Ex- Herbaceous Plants, Pathways of Water in Woody tension, Visual InstructionBureau, Universityof Plants, Liberation of Zoospores in the Alga (Stigeoc- Texas, Austin, Tex. 78712; Bureau of Audio-Visual lonium), Effects of Red and Far-red Lightson Seed- Instruction, Extension Division, University of Wis- ling Development, Isolation of Phytochrome, Photo- consin, Madison, Wis. 53706. chemical Properties of Phytochrome, Effect of Red and Far-red Light on Internode Length, Phototropic Re- 103. Plant Science Films.(Secondary, College.) sponse of the Zea Coleoptile, Early Development of JOHN D. DODD, Department of Botany and Plant Pa- the Root System, Early Development of the Shoot in thology, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50010. Quercus, Pollen Tube Growth, Pollen Release in Zea, (1962-1966) Pollination in ZeaA Field Technique, Photoperiod- The purpose of this project is to produce a series ismThe Flowering Stimulus. of short (3 to 10 minutes) motion pictures in the . The following firms are now distributing there- plant sciences.These are "single concept" films in leased films: The Ealing Corporation and Modern the sense that each one deals with some portion ofa Learning Aids.Copies in 14mm sound are available laboratory experiment which may be difficult topre- for rental from Visual Instruction Service, 121 Pear- sent directly in the classroom (e.g., zoospore release, son Hall, Iowa State University. growth movements, use of radiotracers,etc.).In A brochure describing the project and the completed addition, these films may be used for review and in films in more detail is available from the project di- self-instructional programs. rector.An article describing the project has appeared The project is a joint activity of the Department of in the pu'cation of the American Science Film As- Botany and Plant Pathology and the Film Production sociatio: ASFA Notes 1(5), 1-8 (1965). Unit at Iowa State University. A Steering Committee, composed of 13 nationally known botanists from vari- 104. Developmental Anatomy Films. CLARENCE ous colleges and universities and headed by Dr. Wen- M. FL.tTEN, Audio-Visual Center, Indiana University, dell H. Biagonier, Dean of the Graduate College, Bloomington, Ind. 47405.(1961-1966) Colorado State 'University, provides over-all guidance This project is producing five college-level unitized, and counsel. instructional filmson the development of the chick The films are prepared and edited in 16mm color embryo.The series will present the developmental with sound but are being released by distributors in anatomy of (a) the heart, (b) the blood vessels, (c) both 16mm and 8mm forms, with and without sound. the extra-embryonic membranes, (d) thenervous sys- They are especially adapted foruse as continuous tem and sense organs, and (e) thegerm layers and loops in projectoi.s equipped to take cartridges.A primitive streak. brief description of the films, whichcan supplement The films are designed foruse in both classroom the narration, is attached to the storage carton for and laboratory.They will provide demollitratinn each film. materials for instructors and providelaboratory or 46 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS BIOLOGY

library study materials for individual student use. 106. Motion Pictures in Developmental Biology. Films will be released in the following formats: 16mm EUGENE BELL,Department of Biology, Massachusetts Instituteof Technology, Cambridge, Mass. 02139. color-sound; 16mm black-and-white, sound; and 8mm (1966 color-silent. This series of films in developmental biology will The first film, Development of the Cardio-Vascular compr4e both short silent loops, eachdevoted to a System of the Chick: The Heart, plus correlated 2 x 2 single principal problem or technique, and full-length slides and projection transparencies, has been released. sound films.Specialists in embryology will be in- For further information on the films and correlated volved in the planning and production of each film instructional materials, write to the project director. and will perform the experiments that will be filmed. For rental, preview, or purchase, write to: Audio- The combination of time-lapse photography and ani- Visual Center, Indiana University. mation is expected to present dramatically, in a form which can be accurately analyzed, the events which 105. Short Films in Microbiology.(Secondary, take place in four dimensions during embryological College, Medical School)DONALDM.REYNOLDS,De- development.Provisions have been made for class- partment of Bacteriology, Universityof California, room testing of the films duringthe early stages of Davis, Calif. 95616.(1959-1963) the project's activity. Each brief 16mm film emphasizes a single phenom- Further information will be available from the proj- enon or concept.The films are designed to be used in ect director. lieu of still projection slides without disturbing the pace or pattern of lectures.In the first series, fifteen films 106A. Films for Evolutionary and Population were made from"clips" taken from longer produc- Biology.GEORGEA.BARTHOLOMEW,Department of tions by various organizations, and three were pre- Zoology, University of California, Los Angeles, Calif. pared by the project.Films currently available are 90024.(1966-1969) listed below; all are with sound and one to four min- A set of approximately twelve color-sound films is utes in length, unless otherwiselisted. being produced for use in teaching evolutionary and The Development of Bacteriophage Plaques; The population biology.The films will be useful indi- Life Cycle of a Bacteriophage; Phagocytosis; Rabies vidually or as an integrated series.They will present in a Human Patient; The Spread of Typhus; Cholera selected samples of the primary biological and geo- (color) ;Clinical Aspects of Chicken PoxVaricella logical data relevant to evolutionary and population (color) ; Clinical Aspects of Leprosy (color) ; Clinical biology, and then develop arid demonstrate the logical Aspects of Tetanus (color) ;Measles (Rubeola) in processes through which biological principles and re- Children (color) ;Surgical Removal of Lesions in lationships can be abstracted from these data.The Pulmonary Tuberculosis (color), (originator of film Galapagos Archipelago, the site chosen for shooting does not wish it shown to below college level or lay these films, is probably unequalled as a natural lab- audiences) ;Pharmacological Testing of New Anti- oratory for evolution, each island having a different biotic Agents(color) ;Production of Poliomyelitis complement of plants and animals interacting under Vaccine (color, 12 min.) ; The Eftect of Poliomyelitis slightly different conditions.It is the intention of the Virus on Human Epithelioid Cells (color, 5 min.) ; project to integrate pertinent data from taxonomy, The Life Cycle of the Malaria Parasite (animation, genetics, behavior, and physiological ecology of both color,111/2min.) ; Anaphylaxis in Guinea Pigs (color, animals and plants.Films in the following areas are 71/2min.) ;The Complement Fixation Test (anima- planned: the Archipelago as a laboratory for evolution tion, color, 5 min.) ; and The Rumen Ciliate Protozoa and ecology; the ecology of the islands; Darwin, the (8-10 min.). Galapagos, and the theory of evolution; the Gala- Information on content and use may be obtained pagos finches; mechanisms of physiological adapta- from Donald M. Reynolds, Department of Bacteriol- tion; extremes of adaptation; the relation of structure ogy, University of California,Davis, 95616.For to function; behavioral differences in morphologically rental only: R. W. Sarber, Executive Secretary, Amer- similar animals; the species as a biological unit; the icanSiciety for Microbiology, 115 Huron View invertebrates of the Galapagos; the effects of man on Blvd., Ann Arbor, Mich. 48103. For rental and pur- the ecology of the Galapagos; comprison of ter- chase: University Extension, University of California, restrial and marine situations; and the annual and Berkeley. seasonal cycles on an equatorial island. 47

- 1.101141111., COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS BIOLOGY

Further information about the films will be avail- 109. Film on Predator-PreyRelationships. able from the project director. FRANK A. PITELKA, Museum of Vertebrate Zoology, UniversityofCalifornia,Berkeley,Calif.94720. (1962) The purpose of this project is to contribute to im- 107. Cinephotographic Techniques inMorphol- provement of the teaching of ecologicalrelationships ogy.(Secondary, College) R. D. FRANDSON, Depart. ment of Anatomy, ColoradoState University, Fort in college courses in biological sciences by preparing Collins, Colo. 80521.(1961-4963) a motion pictureillustrating predator-prey relation- The film, The Major Structures of theBrain, A ships in biotic communities, as exemplified by certain Method of Demonstrating (16mm, sound-color,15 bird and populations in the Antarctic and min.),shows a method to help student; in anatomy Arctic.The basic footage of the film was previously gain a three-dimensional concept of themajor struc- obtained as a part of research carried out at the Poles tures of the brain.The dog brain is used as a rep- by the director and his associate, Dr. William J. resentativehighermammaliantype.Macroscopic Maher (then of San Francisco State College; now at dissections are compared with serial transverse,hori- the University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskat- zontal, and sagittal sections.A method of sectioning chewan, Canada). and dissecting three dog brains per group of students The film,Polar Ecology: Predators and Prey is demonstrated.In addition, the following 10- to (16mm, sound-color, 20 min.) may be obtained from 15-minute teaching films are planned: Over-allOrien- UniversityExtension,UniversityofCalifornia, tation of the Brain, The Cerebrum, The Brainstem, Berkeley. The Cerebellum, and A Functional Composite of the Central Nervous System. Work is continuing with 110. Instrumentation Methods for Physiological cinematography of serial sections of the brain.Addi- Studies (Project IMPS). NORMAN N. GOLDSTEIN, tional films on laboratory techniques in biology and JR., Physiology Department, University of California, various phases of anatomy are being produced in 8mm Berkeley, Calif. 94720.(1961-1964) magnetic sound format. The primary objectives of the project are: (1) to design a complement of instruments and accessories The Major Structures of the Brain, A Method of that adequately serve laboratory instruction in phys- Demonstrating, is available in 16mm format from iology, while at the same time representing a cost Service,StudentServicesBuilding, Audio-Visual reduction of five to ten times over research equipment; Itisalso available in Colorado State University. and (2) to provide a literature to guide instrument 8mm, color, ma_gnetic sound, from the project director. construction, and to facilitate rational application of the instruments to the study of membrane potentials, in plants,cardiac 108. Cinematography of Serial MicroscopeSec- nerve conduction, bioelectricity tions.S. N. POSTLETHWAIT, Department of Biolog- electrophysiology, muscle contraction, cardiovascular ical Sciences, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. sound, peripheral vascular pressures and flow, and (1964 -1965) sensory activity. A technique has been developed which will permit The main instrument developed and now commer- the photographing of serial sections through a micro- cially avaliable is a high-gain (200 mAy/cm), slow- scope on movie film.Projection of the film at movie sweep, five-inch, long-persistence screen oscilloscope speed produces the sensation of movementthrough a combined on the same chassis with a physiological structure, and the viewer obtains athree-dimensional stimulator that generates rectangular pulses of requi- perception of the subject.Single-concept films of site and variable voltage,duration, and repetition plant specimens, commonly used as illustrations in rate.The oscilloscope-stimulator utility is extended freshman botany courses, will be produced.These in- by addition of simple nerve chambers, a plethysmo- clude: seeds of corn, kidney bean and castor bean; graphic transducer, cardiac microphone, pulse-pres- roots of corn and buttercup; sternsof alfalfa and sure detector, electrodes, and several other accessories. corn; flowers of lily and sweet pea;apical meristems Work is now continuing through a grant from the of coleus and onion root; and leaves of alfalfa and Heath Company to expand the instrument set and corn. applications and to develop a variety of recording Further information is available from the project meet As.In progress is a textbook, teachers' guide, director. laboratory manual, and film series.The commercial .48 version of the project hardware is available through the laboratory is modified research equipment which is the Heath Company.The main instrument called too expensive and too complicated for use by small the IMPScope costs about $160 as kit and about $250 schoolsFor this reason, the project designed simple, wired. A reprint of the report to the NSF containing rugged, and inexpensive physiological equipment made background literature and student laboratory units can from standard electronic parts and specifically designed be obtained from the Heath Company.The McGraw- for school laboratory work.The equipment was pre- Hill Company will publish the text and laboratory pared as:(1) do-it-yourself assembly kits, and (2) manuals. already assembled models. Built-in test jacks and ready N. N. Goldstein, Jr., "Instrumentation and Teaching access to electronic components permit simple repair of Biology," The American Biology Teacher 25, 8 and replacement of parts.Simplified but detailed wir- (1963). ing diagrams in layman's language accompany the Further information is available from the project equipment; an instructor's manual of suggested lab- director. oratory experiments for using. the equipment will also be supplied.Four pieces of equipment are now under development: (1) an electronic stimulator which pro- 111. Models of Structural Relationships in vides shock stimuli over a wide range of parameters, Human Anatomy. JOHN FRANKLIN HUBER, Depart- ment of Anatomy, School of Medicine, Temple Uni- (2) a simple amplifier to magnify bioelectric responses, versity, Philadelphia, Pa. 19122.(1961-1963) (3) an electronic paper driver recorder, and (4)a Plastic models were developed of various human simple, cheap, rugged electric kymograph. structures which students have particular difficulty in Further information can be obtained from the project visualizing.The models are suitable for use on mono- director. chromeclosed-circuittelevision.Structuresillus- trated are the larynx (with special reference to func- tional mechanisms), the inguinal canal, the perineal region, and the . general relationships of larger struc- 113. X-ray Circuit Model for Studying X-ray Circuit Parameters.(Secondary, College) LLOYD tures withinthe brain.The models readily and M. BATES, Department of Radiological Sciences, School rapidly give an initial overall concept of structural of Hygiene and Public Health, The Johns Hopkins relationships, serving as a basis or visual framework University, Baltimore, Md. 21205.(1960-1961) to which the details of the area can be added.Since The model is a basic X-ray generator circuit, but basic understanding is often the most difficult goal to the potential differences generated in the secondary achieve, construction of the models requires a careful part of the circuit are less than 300 v.The circuit will selection of the amount of pertinent detail basic to not generate X-rays, of course, but circuit component the visualization of the structure.Details are rep- values are chosen so that circuit parameters are similar resented as accurately as possible. to those in an X-ray generating circuit.The model in- The larynx model was used in the making of a cludes switching, autotransformer and rheostat motion picture entitled, The Mechanisms of the In- voltage control, full-wave rectification, tube current trinsic Muscles of the Larynx. The film, in both and voltage meters, and primary and secondary circuit 16mm sound-color and 8mm cartridge, is available pilot lights.A light-producing tube is incorporated in from the Audiovisual Facility of the U. S. Public the circuit.The intensity of the light emitted from Health Service, Communicable Disease Center, Atlanta, this tube varies with the "X-ray" tube voltage and cur- Ga.The modelisplannedformanufacture by rent in approximately the same manner as X-ray intens- Clay-Adams, Inc. ity would vary.The wiring display permits study of Further information can be obtained from the proj- the circuit.Component contacts are exposed so that ect director. voltmeters and oscilloscopes can be connected at any desired points in the circuit.Jacks incorporated in the model make it possible to place current measuring 112. Inexpensive Electronic Equipment for instruments in the circuit without disconnecting leads. Quantitative Physiological Studies.(Secondary, College) CHARLES K. LEVY, Department of Biology, A brochure which includes a complete description BostonUniversity,Boston,Mass. 02215.(1961- of the model, a wiring diagram, a parts list, a shop 1964) drawing for chassis construction, and a manual of Most modern equipment for teaching physiology in experiments is available from the project director.

49 114. Sectionable Model of Human Brainstem for oles, capillary beds, veins, and pulmonary circuit. The Individual Student Use.DOROTHY N. NAIMAN, heart consists of passive atrial chambers plus ventricles Department of Physiology and Health, Hunter College pumped by a motor-driven mechanism.All four heart of the City University of New York, Bronx, N. Y. 10468.(1962.1964) valves are represented.The aorta is made of thin- The difficulty many students have in visualizing the walled rubber tubing which distends to accept the surge complex structures of the human brain led to the effort of liquid with each heartbeat:Other blood vessels are to develop realistic, accurate models which could be made of clear plastic tubing.Constrictor bars on the produced cheaply enough to enable each student to arterioles are Used to regulate blood flow through have his own to study, label, section, and color as he plastic-foam capillary beds.The pulmonary circuit wished.The model finally produced can be sectioned consists of a thin-walled pulmonary artery, a plastic- and reassembled, studied inthe laboratory orat foam lung bed, and a pulmonary vein.Mercury man- home, and colored in accordance with a functional ometers are used to indicate arterial and venous pres- scheme. sure, and an orifice-plate meter indicates blood flow It is cast of a semi-flexible urethane foam (NOPC0- rate.The two heart sounds can be heard through a FOAM F 506), which sets in about 30 seconds to the stethoscope placed on the aorta.Experiments can be consistency of 'stale white bread.This light-weight performed to show the effects of heart rate, stroke out- resin has the advantages of a smooth surface on which put, peripheral resistance, and blood volume on blood both ballpoint writing and felt-marker coloring are pressure and cardiac output.The type of flow (i.e., feasible.It can be colored before polymerization, and steady or pulsatile) can be observed at various points in the circulatory system. bonds readily to a pre-cast inset (ventricular system). Acceptable casts can be made after very little practice A report describing the circulatory model, its con- at an approximate cost of 50 cents per cast (2.5 x struction and uses, is available from the Midwest Re- natural size) for prepolymer and catalyst. search Institute. The model can be readily sectioned in any plane with an ordinary serrated kitchen blade.If sections are 116. Monitoring Physiological Parameters in the Student Laboratory.ROBERT I. MACEY and reassembled by threading cords through them, the LESTER PACKER, Department of Physiology, University anatomic features of the whole organ can be seen; the of California, Berkeley, Calif. 94720.(1962-19M) sections can be slid apart so that sectional landmarks Some devices have been fabricated for use in the can be correlated with gross structure.Although this student physiology laboratory to study quantitative particular model was designed for individual student relations between metabolism and specialized physio- use in neurology courses, it might serve as a useful logical functions.In particular, a polarographic ap- demonstration in less advanced courses if pre-sectioned paratus for measurement of oxygen tension has been and appropriately colored.Furthermore, while this adapted for use in conjunction with a simple and in- model is of the human brainstem, molds and models expensive universal photometric device.The applica- of other organs and other species could be made after tion of the 02 electrode and the student photometer for a little experience and without elaborate equipment. the measurement of energy production, regulation, and Effort is being made to interest a manufacturer in utilization (transport and permeability) at the cellular producing the model on a commercial basis. level is illustrated by sample student exercises.Sim- "The Use of Disposable Brain Models," American ple and economical block construction methods are Biology Teacher 26 (3), 178-181 (1964). employed to allow student assembly of components. "A Student-Constructed Model for the Study of Further information can be obtained from the proj- Neuroanatomy," Journal of the Association of Amer- ect directors. ican Medical Colleges 23, 303 (B. Konheim, joint author) (1948). 117. Stereophotomicrography and Other Meth- ods for Teaching and Demonstrating Submacro- 115. Working Model of Human Circulatory Sys- scopic Anatomy. T. WALLEY WILLIAMS, Department tem.(Elementary, Secondary, College) THOMAS I. of Microanatomy, Medical Center, West Virginia Uni- MARX, Engineering Division, Midwest Research Insti- versity, Morgantown, W. Va. 26506, and CHARLES C. tute, Kansas City, Mo.(Present address: Sigma In- BOYER, Department of Anatomy, Indiana University struments,Incorporated,Braintree, Mass. 02185.) Medical Center.(Grantee: West Virginia University.) (1959-1960) (1959-1965) The circulatory model contains a heart, aorta, arteri- Highly specialized technics have been developed for

50 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS BIOLOGY

preparation of tissues andorgans which are photo- ture which imitates the normal maneuverability of the graphed in three dimensionsto show structural rela- cervical spine and the atlanto-occipitaljoint was de- tionships not observable by usual histologicaltechnics. signed.New plastic techniques will make possiblethe The visualization of the peripheralvascular beds of simulation of the texture, strength, and maneuverability tissues and organs in three dimensionsare also in- for all the tissues of the oropharyngealcavity and the cluded in the project.The stereo fields will eventually larynx. be available to institutions and individualsinterested Further informationcan be obtained from the proj- in using them for teaching and demonstrationpurposes. ect director. For further information writeto: T. W. Williams, "The Visualization of Vertebrate CapillaryBeds by 120. Student Laboratory Equipmentin Visual Intravascular Precipitation of Lead Chromate," Ana- Science.(College, Graduate, and Medical School) tomical Record 100, 1 (1948). THORNE SHIPLEY, Department of Ophthalmology, A. C. Higginbotham, F. H. Higginbotham andT. W. School of Medicine, University of Miami, CoralGables, Fla. 33124.(1962-1965) Williams, "The Vascularization of Blood Vessel Walls," Several student laboratory instruments Evolution of the Atherosclerotic Plaque, University for use in of various college courses in visual science Chicago Press (1964). were devel- oped.These allowed student testing of visualacuity, C. C. Boyer, T. W. Williams, and F. H.Stevens, "The Blood Supplyof the Temperomandibular Joint," dark-adaptation, color perception, binocularvision, and Journal of Dental Research 43, 2 (1964). certain associated basic visual functions, withsimple and inexpensive apparatus T. W. Williams and C. C. Boyer, "A Procedure for not previously available. The project entailed the construction of the Selective Differentiation of Epithelial Derivatives one working model of each instrument. in Gross Blocks of Embryonic and The instrumentsare in- Tissues," tended for Journal of Dental Research 43, 2 (1965) use in such courses as a one-year graduate . laboratory course in visual science, Further informationmay be obtained from the proj- undergraduate ect director. psychology, first-year medical school physiology,and resident training in ophthalmology. 118. Teaching Aids for IntegratedEmbryology- 121. Students' Warburg Comparative Anatomy Courses. and Other Respiro. (Secondary, Col- metric Apparatus.(Secondary, College) THOMAS lege) Louis E. DELANNEY, Department of Zoology, I. MARX, Engineering Division, Midwest Wabash College, Crawfordsville, Ind. 47933.(1959- Research In- 1963) stitute, Kansas City, Mo.(Present address: Sigma Instruments, Incorporated, Braintree,Mass. 02185.) Pig embryo: DifferenC'ally colored, three-dimensional, (1961-1962) plastic model. The transparent plastic model willhelp Apparatus of different degrees ofrefinement has students to identify poSitions of single sections in the been developed.The simplest, a Fenn volumeter,con- whole embryo. sists of two small flasks connectedby a horizontalcap- Dissectable models of skulls.Skulls of a primitive illary tube carryinga drop of liquid.When the res- timphibian, a selected reptile, anda selected mammal piration of a simple biologicalsystem placed in one will be sculptured so that theycan be separated into of the flasks causes thepressure in the flask to change, individual bone components andcan be reassembled the liquid dropmoves so as to equalize the pressure to test knowledge of individual components ofa Specific in both flasks, givinga measure of the biological gas skull. Substitutions fromone type of skull to another exchange.Oxygen and carbon dioxiderates are sep- can be made to simulate evolutionary changes. arated by chemically absorbingthe latter gas ina Further informationcan be obtained from the proj- duplicate experiment.The second type of respirom- ect director. eter, a Warburg apparatus, consists ofa reaction flask connected to a vertical U-tubemanometer which con- 119. Manikin for Teaching EndotrachealIntu- tains a reservoir of manometer fluidin a rubber bulb. bation.DONALD W. BENSON, Johns HopkinsMed- The bulb can be compressedto bring the liquid in the ical Institutions, Baltimore, Md. 21218. (1962-1963) closed arm toa reference point.The open arm of the A manikin was developed in which thehead and manometer can be connectedto a temperature and neck model of the is anatomicallycorrect pressure control flask. and suitable for the teaching andpractice of endo- A reporton the apparatus is available from Midwest tracheal intubation. A metal skeleton-likesupergruc- Research Institute.

51 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS CHEMISTRY

122. Student Ophthalmoscope.(Secondary, Col- can also be used in physics classes for demonstrations lege) THOMAS I. MARX, Engineering Division, Midwest in geometrical and physiological optics. Research Institute, Kansas City, Mo.(Present ad- dress:Sigma Instruments Incorporated,Braintree, The project report describesa number of experi- Mass. 02185.(1959-1960) ments which encourage students to become proficient in A very simple but striking experiment within the using the instrument and providesar, introduction to scope of college and high school biology courses is the physiology of the eye.The instrument will be ophthalmoscopic examination of the humaneye.The marketed by the Central Scientific Company. instrument permits observation of active blood vessels Thomas I. Marx, "The Construction and Useof a and nerves in the intact, unanesthetizedeye.The oph- SimpleOphthalmoscope,"The AmericanBiology thalmoscope illuminates the fundus of theeye so that Teacher 23, 71 (1961).A report is available from the observer can see structures of the fundus while Midwest Research Institute. avoiding reflections from thecornea.The instrument

E. Chemistry

For additional projects related to this sectionsee also: and newsletters.In progress or being planned is work 38. Laboratory Experiments for Chemistry Courses. on stimulating production of interdisciplinary teaching 39. Visual Aids for Teaching Chemistry. materials, chemistry in two-year colleges, alternatives 73. Introductory Course in Chemistry and Physics. to conventional introductory chemistry laboratorycon- 79. Overhead Projection Series of Lecture Experi- tent of introductory college chemistrycourses and ments in the Sciences. training of teaching aFsistants. 163. Objectives for Chemical Engineering. A continuing series of Resource Letters publishedin 168. Application of Stochastic Processes to Reaction the Journal of Chemical Education providescollege Kinetics. chemistry teacher's with sources of informationon con- 278. Sience Teaching Center: College Science. cepts and developments useful in the teaching of the 308. Spectroscopy Experiment. introductory course.Written by authorities in the 310. Versatile Nuclear Coincidence Apparatus for field, these articles should be valuableto all chemists Undergraduate Use. not expert in the particular topic covered. Published to date or in preparation are paperson Ligand Field 123. Advisory Council on College Chemistry Theory, Elementary Chemical Thermodynamics,Bond (ACCC).L. CARROLL KING (Chairman), Depart- Energies, isoelectric Principles, Atomic Orbitals,Cata- ment of Chemistry, ; WILLIAM lysis, Atomic Weights, Energy Absorptionat the Molec- B. COOK (Executive Secretary), Department of Chem- ular Level, Entropy, and Flames and istry,Stanford University, Stanford, Calif.94305. Combustion. (Grantees: University of Pennsylvania, 1962-1965; An annotated list of chemistrytexts, references, and Stanford University, 1965 .) journals are in preparation for the guidanceof small The Advisory Council on College Chemistry isan departments which are attempting to acquireadequate independent group of thirty chemists whose objective chemistry libraries. is to provide the leadership and stimulus fora number A series of novel experiments for introductorychem- of projects, throughout the chemical educationcom- istry laboratory will be published in the Journalof munity, which will result in imaginative up-to-date Chemical Education. A collection of thermochemical curricula, more effective tools for learning, improved experiments appeared in the January 1965 issue,and a textualmaterials,innovationsinthe experimental general series appeared in the September1965 issue. aspects of chemistry instruction, and Stimulation of A volume of reprints of selectedexperiments which interdisciplinary programs for nonscience majors, in- have appeared in the Journal of ChemicalEducation cluding prospective elementary school teachers. during the past several years will be publishedafter the Seven standing committees of the Council ccnstitute experiments have been evaluated, testedand revised. action panels dealing with introductory chemistry, In cooperation with the other disciplines,the Advis- curricula and advanced courses, teaching aids, teacher ory Council on College Chemistry is sponsoring efforts development, resource papers, science for nonscientists, to develop more effective physical sciencecourses for 52

vlog10,71,4": 111

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS CHEMISTRY

nonscience majors and to developresource books to The method is to give students a thorough grounding improve the material in introductory chemistry. in the principles of organic structural determinations Reprints of three reports, "The Logistics of General in the first section of the course.Having secured this Chemistry Teaching in Large Sections," October 1963; necessary background with a concurrent understanding "Curriculum Experimentation," October 1963; and of the empirical nature of the science, students return "The Scope, Depth and Impact of Non-traditional Top- to first principles of chemical bonding, making and ics in General Chemistry," February 1964, are avail- breaking of bonds, and the bases for simple mechanistic able.Requests for reprints, the Newsletter, or other determinations.The course utilizes a variety of visual publications should be addressed to the executive sec- aids, including many lecture demonstrations. retary of the Council. The project report and course description may be obtained from the project director. 124. Modern Undergraduate Analytical Chem- istry Courses.H. A. LAITINEN, Department of Chem- 126. Experimental Laboratory Course in Or- istry and Chemical Engineering, University of Illinois, ganic Chemistry.MELVIN S. NEWMAN and WILLIAM Urbana, Iii. 61803.(1961-1965) WHITE, Department of Chemistry, Ohio State Univer- This project involves development of two new ana- sity, Columbus, Ohio 43210.(1960-1961) lytical chemistry courses, particularly the design of new The main objective of this course, a first organic laboratory experiments.The first course stresses the laboratory course, is to help prepare chemistry majors role of analytical chemistry, both chemical and in- for research.Students are supplied with a variety of strumental, in research.About half the laboratory glassware designed for research, electric stirrers, mag- time (one long afternoon per week) is devoted to learn- netic Stirrers, hot plates, heating mantles with tempera- ing the fundamentals of chemical and instrumental ture controls, vacuum pumps, etc., at an estimated cost methods.The other half is devoted to a study of of $200-$300 per student.Students are sent to the chemical problems by analytical methods. library to look up ways in which certain reactions had Examples of the types of problems being investi- been done and are to make their own decisions as to gated for development into student experiments are: what to do.Features stressed included: (1) repetition (1) a study of salt effects using buffer solutions, indi- and refinement of experiments, (2)comparison of cators, and pH meter; (2) study of coprecipitation of efficiency of alternative syntheses, (3) techniques in alkali metals with magnesium by flame photometric multistep synthesis, and (4) report writing. analysis of MgNH4PO4; (3)gas chromatographic M. S. Newman and P. G. Gassman, "An Experi- separation of cis and trans olefins followed by determin- mental Laboratory Course," Journal of Chemical Edu- ation of rate of isomerization of each, again using gas cation 40,203 (1963). chromatography; (4) evaluation of an ion-exchange A final report is available from the project directors. cobLan, prediction, and verification of degree of sep- aration of metal ions; (5) assignment of sources of 126A. Experiments for College Chemistry.J. error by and analysis of variance. ARTHUR CAMPBELL, Department of Chemistry, Harvey It is expected that successful experiments will be Mudd College, Claremont, Calif. 91716.'-(1966-1969) described by publications in such suitable mediaas the Lecture experiments and a laboratory course for the Journal of Chemical Education. initial three semesters of an undergradute chemistry curriculum are being developed.The laboratory ex- 125. Course in Elementary Organic Chemistry. periments are being designed so that the student is led ALSOPH H. CORWIN, The Johns Hopkins University, to interpret experimental results in terms of thermody- Baltimore, Md. 21218.(1963-1964) namics, kinetics, quantum theory, structure, and elec- The prime objective of the course is to providea trical interactions.The experiments are being cor- background in organic chemistry for chemists, chem- related conceptually and temporally with lecture mate- ical engineers, premedical students, and other science rial so that they can serve as the basis of class discus- majors that will enable them to undertake an intelli- sion in which student data and conclusionsare com- gent study of the current journal literature in the field. pared in as realistic a research fashion as possible with The course emphasizes the methods of scientific logic one another and with the accepted interpretation. and independent thinking in contrast to memorization. Students will be given a minimum of direction and al- The intellectual problems met in scientific reasearch lowed to choose or design their own experimentalap- are stressed. proaches within a defined area of inquiry.

53 .11111151,...,

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS CHEMISTRY

A series of lecture experiments is being developed Educational Motion Pictures, Yale University, New which complements the thermodynamic and physical Haven, Conn. 06520.(1960-1969) chemical approach of the introductorycourse.The Most of these films present demonstration experi- project is also experimenting with theuse of films as a ments, but some show laboratory techniques, explain means of demonstrating phenomena which are not ade- abstract ideas through animated drawings,or serve quately comprehended from lecture and laboratoryex- as introductigns to basic research.Representative' periments. titles are: Solubility Product, Le Chatelier's Principle, Further information will be available from thepro- Metals & Non- Metals, Single-Pan Analytical Balance, ject director. Proton Motions in Ice, Quantitative Transfer, Patterns of Scientific Investigation, Operating Principles of 127. Experiments in Covalent Chemistry.J. H. Vacuum Pumps. The demonstration filmsare usually RICHARDS, Division of Chemistry and Chemical Engi- quite short and rely heavilyon the visual image to neering, California Institute of Technology, Pasadena, make their point.Although sound tracks are Calif. 91109.(1965-1966) pro- vided, most of the filmsare made in such a way that The project is developing a new laboratory course for the teacher can readily turn off the sound and interpret the sophomore year of the chemistry curriculum.The the visual material according to hisown views.As an lecture course is being broadened to include the nature aid in doing this, graphic summaries, called preview and chemistry of inorganic covalent compounds, and sheets, are provided with each demonstration film. the laboratory work will be synchronized as closely as In addition to the short, single-concept films, possible with the lecture course. a few Experimental meth- films of conventional length have been produced. This ods for elucidating structure and determining reaction more comprehensive format, however, is usually con- mechanisms will be stressed, including the techniques fined to topics that are either of infrared and nuclear magnetic very easy to teach, or spectroscopy.The very difficult; for example, such routine laboratory first quarter of the laboratory course will concentrate information as Laboratory Burners on structural elucidation of unknown substances, pre- or, at the other extreme, such complex material as Solution of Alkali paration of derivatives, and the separation and analysis Metal in Liquid Ammonia. of mixtures by various techniques including fractional Approximately 20 of the films will be made avail- distillation,thin-layer andvapor-phase chromato- able in 8mm cartridges, without sound tracks, for graphy, and spectroscopy. General synthetic prepara- automatic projection. A complete list of films and tions and determination of reaction mechanisms will information about sale and rental occupy the second and third quarter. may be obtained In general, the from Association Films, Inc. synthesis of a substance will be the first step to further studies of a structural or dynamic nature.For maxi- 129. Equipment and Experiments for Teach- mum utilization of equipment, there will be available a ing instrumental Analysis.(Secondary, College) selection of experimental approaches from which the FREDERICK D. TABBUTT, Department of Chemistry, student can choose. , Portland, Ore. 97402.(1960-1963) Some specific experimental possibilitiesare: solvo- The primary purpose of this project isto develop lysis of benzyl tosylates; valence tautomerism; sol- inexpensive, simple equipment to be assembled by volysis of metallocene derivatives; intrinsic molecular students as a means for teaching experimentalinstru- asymmetry; keto-enol equilibrium; hindered internal mentation.The main features of the equipmentare: rotation in amides; cyanohydrin formation; kinetics Poggendorf apparatus(includes Westoncelland of ring inversion of cyclohexane; photochemistry; calomel electrode) ; magnetic stirrer; pHmeter; polar- carbene chemistry; synthesis and properties ofnon- ograph; servomechanism foruse as recording poten- classical aromatic systems; resolution by asymmetric tiometer; recording pola:ograph;amperostat; poten- induction and enzymatic methods; chemistry ofco- tiostat; automatic titrator (records titrationcurve and ordination compounds. can shut off automatically) ; Ebert monochromator; Further information is available from theproject spectroscope; spectrograph;emission spectrophoto- director. meter; absorption spectrophotometer, andrecording single beam spectrophotometer. 128. Films for College Chemistry.(Secondary, Details of the experiments andequipment, includ- College) ANDREW PATTERSON, JR.,Department of ing Specifications, price ofparts, and construction Chemistry, and DAVID G. ANDERSON, Departmentof time by hour, may be found in: F. D. Tabbutt,Journal 54 IIPPIZawleve-w- ,ve- s.,*14,4,-.,rt.4s..00541petictWer,taprn%.ineki.pvvemearonea, 4 "INV r

aJIIIAM....1011,e+114

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS CHEMISTRY of ChemiCal Education 39, 611 (1962), and R. H. Education(1960),distributed by Radiant 'Films, Schoenbeck and F. D. Tabbutt, Journal of Chemical Inc. Education 40, 452 (1963). 131. Electronic Instrumentation for Quantita- 130. Supplementary Teaching Aids for Intro- tive Chemistry.CHARLESN.REILLEY,Department ductory Chemistry.DONALD H. ANDREWS,Depart. of Chemistry, University of North Carolina, Chapel ment of Chemistry, The Johns Hopkins University, Hill, N. C. 27514.(1961-1962) Baltimore, Md. 21218.(Present address: Florida At- Equipment and apparatus, which illustrate themore lantic University, Boca Raton, Fla. 33432.) (1958- advanced aspects of electronic instrumentation for 1960) quantitative chemistry, and suitable panel layouts and Experiments were developed to accompany a mod- experimental procedures have been developed: ern course in chemistry based essentially on thermo- 1. Analysis of Passive Networks. A panel layout dynamics and elementary quantum mechanics.New demonstrates the properties of resistors, capacitors, ones include the construction of a cloud chamber for and inductors in resonant circuits, filters and phase- the study ofradioactivity, measurements with a shifting networks.Transient and steady-state cur- vacuum line to determine gas behavior, vapor pres- rents are studied.The Laplace-transform method is sures, molecular weights, rates of reaction, and the emphasized as a useful tool in circuit analysis. effect of catalysts. A simpleice calorimeter was 2. Operational Amplifiers.These amplifierstire devised for the measurement of heats of reaction, fus- used to illustrate the basic principles of feedbackas ion, and solution. applied to analog computation. An instrument dem- Several motion picture films, showing moving mod- onstrates the use of these amplifiers in performing els of atomic and molecular structure, chemicalreac- the operations of addition, subtraction, integration, tions illustrated by model motions, and related topics and differ,._ iation in various combinations.The use were made. A film summarizing the wave interpre- of operational amplifiers for controlpurposes (i.e., tation of matter at an elementary level has been through establishing an identity) is shown. prepared and is available on a rentalor purchase basis 3. Analog Computer. A small computer usingop- (see below).In addition, several new teachingap- erational amplifiers solves the differential eq-nation of proaches to thermodynamics and quantum mechanics damped, simple harmonic motion, the equation of first- for beginning students have been worked out and will order chemical kinetics, and linear simultaneousequa- be presented in forthcoming publications. tions in two variables. R. J. Kokes, M. K. Dorfman, and D. H. Andrews, 4. Feedback Amplifiers. A two-stage amplifieron "General Chemistry at the Johns Hopkins University," a panel layout illustrates in detail the principles of Journal of Chemical Education 39, 16 (1962). regenerative and degenerative feedback. R. J. Kokes, M. K. Dorfman, and T. Mathia, "Ex- 5. Servomechanism. A panel layout illustrates the periments for General Chemistry. I: Cloud Chamber important principles of servomechanisms.It can also Molecular Film and Atomic Weight of Silver. II: A be used as a recorder. Simple Vacuum System. III: Calorimetry. IV: Chem- 6. Semiconductor Components and Non-Linear Cir- ical Equilibrium: The Hydrogenation of Benzene. cuitry. A panel layout demonstrates the character- V: Equilibria in Ionic Solutipns," Journal of Chemical istics and applications of transistors,diodes,and Education 39, 18, 20, 90, 93 (1962). photocells.Itincludes a transistorized phase-shift Ancillary publications: oscillator, and diode modulating, dipping, limiting, D. H. Andrews and R. J. Kokes, Fundamental and clamping circuits. Chemistry (2nd ed.), John Wiley and Sons,Inc. 7. Multivibrators.The principles of monostable, (1965). bistable, and astable multivibrators and the Schmitt D. H. Andrews and R. J. Kokes, Instructor's Manual trigger are illustrated bya panel layout.Transistor- for Fundamental Chemistry, John Wiley andSons, ized circuitry is used. Inc. (1962). 8. Special Purpose Tubes.Panel layouts illustrate D. H. Andrews and R. J. Kokes, Laboratory Manual the principles and applications ofneon bulbs, voltage for Fundamental Chemistry, John Wileyand Sons, regulators,thyratrons, and electron-raytubes. A Inc. (1962). panel demonstrates the glow-tubecounter and its use D. H. Andrews and W. Millis, Unheard Melodies in a two-stage decade counter. (16mm, sound-color film), Foundation forIntegrative C. N. Reilley and D. T. Sawyer, Experimentsfor 55 ".71Cr.

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS CHEMISTRY

Instructional Methods, Part V, McGraw-Hill Book tion analysis. Company, Inc. (1961). 3. A titration controller for demonstrating the be- Further information can be obtained from the proj- havior of acid-base indicators. ect director. 4. The safe use of toxic volatile reagents in intro- ductory experiments. 132. Integrated Set of Analytical Instrument 5. A compact setof semi-micro apparatus for Building Blocks.(Secondary, College) EDWARD general chemical operations. N. WISE, Department of Chemistry, University of Ari- 6. A simple device for indicating pH change during zona, Tucson, Ariz. 85721.(1959-1963) An integrated set of instrument building blocks is acid-base titrimetry. being designed to permit a student to study a single 7. A simplified apparatus for nitrogen determina- instrumental principle in detail and then to make and tion by the Kjeldahl method. study a complex instrument by interconnecting the 8. Techniques for the drop-scale separation of ions building blocks(or modules).The modules are on impregnated filter-paper strips. being designed with the following goals in mind: (1) Information concerning the work has been pub- lished in various recent papers in the Journal of Chem- simplicity of construction,(2)accessibilityof all parts, (3) complete interchangeability of units hav- ical Education, School Science Review and The Sci- ing similar functions, (4) low cost, and (5) rugged- ence Teacher. ness to withstand student handling, inspection, and J. T. Stock and P. Heath, Small Scale Inorganic operation.Each unit will be sufficiently simple to QualitativeAnalysis,UniversityTutorialPress, permit construction by a depaz tment with a limited London, 5th ed., 1963. budget.The listof modules tentatively includes: J. T. Stock, M. A. Fill, and E. A. Robinson, Intro- duction to Organic Chemistry, University Tutorial photovoltaic cell housing, microammeter, lightsource, Press, London, 2nd ed., in press. light source supply transformer, beam splitter,test tube holder, beaker holder, prism monochromator, grating monochromator, intereference filter-wedgemono- 134. Multipurpose Analytical Chemical Instru- ment Employing Operational Amplifiers. CARL chromator, vacuum phototube housing, gas phototube M. STEVENS, Department of Chemistry, Washington housing, resistance photocell housing, high impedance State University, Pullman, Wash. 99163.(Former amplifier, current amplifier, regulated power supply, director, Charles F. Morrison, Jr.)(1961-1963) variable power supply, photomultiplier housing, photo- A very widely adaptable for operational multiplier power supply, aspirator burner, magnetic amplifiers is mounted near an auxiliary panelcon- stirrer, ultraviolet source, ultraviolet power supply, taining the most commonly needed hardware items millivoltselector and terminating relay,first and (switches, relays, bias packs, meters, etc.).These second derivative amplifier and terminating relay, units are rack-mounted with power supplies anda solenoid burette pinch clamp, constant currentreg- strip-chart recorder.By the use of patch cords and ulator, mechanical counter with motor drive, syringe plug-in resistors, capacitors, diodes,etc., the device micrometer burette, servo-amplifier, X-Y recorder, plus can be programed to serve the electronic functions seven modules of more specialized character. of many instruments. Thus far,over thirty practical Most of the modules have been designed and prow instruments have been synthesized.These include types are being tested by students.Construction in- IR-compensated polarographs, coulometers, conduc- formation, including reduced scale drawings, has been tance devices linear in conductance, chronopotentio- published in the Journal of Chemical Education 40, meter, digital integrator for a gas chromatograph, 73 (1963). potentiometric autotitrators, etc.Complex units are made up on plug-in boardsso that they need not be disassembled to free the console. 133. Apparatus for Chemical Analysis and Prep- Several applications aration on the Micro and Semi-Micro Scale. can be used at the same time. (Secondary, College) JoHN T. STOCK, Department of Facilities needed for constructionare those of rou- Chemistry, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Conn. tine electronic repair or construction. A drillpress 06268.(1960-1965) and light sheet metal toolsare desirable.Approxi- 1. Equipment for qualitative analyseson the small mate cost of construction, including a good selection scale. of amplifiers and a commercialpower supply, is 2. A simple micro apparatus for extraction-evapora- $2,000.This includes labor but not the strip-chart

56 ,

r7.1.1..r!....7.15,...T.7.7.01.077er7771T_Rree,,,IW: 0101.4+1A. -01

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS CHEMISTRY recorder.The availability of a sensitive oscilloscope these calculations are representable in terms of quan- makes possible a number of additional applications titative contour maps of the electronic charge density and aids in the testing of new circuits. relevant to the given system.Integration of the elec- Copies of a complete report giving construction tronic charge density over surfaces of constant charge details, theory of operation, and typical applications density has been carried out in most cases.In the have been distributed free of charge to all four-year case of atoms, the effects of hybridized wave functions U. S. colleges and universities. A limited number of and the result of spin correlation in polyelectronic additional copies are available from Dr. Morrison, atoms have been examined. An extensive study has 4790 Sioux Drive, Boulder, Colo. 80302. been made of the molecular charge densities predicted from a series of wave functions for hydrogen molecule 135. Components for Student-Built Instruments ion and hydrogen molecule; molecular quadrupole for Instrumental Analysis.GALEN W. EWING, moments have been calculated from the charge densi- Department of Chemistry, New Mexico Highlands University, Las Vegas, N. Mex. 87701.(Present ad- ties in these cases. dress: Department of Chemistry, Seton Hall Univer- This study is directed to students at various levels sity, South Orange, N. J. 07079.)(1960-1964) in the curriculum in chemistry and physics.The re- Modular apparatus has been designed primarily as sults on the prototype orbitals, translated into a three- teaching tools for college courses in instrumental dimensional, quantitative model of the charge density, chemical analysis.Each module, in general, fills a are relevant to introductory courses, as are some of specific function required in the synthesis of analytical the results on atoms.The examination of spin cor- instruments.Several modules, as selected by the relation in polyelectronic atoms, and the results on student, are to be interconnected with patch cords to molecules are directed to courses in physical chemistry form a functioning instrument, such as a pH meter, and introductory wave mechanics and valence theory. a coulometric titrator, or a visible spectro2hotometer. Further information is available from the project Many of the modules can be utilized in each of several director. instruments. The electrical modules are:calibrated potential source, calibrated source of constant currents, vari- 137. Models of Crystallographic Space Groups. able-range meter, operational amplifier, electrometer, ALBERT J. FRANK, Department of Geology, and HAR- OLD ZABSKY, Department of Chemistry, St. Louis Uni- AC Wheatstone bridge with phase-sensitive detector, versity, St. Louis, Mo. 63103. (Lyman J. Wood, former andpotentiostat.An absorptionmeterconstitutes project clirelor, deceased.) (1961-1964) another module; it includes interchangeable Littrow This material consists of: (1) eighty-five stereoslides (glass) prism and reflection grating, also provision in color prepared by photographing symmetry models for operation as a filter photometer.In addition, a of a number of the space groups, which have been and constant-delivery solution pump and a miniature re- are being constructed in the authors' laboratory; (2) corder (commercialunits)are recommended for a 100-page descriptive monograph to be used while titration purposes. viewing the slides.The symmetry models are of two The apparatus has been described in the Journal of sorts: models constructed of cork balls, and models Chemical Education 42, 32-34 (1965). A laboratory made of cardboard.The centers of cork balls of dif- manual has been written to accompany the equip- ferent colors have coordinates which are derived by ment.Manufacturing has been undertaken by A. R. means of crystallographically significant symmetry F. Products, Inc.The manual is distributed tempo- operations.The orientations of the cork balls are rarily by the manufacturer, but will be published by fixed by colored pegs inserted in such a way that a Plenum Press.Further information about the instru- ball and inserted pegs can be treated (in most cases) ments may be obtained from the manufacturer. as an unsymmetrical unit.Many of the cardboard 136. Quantitative Molecular Models Represent- models have been prepared from descriptions of Fedo ing the Molecular Charge Distribution.KARL roe's stereohedra; some of these will aid in under- H. ILLINGER, Department of Chemistry, Tufts Univer- standing the Bravais translations. sity, Medford, Mass. 02155.(1961-1965) Arrangements have been made to supply the stereo- Detailed calculations have been carried outon the slides at cost to interested scholars. electronic charge densities of: (a) prototype orbitals, Further information can be obtained from Dr. (b) atoms, and (c) simple molecules.The results of Frank.

57 tbwitift

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS CHEMISTRY

138. Three-Dimensional Models in Phase Rule D. 'Van Nostrand Company.This book suggests in Studies.(Secondary, College and Graduate School) detail many ways in which these models RALPH H. PETRUCCI, Western Reserve University, may be used Cleveland, Ohio 44106.(Present address: Depart. in the teaching of chemistry, bothas lecture aids and ment of Chemistry, California State College at San in student exercises.Three 45-minute sound-color Bernardino, San Bernardino, Calif. 92407.) (1962- lecture demonstrationson film describing the models 1964) and their construction and teachinguses are available Prototype models which have been prepared from for rent or purchase from Extension Division,State plaster of Paris include: University of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa 52240.Also see 1. P /V /T model for water, including all of the articles by R. T. Sanderson, Journal of ChemicalEdu- high-pressure modifications of ice.(The model is cation, from 1951 to present.Reprints of some of dissectable at several constant temperatures.) these arestill available, without charge, fromthe 2. Completethree-dimensionalmodel,inseven author. parts, for a binary system exhibiting eutectic forma- tion in the solid-solid-liquid equilibrium and a7eo- 140. Low-Cost Tetrahedral Models.(Secondary, tropism in the liquid-vapor equilibrium. College) Louis F. FIESER, Department ofChemistry, 3. A simple ternary eutectic system.(This model Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass. 02138.( 061 consists of isothermal sections and the several state 1965) spaces.) Inexpensive plastic tetrahedral models foruse in 4. A ternary eutectic system withone binary com- teaching concepts of structural isomerism,optical and pound.(This model consists of several isothermal geometrical isomerism, conformationalanalysis of and one polythermal section.) cyclohexane and of polycyclicsystems, spatial require- It is proposed to make the results of this project ments for the formation of urea inclusion complexes, available in one or both of two forms: stereophoto- and structure of the ice crystalare available from graphs of the several models, together witha compre- the Rinco Instrument Company, who alsodistributes hensive descriptive booklet;or lightweight, nonbreak- a book for use in high schools entitled, Chemistry in able copies of the models themselves.Because the Three Dimensions.The following modelsare avail- type of commercial production which is undertaken able: carbon, oxygen, nitrogen, carbon-carbondouble will depend on the market potential, readersare urged bond. to communicate to the project director any interest in the possibilities mentioned. 141. Multipurpose Instrumentfor Quantitative A description of the methods of construction and Chemical Measurement. DONALDD.DEFORD, Department of Chemistry, Northwestern the use of these models University, appears in an article by R. H. Evanston, Ill. 60201.(1961-1964) Petrucci, Journal of Chemical Education 42, 323 The instrument is being designed primarilyfor elec. (1965). Further information can also be obtained troanalytical chemistry and titrimetrybut will be use- from the project director. ful for a wide variety of othertypes of measurement and control.The final apparatus will be basicallyan 139. New Atomic, Molecular, and Crystal Models. analog computer, with themeasurement and control (Secondary, College) R. T. SANDERSON, Departmentof components incorporated in the computer loop, and Chemistry, Arizona State University, Tempe,Ariz. 85281.(1959-1964) may be programed in much the samemanner as one programs a computer. The new atomic and molecular modelsdeveloped When completed, the instru- in this project, although designed primarilyto aid in ment can be used for voltammetry and relatedtech- lectures, can also be used ina wide variety of lab- niques, titrimetry, electroanalysis,coulometric anal- ysis, and as a general-purpose recorder. oratory exercises.The molecules and crystalsare The cost of easily assembled, using woodor pipe cleaner connec- the instrument is estimatedat $4,000 to $5,000. Further information tors and glue.The atomic models andat least some can be obtained from the project director. of the molecular modelsare equipped with small balls attached to the atomic surfaceto represent outer-shell electrons and vacancies, and 142. Nuclear Magnetic ResonanceSpectrometer. are placed appropriately W. C. GARDINER, JR., Department of to indicate the directional nature of the orbitals. Chemistry, Uni- versity of Texas, Austin, Tex. 78712.(1962-1964) R. T. Sanderson, Teaching Chemistry with Models, An instrument for demonstrationof NMR to under- 58 ta'.ae.ti: 11Mhia.WINriallIASAMfda aiidaili.dINOWN40.4.11,:-

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING graduate classes or foruse in undergraduate labora- in the range 1 to 10-4 sec.The design for such an tory experiments, has been developed.The circuits apparatus has been simplified, where possible, foruse are inexpensive and simple to construct, and have in a physical chemistry laboratory at the junior level. proved to be capable of withQtanding substantial abuse. The completed apparatus, not including thenecessary The resonance is displayedon an ordinary oscil- single-sweep oscilloscope, approachesa thousand dol- loscope.Proton and fluorine signalsmay be ob- lars in cost.The experiment is valuable bothas an served, and the effects of paramagnetic ions studied. exercise in chemical kinetics andas an introduction Experiments for the physical chemistry laboratory to Wheatstone-bridge circuitry. have been prepared. A report is available from'the project director. Further information can be obtained from the proj- ect director. 144. Equipment for Demonstrating Magnetic 143. Pressure-Jump Apparatus for Measuring Susceptibility and Absorption Emission Spectra. Rates of Rapid Reactions in Solution. EDWARD EUGENE G. RoeHow, Department of Chemistry, Har- M. EYRING, Departmerof Chemistry, University of vard University, Cambridge, Mass. 02138.(1962- Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112.(1962-1963) 1963) Several research techniques broadly classifiedas A projecting spectroscope for both absorption and "relaxation methods" have been developed recently emission spec4ra and a Gouy balance witha projecting for measuring specific rates as largeas 1011 M-1 scale for measurement of magnetic susceptibility have sec-1 for chemical reactions in aqueous solution.In been produced for use in large lecture classes of 300- particular, the pressure-jump apparatus devised by 400 students. Strehlow and co-workers is useful for measuringre- Further information can be obtained from the project laxation times of pressure dependent, ionic equilibria director.

F. Engineering

Multidisciplinary Engineering established to provide an objective, imaginativeap- For additional projects related to this section see also: p. oach to improving engineering education.Its pro- 182A. A Computer-Oriented Systems Course. gram encompasses the development of institutions, 185. Engineering Educational Development Pro- faculty, and educational resources.The Board of Di- gram. rectors represents many different engineering disci- 253. ExperimentalCurriculuminEngineering plines to insure a non-disciplinary approach andan Mathematics. emphasis on coordination.Advisory committees chart 254. Experimental Undergraduate Instruction in the potential development of ideas identifiedor ac- Computing. cepted by the Board as having the greatest potential 259. Experimental Program in Engineering Math- value in the devolpment of institutions, faculty,or re- sources. ematics. 262. Course and Curriculum De- In its mission the Commissionserves first as a velopment. stimulus, actively encouraging the conception and de- 272. Teaching Aid for Analog Computer Instruction. velopment of ideas by its own members, by other insti- tutions, or by industry.These may result in pro- grams independent of the Commission but still may 145. Commission on Engineering Education remain activities in which the Commission is catalyst (CEE ).JOHN R. WHINNERY (Chairman), Depart- ment of Electrical Engineering, University of Califor- and coordinator.In a few instances the Commission nia, Berkeley, Calif. 94720; NEWMAN A. HALL (Execu- develops pilot operations which, when well underway, tive Director), Commission on Engineering Education, may be relinquished for continuation under other ap- 1501 New Hampshire Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. propriate auspices. 20036.(Grantees: Educational Services Incorporated, 1962-1963; Commission on Engineering Education, Present programs include: 1964 .) Central Office Operations, Newman A. Hall, Exec- The Commission on Engineering Educaennwas utive Director, Commission on Engineering Educa-

59 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

tion, 1501,New Hampshire Avenue, N.W., Washington, Committee and to members of the National Science D. C., 20036. Supervisors Association during spring 1965.The Design Laboratory Work :sops, R. W. Mann, Engi- book is comprised of original pieces bysome of the neering Project Laboratory, Massachusetts Institute most outstanding men in engineering,many of whom of Technology, Cambridge, Mass. 02139.The Com- were suggested to the editors by the Commission, and mission coordinated a series of Design Laboratory portrays the facts and progress of engineering through Workshops held concurrently at Case, Carnegie,Mas- their eyes. sachusetts Institute of Technology, University of Cali- Future programs will involve: fornia at Los Angeles and University of Californiaat 1.Use of Computers and MathematicalTechniques Berkeley, from June 14 to July 9, 1965,to develop in Engineering Design. A nine-weekprogram for and prepare more faculty tocope with realistic engi- developing educational materials and providingexpe- neering design education situations.The workshops rience for engineering faculty membersin the use of on the five campuses involved visiting faculty and computers in engineering designwas held at the Uni- their students, together with the sponsoring university versity of Michigan in thesummer of 1965 under a faculty and their students, in design and laboratory direct grant from the National ScienceFoundation. projects which exploited the special characteristics and This program was the of exploratorydiscus- resources of the individual sponsor schools.Each sions of the Commission's committeeon the use of school received a separate NSF grant for itsown pro- computers and mathematical techniques in engineering gram.To exchange and reinforce the differentexpe- design. An advisory committee, providedby the riences of participants at each workshop, visitingfac- Commission, selected the participants andis coordi- ulty and sponsoring faculty met to prepare documenta- nating this program with other closely relatedactivi- tion suitable for distribution to other engineering ties of its computer commitee. schools. A report on the Design Laboratory Work- The Commission sponsoreda conference on the shop program, includinga separate program carried impact of computerson education in engineering de- out at Dartmouth, is available from Dr. Mann. sign in April 1966, and is developingan additional Engineering Concepts Curriculum Project (seeItem program for the collection of source materialon the 65.). use of computers and mathematical techniques inen- Bi-University Institutional Liaison for Development gineering design. (BUILD). A grant from the Charles ,F. Kettering 2. Computer Sciences.An ad- Foundation has enabled the Commissionto embark visory committee of the Commissionhas been or- on a cooperative program to develop a number of ganized; it will concern itself with theproblem of how major centers of excellence in engineering education. the digital computercan be used effectively in the The BUILD program involves the association oftwo electrical engineering undergraduatecurriculum.This institutions, one which might be called the "estab- committee will explore the feasibilityof producing a lished" institution, and the other the "emerging"insti- series of texts and computerprograms in which the tution. This prototype operation has been under traditional subject matter has beenrestructured along way between the University of Illinois and the Uni- algorithmic lines so that thecomputer plays an integral versity of Colorado sincesummer 1964.Faculty part in the conceptual development ofthe course members of the two institutions have been brought content. together by the Commission to work outmany different 3. Educational Films.At the 1963, 1964, and 1965 procedures to make theprogram effective, including: anuual meetings of the AmericanSociety for Engi- (1) visiting exchange professorships,(2)faculty neering Education, the Commissionsponsored a show- leaves of absence for advan,:ed study, (3) jointand ing of motion pictures of possibleuse in engineering cooperative research programs, (4) graduate student instruction, collected fromgovernment agencies, uni- exchanges, (5) joint conferences and seminars, and versities, commercial producers,industry, and spe- (6) short-term exchanges. cially formed committees.Although this activity is Listen to Leaders in Engineering. A SloanFoun- being relinquished to ASEE for itsfuture annual meet- dation grant enabled the Commissionto distribute, ings, the Commission's interestin educational films at no charge, the book Listen to Leaders in Engineering continues to cover a much broaderperspective: (A. and J. Saxon Childers, eds.)to a limited (a) A cataiog listing all filmspertinent to en- number of teachers of the Physical ScienceStudy gineering education, classifying themas instruc- 60

, fr ---cle -- ---".-"-

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

tional or documentary, and indicating their level " (No. 4); "Impact of Computer of coverage, i.e., introductoryor in-depth. Concepts on Engineering Design" (No. 1), by D.M. (b) Identification of areas in whichnew films Baumann, S. J. Fenves, and L. A. Schmit, Jr. should be produced. (c) A study of the value of the educational film 146. Goals of Engineering Education. GEORGEA. as an adjunct to or substitute for live demonstra- HAWKINS (Undergraduate Director), Dean of Engi- tions, laboratory experiments, lecturers, and test neering, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind., 47907; materials. JOSEPH M. PETTIT (Graduate Director), Dean of Engi- (d) The development and-useof projection neering, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif. 94305. equipment better suited to the needs of engineer- (Grantee: American Society for Engineering Educa- tion,1346 Connecticut Avenue, N.W.,Washington, D.C. ing educators. 20008.)(1963 (e) The development of motion picture produc- The study is divided into two sub-projects,one for tion methods more suitable for films covering graduate education and one for undergraduate educa- engineering subjects. tion.The overall study is being conducted through 4. Case Studies.The Commissioniscurrently the efforts of an advisory council (Chairman: EricA. monitoring, through its National Engineering Case Walker, President, Pennsylvania State University),a Committee, an NSF-supported pilot projectat Stan- roster of organizational representatives, two boards of ford University; this project is concerned withthe analysts (one for each sub-project), and institutional development of case studies to be used by students. committees at all colleges and universities thatgrant By confronting the student withan incident drawn engineering degrees. from actual practice, the project places the student in The graduate sub-project hasas its purpose the the position of the professional engineer faced witha investigation and evaluation of graduate work inen- real problem. The Commission, in light of thepo- gineering, in order to formulate objectives andguide- tential/ of this program, is urging further development lines for the next ten to twentyyears.This will be of the case method and its adoption in otherinstitu- an especially crucial period because of the rapid tions. changes that are occurring in graduate education.In 5. Laboratory Equipment Development. An Ad- addition, many schools have recently entered,or plan visory Committee of the Commission is preparinga to enter soon, the field of graduate engineering educa- position paper directed toward improving laboratory tion.These schools seekguidelines for planning instruction in engineering schools.In this paper the their programs. Committee will describe the function of laboratory in- The undergraduate project is the firstevaluation struction, discussing the areas in which additional ef- of undergraduate/ engineering educationin about 10 fort is needed.Specific programs will be outlined years.Its specific aims include findinganswers to and the work which is being done will be described these questions: What is required in theeducation so as to demonstrate the limits of the present accom- of an engineer to enable himto serve the needs and plishments and indicate future possibilities. meet the responsibilities of the engineering profession 6. Cooperative Efforts with Industry.An Advisory over the next quarter to half century?What are Committee of the Commission is giving attentionto these needs and responsibilities?Should educational the matter of interaction between industry and engi- programs for those interested in planning, research, neering schools.Specifically,it seeks to realizea and development be thesame as for those whose inter- greater potential from the seminars which industry est.; lie in manufacturing, construction, and technical currently conducts, or from the employment offered sales? to engineers, so that these experiencescan broaden a A report will be prepared to assist thoseresponsible faculty member's technical background enhancing his for the design and operation ofengineering educa- value in his pedagogical duties at his institution. tional programs.It is also hoped that accreditation The following reports are available from the Com- groups will find the recommendations helpful inset- mission: "Engineering Conference Report," Boulder, ting forth accreditation objectives andprocedures. Colo., August 1961; "Annual Report," 1963-64; To predict what type of education willbest equip en- "Proceedings of Eastern Intercollegiate Conference," gineering students for the highest professionalachieve- May 1964, on Industrialization of Underdeveloped ments in the years ahead is hazardousat best, but the Areas (No. 3) ; "BUILD Report;" "BUILD Report report should increase the reliability of the prediction

01 "...fr. repro.- row.

A...S.V.i.a*Utlic'..VA:4.',ii.t

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING and the value of the educational modifications in- DSC M-4.Experiments and a Demonstrator for duced by it Instruction in Digital System Design; Roy. J. M. Pettit and-J. M. Gere, "Evolution of Graduate DSC M-5.Applied Graph Theory for Undergrad- Education in Engineering," Journal of Engineering uate Engineers; Marshall. Education 54, 57 (1963). DSC M-6.Discrete System Techniques at the J. M. Pettit and J. M. Gere, "Federal Support of Sophomore Level; Braun, Reswick, Truxal. Graduate Engineering Education,"Ibid.55,164 DSC M-7. An undergraduate Program on the (1965). Elements of Computation for Engineers; Braden. W. K. LeBold, W. E. Howland, and J. L. McCarthy, DSC M-8.State Variable for the Undergraduate; "Accreditation Related to Engineering and Graduate Truxal. Education: A Historical Review," Ibid.55,175 DSC M-9. A Digital System Synthesizer for Stu- (1965). dent Instruction and Research; Mergler. L., Levitas, "Progress ReportGoals of Undergrad- DSC M-10.Computation Developments inthe uate Education," Ibid. 55, 217 (1965). DSC Project; Slater. Goals of Engineering Education Information Docu- DSC M-11.Discrete System Concepts in Civil ments include No. 1: "Scope, Organization and Im- Engineering; Wang, Werner. plementation of the Study" (1963) ; No. 2: "Past Ap- DSC M-12. An Analog/DigitalDigital/Analog praisals of Engineering Education and Related Studies" Facility for Laboratory Instruction; Taft. (1963) ; No. 3: "Initial Charge to the Institutional DSC M-13.Elements of Finite-State Machines for and Organizational Study Committees on Undergrad- Undergraduate Engineers; Arden. uate Engineering Education" (1963) ; No. 4: "Initial DSC M-14.Analog Techniques in Discrete System Report to the Institutional Committees Concerning Analysis; Hoffman. Graduate Education in Engineering" (1964) ; No. 4a: DSC M-15.Discrete State Techniques in Systems "Analysis of Preliminary Responses to Information and Process Dynamics; De Russo. Document No. 4" (1964) ; and "Preliminary Report Copies of these monographs may be obtained from on Goals of Engineering Education" (1965). the Discrete Systems Project Editor, Case Institute of Technology, Cleveland, Ohio 44108. 147. Discrete Systems Concepts Project.JOHN G. TRUXAL, Electrical Engineering Department, Poly- 148. Engineering Graphics Course Content technic Institute of Brooklyn, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11201. Study.PAUL M. REINHARD, Department of Engineer- (1963-1965) ing Graphics, University of Detroit, Detroit, Mich. The broad objective has been to develop teaching 48221.(1961-1966) material for the introduction of discrete-state system The intent of this study is to evaluate the place of concepts at appropriate places in each year of under- engineering graphics in the over-all picture of engi- graduate engineering education.Mathematics and neering education and then to develop timely subject engineering departments at the Carnegie, Case, and matter to enrich the content of engineering graphics Illinois Institutes of Technology, Rensselaer Polytech- courses.Since one of an engineer's major functions nic Institute, and Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn is design, and since graphics can be of significant have participated in this development. value in the design function, this study is design- The developed material consists of a set of fifteen centered. monographs suitable for courses in mathematics or en- With the introduction of the graphic aspects of gineering departments at levels ranging from freshman design, graphic analysis, and computer-related graph- to senior-elective(or perhaps first-year graduate) ics, engineering graphics courses can offer freshman courses.The monographs, which are available, are: and sophomore students engineering experiences hav- DSC M-1.The Impact of Discrete System Con- ing a stimulating and relevant . A digest of ceptsonUndergraduateEngineeringEducation; applications of graphics in space flight is included to Dohrenwend, Elliot, Hrones, Schatz, Truxal. illustrate sophisticated examples of the use of graphics DSC M-2. The Application of Discrete State in a modern field of activity.While it is fully real- Techniques in Engineering Analysis; Hoffman, Lavi. ized that each college has its own methods of accom DSC M-3. Two Detailed Problems Solved with plishing its desired objectives, this project will serve Discrete System Techniques; Hoffman. to provide direction to engineering. educators who are 62 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

determined to keeppace with current engineering several suggested areas forcourse content develop- educational trends. ment, course structure, requirements of faculty,con- This study isdirected toward alerting both in- clusions, and recommendations.Copies may be ob- structor and student to the excitement of contemporary tained from the project director. and future technological developments. A series of technical monographs will be published, makingnew 149. Development ofan Interdisciplinary Sys- concepts immediately available.These monographs tems Engineering. Program.J. W. MASON, Dean will be written, not only by those primarily interested of Engineering, K. G. PICHA, School of MechanicalEn- in graphics, but also by those whose major interest gineering, and J. L. HAMMOND, jR., School of Electrical Engineering, Georgia Institute of Technology,Atlanta, liesbeyondthefieldofgraphics.Engineering Ga. 30332.(1963 graphics teachers will find these monographs to bea This project is developinga group of undergradua- fertile source of motivating material. ate courses suitable as electives for students in engi- The study has been active withmany meetings, neering.Eleven courses are being developed with seminars, conferences, workshops, and reports involv two specific programs consisting of 10 and 18 quarter ing considerable discussion about graphics in relation hours, respectively, suggestedas typical study pro- to current technological developments.Guidance of grams. A maximum of 34 quarter hours of systems the work was by two committees: The Core Committee elective work will be available to those studentswho and the Steering Committee.The Core Committee can arrange an elective program of this scope.Pro- was made up of graphics teachers who initiated the gram A is designed to give an introduction to systems program and were responsible for details of the work. engineering theory and to provide for participation The Steering Committee was composed of leading in- on a system design team in the case studiescourse. dustrialists and prominent engineering educators from Program B is a more comprehensive and mathematic- the degree-granting areas, who provided guidanceto ally-oriented program which provides the basis for the Core Committee and were readily available for advanced study at either the undergraduateor grad- consultation.Over 60 engineering educators and uate level.This latter program also provides for practicing engineers, repreienting 32 accrediteden- participation in a case study, and additional work gineering colleges and 15 industrial corporations, can be added.Plans call for teaching each of the participated in this course content improvement study. courses at least once during the development phase An editofial committee, responsible for planning and preparing notes for thosecourses for which ade- and evaluating an engineering graphics paperback quate texts are not available. series, has negotiated a contract with the McGraw-Hill Course notes are still in the preliminarystage, but Book Company for the publication of the following a brief description of the systems program asa whole monographs: and of each course has been prepared for studentuse F. A. Heacock, Graphics in Space FlightA Digest and is available.Also available are copies ofa paper, of New Graphic Solutions (November 1964); R. B. "Design of an Interdisciplinary Program ofElective Thornhill, Graphic Problems for Numerical Control Courses in Systems Engineering," J. L. Hammand,Jr., (in manuscript) ; S. A. Coons and M. McNeary, En- presented w the June 1964 meeting of the American gineering Graphics in Conceptual Design (inmanu- Society for Engineering Education. script) ;J. R. Burnett and E. C. Zulauf, Graphic Ap- Further informationmay be obtained from Dr. proach to Analog Simulation (in manuscript); S. A. Hammond. Coons, Graphical Computer Input of Design Concepts (in manuscript) ; L. G. Palmer, Industrial Automated 150. Dynamics Course Using PersonalAnalog Methods of Graphical Communication(in manu- Compute -s.JAMES B. RESWICK, Engineering Design script) ;and W. A. Fetter, Computer Graphics in Center, Case Institute of Technology,Cleveland, Ohio (August 1965). 44166, and MYRON TRIBUS, Thayer School ofEngineer- iny, Dartmouth College, Hanover, N.H. 03755.( 1962 Other pertinent topicsare being investigated for 1964) probable development and publication.The techni- A major goal of engineering educationis to bring to cal monographs will provide supplemental instruc- the young engineeran understanding of dynamicsys- tional material which may be drawnupon to meet the tems.Modern technology requires himto design and needs of individual instructors. A report, released predict the performance of electrical,mechanical,gas, in May 1965, contains the philosophy of the project, and liquid systems.All engineering curriculacontain 63 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

courses in which students study the formulation and computer simulation, optimization procedures, and in- solution of differential equations which characterize dustrial design practice, and reviewing current theory such systems.However, while the mathematical ex- and practice in engineering design with computers, each pressions are quite manageable, it is difficult to permit faculty member prepared one or more typical design ...students to observe and explore the behavior of a problems which require the computer or computer- dynamic system in a way that will help bridge the gap related mathematical optimization techniques for their between the mathematical model and behavior of the solution.These design problems, completely solved system itself.The analog computer can allow students and documented, are suitable for classroom instruction to experience the performance of a system in a way in the several engineering disciplines. which gives insight into its behavior. A group of five faculty members are preparing a syl- In order to improve courses concerned with teaching labus describing the use of computers and optimization dynamic systems, a versatile, solid-state battery-pow- techniques in engineering design in the disciplines ered, analog computer system has been developed for represented; included will be several of the docu- use at the undergraduate level in engineeringschools. mented example design problems and their computer Computer units performing the functions of addition, solutions. integration, and multiplication by a constant have been The final report, to be issued in 1966, will be made designed to be produced at such low cost that each stu- available toall engineering schools in the United dent in a class may be loaned a set of units sufficient to States. handle systems described by second-order differential equations and suitable for use at any time or place 152. Case Methods for Teaching Engineering. (e.g., dormitory room, et ".) .A meter unit provides WILLIAM BOLLAY, Design Division, Department of battery power and control .When simulating Mechanical Engineering, Stanford University, Stan- a system, a computer can be set to "solve" a problem ford, Calif.94305. (1964 continuously or in steps of a second or less.A "hold" Each case being prepared in this project typically state permits students to record data at the end of each describes a current industrial situation where an en- second or quarter-second of operation.Users of tnc gineer is faced with an unsolved problem.The prob- personal analog computer units need understand only lem may be defined explicitly in the case, or be im- differential equations and functional block diagrams. plicit in the circumstances described by the case, or A set of course notes designed for use with the per- even somewhat by characters in the case. sonal computer is available on request from Dr. Res- The student is toto imagine himself in the place of the wick. real-life engineer and develop a solution.He may then be given a sequel to the case telling what the real- 151. Use of Computers and Mathematical Opti- life engineer did about the problem and what ensued, mization Techniques in Engineering Design. possibly leading to another problem. DONALD L. KATZ and BRICE CARNAHAN, Department of In this way a student can obtain working knowledge Chemical and Metallurgical Engineering, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.48104. (1964 of the crucial stages of several major engineering Engineering design is one area of engineering educa- projects In several different companies in just a few tion which needs substantial bolstering.The introduc- weeks.The episodes can be selected and tailored to tion of the computer into engineering science (analysis) particularcourseobjectives.Through cases,stu- courses in the engineering curricula VI 11lead naturally dents can encounter words of advice and information to a similar integration into engineering design (syn- on "tricks of the trade" from practicing engineers, ) courses.Many new mathematical techniques and they can also examine clinical examples of the are available and under current developmentfor man- way engineering practice is actually carried on. ipulating large quantities of data and for optimization A variety of case types is being tried in several en- of proposed designs.These should become part of the gineering disciplines and in courses ranging from subject matter treated in engineering design courses. freshman through graduate levels. Unknown areas This project brought together for nine weeks during being explored include how best to prepare cases, how the summer of 1965 a group of 27 engineering profes- best to present them, how best to teach with them, and sors, from 23 different schools,who are familiar with where best to fit them in the engineering curriculum. engineering design procedures in several subject areas. It is expected that cases may also be useful for :re- After studying up-to-date material on data handling, search into methodology of engineering practice and

64 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

as background investigations leadingto product in- cation" (American Society for Engineering Education, novation or further technical research. Urbana, Ill., 1955). A curriculum studywas made A Selected Bibliography ofEngineering Cases, possible in thesummer of 1958 by a grant from the Which briefly describes cases prepared at Stanford and Fund for the Advancement of Education.Specific elsewhere and tells how they may be obtained, has features of the curriculum include: allocationof one- been prepared and is available without charge from third time to the humanities andsocial sciences; in- Karl H. Vesper, Director of Case Development, Stan- tegration of subject matter in mathematics,chemistry, ford School of Engineering. physics, and engineering;an unspecialized engineer- ing curriculum; and continuing emphasis 153. Undergraduate Course on design. in Field and Flow Problems related to the development of Systems.ROBERT L. SCHRAG, Department of Elec- the curri- trical Engineering, Wichita State University,Wichita, culum include determining theperformance of stu- Kans. 67208.(1962-1964) dents as engineers and scientistsin competition with This project was the developmentof an interde- graduates of more conventional curriculfo,development partmental course in field andtransport phenomena, of an engineering curriculum fosteringinterest and treating topics in fluid dynamics, electromagnetics,flow competence in design, and the development of interest through porous media, heat conduction,and diffu- in engineering among freshmen and sophomores.The sion and wave phenomena. Thecourse is designed specific purposes of theprogram are to improve labora- for the junior level (four credit hourseach semester, tory work in physics, incorporate computer techniques including a laboratory), and is intendedto provide into all laboratoryprograms, concentrate on the de- a basic foundation for subsequent courses in each of velopment of an improved and carefullyarticulated several engineering departments.Particular emphasis first-year program, and further strengthenthe engi- is placed upon unification oftreatment with regard neering design program. to physical principles, solution techniques, andnature As a direct result of this study, thecollege has es- of results.However, principles and techniquesap- tablished the Engineering Clinic, by whichit hopes plicable only toa single discipline are not excluded. to encourage teams of professors and studentsto work Students are assumed to havea background in or- together as senior and junior colleagues.The ques- dinary differential equations, thermodynamics,and tions faced by these teams will be thesort that pro- elementary mechanics.The mathematical tools of fessional engineers must face regularly; thesolutions vector analysis, elementary tensors, and partial dif- they devise may be satisfactory inpractice as well ferential equationsare developed in the course. as in theory.Other results includea study of the ca- The course was developedas a part of an engi- reer status of engineering graduates of the college who neering science coreprogram which was adopted in have been out forone year or more, and the formula- 1959 at Wichita Stae University.For a description tion of additional design problems for classroomuse. of its role in thecore program, see: A. T. Murphy, Results of work done under thisprogram °will be "A Program in Engineering Sciencefor all Engi- submitted to appropriate journals.See also "Engi- neering Students," Electrical Engineering78, 1006 neering Problems at Harvey Mudd College,"by W. E. (1959). Wilson, presented to the American Societyfor Engi- Two volumes of preliminarycourse notes have been neering Education, U.S. Air Force Academy,Colo- widely circulated.These notes are currently under- rado Springs, Colo., June 1962(available from proj- going extensive revision. A few copiesof the pre- ect director). liminary notes are still available.Inquiries may be addressed to the project director. 155. Development ofa Coordinated Program in Field Analysis for Undergraduate 154. Engineering Curriculum Engineering Development and Students. RAYMOND E. BOLZ, SAMUELSEELY, and Evaluation.EUGENE HOTCHKISS, Harvey Mudd Col- R. E. COLLIN, Engineering Division, lege, Claremont, Calif. 91716. Case Institute of (1962-1964) Technology, Cleveland, Ohio 44106.(1964 -1966) The program seeks an optimal undergraduate foun- The purpose of this projectis to developa two- dation for students going on to graduate study in en- semester junior level lecturecourse in the broad area gineering.Initial planning and subsequent curri- of engineering fields and analysisthat would be suit- culum development by the collegewere much influenced able as a corecourse for engineering students. A by the "Reporton the Evaluation of Engineering Edu- preliminary set of classnotes is being -written.The 65 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

course will be taught to a small experimental group design. The areas include thermodynamics, heattrans- beginning in fall 1965. fer, stress analysis, statistics, andcomputers.Specific The course aims at integrating thecommon field experiments are also designed to take adavntage of concepts and methods of analysis from the areas of special skills or special interests of the designer. fluid flow, heat transfer, electromagnetism, and elas- Analog experiments in heat transfer, along with ticity.In particular, emphasis is to be placedon the experiments in fluid friction, dynamics, combustion, basic formulation of the governing equations, the transient flow, etc., are included.Laboratory/ proce- vector description of field phenomena, and the descrip- dures are described.Complete construction drawings tion and solution of potential flow fields, diffusion, are included. and wave phenomena. Prior work is described in University of Wisconsin In addition, the basic analytical tools for field anal- Engineering Experiment Station Report No. lo,Part ysis are to be developed in amanner suitable for com- I.The work of this project is covered by PartII. prehension by junior level students and with sufficient Both publications are obtainable from DeanRobert scope and depth to enable meaningful field problems Marshall, University of Wisconsin, 1513 University to be solved.Thus, approximate methods for solv- Avenue, Madison, Wis. 53706. ing Laplace's equation are to be intruducedas well as the analytical methods based on separation of 158. Investigation of Form Design in Engineer- variables in rectangular, cylindrical and sphericalco- ing Education.GEORGE F. WISLICENUS, Department ordinates, and conformal mapping. The separation- of Aeronautical Engineering, Pennsylvania State Uni- of-variables method will also be extendedto the prob- versity, University Park, Pa. 16802. (1964-1966) E lems of diffusion andwave phenomena. This study is concerned with the scientific and tech- Inquiries may be directed to Professor Bolz. nical content of modern design in engineering and its application to efforts in the teaching of engineering 156. An Experiment with Laboratory Courses in design. Engineering. JOHN S. McNowN, School of Engineer- Using existing solutions of related design problems, ing and Architecture, University of Kansas, Lawrence, which are to be gathered during visitsto industries, Kans. 66045.(1962-1965) laboratories, and universities in the United States and In this project-type laboratory, the students helped Europe, the project director plansto interpret and gen- to plan experiments typifying the various objectives eralize the information gained in sucha manner as to of laboratory work: measuringconstants, perform. permit its application tonew design.It is suggested ing calibrations, visualizing unusualoccurrences, and that this can be done bymeans of similarity consid- gaining insights into unresolved questions.Students erations and through the recognition of basic design successfully conducted such tests in laboratorycourses forms described by certaindimensionless design in fluid mechanics, petroleum engineering, chemical parameters. engineering,mechanicalengineering, and environ- A final report will be made available whichmay be engineering.Each experience, usually used as a source of information for instructorsand lasting a month or so, was aimed at producinga com- thesis advisors, or asa supplementary text for under- munication for which the purpose, format, andau- graduate and graduate students in the field ofengi- dience were clearly defined.The Department of Eng- neering design.It is hoped that the report might lish cooperated in the experiment by supplyingco- also serve as a stimulus to scholars inengineering, instructors. mathematics, and symbolic logic,to work toward a truly satisfactory methodology of engineeringdesign. 157. Interdisciplinary Engineering Laboratory Further information may be obtained fromthe proj- Experiments. EDWARD F. OBERT and SAMUEL S. ect director. LESTZ, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Uni- versity of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 53706.(1961- Aeronautical Engineering 1962) For additional projects relatedto this section see also: A number of low-cost, portable, basic multipurpose 172. Structural Dynamics. experiments have been developed.The objective is 173. Demonstration Equipment for StructuralEngi- to expose students to several areas of knowledge inone neering. experiment, rather than have an experiment in,say, 174. Experimental Stress Analysis Demonstrations. heat power and another experiment in mechanical 175. Transparent Flexible Models for Observation 66

y. COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

and Demonstration of Internal Deformation Patterns. The dark field is necessary in order that theproper 227. Combined Shock Tube, Shock Tunnel, Light contrast between the smoke lines and the background Gas Gun, and Hot Shot Wind Tunnel Apparatus. be maintained.Nitrous oxide can be used in place 228. Small Hypersonic Wind Tunnel for Study of of smoke.In this case, the streamlines will be clearly Hypersonic Gas Dynamics. visible along with the shock pattern throughany stand- 237. Multipurpose Tester for Demonstrations and ard Schlieren system. Investigations of Shock and Vibration Phenomena. V. P. Goddard, J. A. McLaughlin, and F. N. M. Brown, "Visual Supersonic Flow Patterns by Means of 159. Senior Laboratory in Aeronautical Engi- Smoke Lines," Journal of the Aero/Space Sciences, neering.R. J. H. BOLLARD, School of Aeronautical November 1959. Engineering, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907. (Present address: School of Aeronautical Engineering, , Seattle, Wash. 98105.) 161. Inexpensive Supersonic Wind Tunnel. (1959-1960) (Secondary, College) GABRIEL D. BOEHLER, Depart- This grant partly supported tae development ofa ment of Aeronautical Engineering, Catholic University senior laboratory.The laboratory, used in a required of America, Washington, D.C. 20017.(1959-1960) course in the seventh semester of an eight-semester A small supersonic wind tunnel whichcan be built program leading to the degree, of Bachelor of Science for $300 to $500 has been constructed.The low cost in Aeronautical Engineering, consists of twelve chal- of this tunnel is made possible through theuse of a lenging experiments:(1)supersonic wind tunnel Government-surplus, small, gas-turbine aircompressor measurements; (2) low-speed velocity and pressure (AiResearch Model GTC-43-44-6). The tunnel is measurements; (3) low - pressure measurements; (4) 2" x 2" in size and is capable of creating air speeds hot-wire steady-flow measurements; (5)calibration between Mach 1.5 and 2.5 fora period of five to ten and transient response of thermocouples; (6) platinum minutes. resistance thermometer calibration; (7) total temper- Plans and details of constructioncan be obtained ature probe calibration; (8) metallographic study of from the project director. stressed materials; (9) strain measurements; (10) de- flection and displacement measurements; (11)meas- 162. Lecture Demonstrations in Aerodynamics. urement of transient phenomena; and (12) beam ERIK MOLLO-CHRISTENSEN, Department of Meteorol- vibrations. ogy, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass. 02139.(1961-1963) R. J. H. Bollard, G. M. Palmer, E. C. Brouillette, and A small wind tunnel has been built for lecture dem- W. W. Hill, A Laboratory for Senior Students of Engi- neering (Report No. MISC.60 -2, School of Aeronau- onstrations in aerodynamics. The tunnel fits in place of the slide holder of tical Engineering, Purdue University, 1960) a slide projector.The test sec- . tions are interchangeable, and can be changed in five seconds. 160. Supersonic Streamline Visualization.VIN- The test sections contain manometers which CENT P. GODDARD, Department of Aeronautical Engi- project onto the screen pressure distribution and flow neering, University of Notre Dame, Notre Dame, Ind. over wings and bodies. 46556.(1960-1961) A Hele-Shaw apparatus for showing this analogyto A Mach 1.38 indraft supersonic wind tunnel witha potential flow has also been built.This apparatus working cross-section of 21/2" x 21/2" has been mod- also fits in a slide projector.Cigarette smoke' shows ified for streamline visualization by (1) the addition the streamlines.In a few test sections manometers of a large inlet reductioncone, (2) the addition of have been included to showpressure drops and the heavy anti-turbulence screening at the entrance of the scaling of pressure gradient with channel width,to inlet cone, and (3) replacement of the solid, one-piece, support the analysis of parallel Poiseville flow behind bottom nozzle block by a block made by sandwiching the Hele-Shaw analogy. a 1/2" sheet of lucite between two 1" metal plates.This 1. Technology Review, December 1960. arrangement permits indirect illumination of the smoke 2. "Apparatus for Lecture Demonstrations inAero- filaments. dynamics," MIT Fluid Dynamics Research GroupRe- The basic element of the system isa double pass port No. 60-2. (coincidnit type) Schlieren with the innovation ofa 3. For working drawings of slideprojector wind tun. red point source anda circular opaque stop.This nel: "Lecture Demonstrations in Aerodynamics,"MIT modification produces a dark field witha bright shock. ASRL 1011, June 1963.

67 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

4. For working drawings of Hele-Shaw apparatus: and other experiments, the entire structure of the fluid- "Construction and Use of a Hele-Shaw Apparatus for ized particle system can be examined. Lecture Demonstrations," MIT ASR. 1012, June 1963. Further information can be obtained from the proj- Items 2, 3, and 4 are available free from the project ect director. director as long as the supply lasts. 165. Experiments to Illustrate the Dynamic Chemical Engineering;Metallurgy; Ceramic Testing of Chemical Process Systems. KARL B. Engineering SCHNELLE, JR., Department of Chemical Engineering, For additional projects related to this section see also: Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tenn. 37203.(Pres- 143. Pressure-Jump Apparatus for Measuring Rates ent address: Manager of Education and Research, of Rapid Reactions in Solution. Instrument Society of America, 530 William Penn Place, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15219.)(1962-1965) 229. Control System Analog for Teaching Closed- A series of experiments has been developed which Loop . attempts to introduce the student to the value of 230. Micropnetimatic Breadboards for Fluid Me- dynamic testing and to the ideas of mathematically chanics and Control Laboratories. modeling a system to determine its parameters.The objective of these experiments is to emphasize the most 163. Objectives for Chemical Engineering. D. L. practical methods of dynamic testing of chemical proc- KATZ, Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. 48103.(Grantee: ess equipment.These methods include step testing, American Institute of Chemical Engineers, 345 East steady-state sinusoidal testing, pulse testing, and im- 47th Street, New York, N. Y. 10017.)(1959-1960) pulse testing.The experiments are suitable for use The American Instituteof Chemical Engineers, in support of an automatic process control course as through its Committee on the Dynamic Objectives of part of the laboratory experience of students taking Chemical Engineering, explored the changes in chem- such a course. ical engineering required by the demands of the future. A report of the experiments is directed to the teacher It concluded that a more science-oriented undergrad- and is not designed to serve as a textor laboratory uate curriculum with emphasis on chemistry should manual for students.Instead, the report should be replace the classical applied engineering courses.An used by the teacher as a sourcebook of ideas which intensive program in the fundamentals of engineering can be adapted to suit the needs of the individual sit- sciences is needed to prepare the chemical engineer. uation. A revised version of this report will bepre- A whole new concept of post-college education must pared and published by the Instrument Society of be developed.Illustrative sample curricula and de- America as one of a series of monographs. A limited scriptions of courses are included in the report, as number of copies of the reportare available frcm the well as recommendations on how to interest able engi- project director. neers in teaching. For a copy of the report, "Dynamic Objectives for 166. Equipment for Advanced. Control and Proc- Chemical Engineering," Chemical Engineering Prog- ess Dynamics.BERNET S. SWANSON, Department of ress 57, 69 (1961), write to the American Institute of Chemical Engineering, Illinois Institute of Technology, Chicago, Ill. 60616. Chemical Engineers. (1960-1962) Equipment has been developed to provide laboratory 164. Invisible Fixed and Fluidized Beds for Lab- instruction in the principles of automaticprocess con- oratory Demonstration and Study.H. E. HOEL- trol and process dynamics.The equipment provides SCHER, Department of Chemical Engineering, Johns for analog simulation ofprocesses, determination of Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. 21218.(1962- controller characteristics, frequencyresponse of simple 1963) electrical circuits and a pneumatic control valve, de- The objective was to develop "invisible" fixed and termination of process dynamics and control ofa two- fluidized beds for laboratory study by undergraduates stage liquid level system, an air pressure system, and at the senior level.This system requires that the par- a tube-and-shell heat exchanger.The complete pack- ticles be transparent and of the same refractive index age is described, with the author's results included and dispersivity as the liquid flowing through the and sample experiments given.The price for all beds.In Such a fixed bed, colored tracers may be used equipment is approximately $18,000, includinga small to observe the various flow regimes of interest, and the electronic analog computer. isotropy of the system can be studied.Through these The analog portion of the work isnow available in

68

Ye. .311iwaaid.wa .14.7.1.4,116

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING paperback book form as Analog Computer Primer, critical reviews providing a basis for further devel- Swanson and Stice, Blaisdell Publishing Company. opment of the concepts covered in the literature (e.g. The laboratory experiments are described in a series the studies reported by Chandrasekhar on coagulation of articles:Swanson and Stice, "Process Control of colloids would be examined for their applicability Laboratory Experiments," ISA Journal 12 (1-8), to precipitation in the solid state) ; and (3) possible January-August 1965. extension to other condensed state phenomena, per- haps to metastable phases, oxidation and corrosion, 167. Optical Analog of Automatic X-Ray Mon- and grain growth. r. itor and Control Systems.GEORGE A. PARKS, Department of Mineral Engineering, Stanford Uni- 169. Study of Ceramic Engineering Education. versity, Stanford, Calif. 94305.(1961-963) JOSEPH A. PASK, Department of Mineral Technology, A simple, flexible, and relatively inexpensive con- UniversityofCalifornia,Berkeley,Calif.94720. (Grantee: American Society for Engineering Educa- trol system which is designed primarily for the use tion, 1346 Connecticut Avenue, N.W., Washington, of undergraduate engineering students working inde- D.C. 20008.) (1962-1963) pendently, has been built.It is based on a continuous Ceramic engineering has traditionally been con- on-stream optical reflectivity analyzer and is analogous cerned with the production of non-metallic inorganic to commercially availablesystems utilizing X -ray products with essentially non-critical specifications, fluorescence analysis. including glass products, refractories, porcelain, pot- The system can be manipulated to illustrate the tery, structural clay products, 'vitreous enamels, and effects of sustained and transient feed changes, set abrasives.Recent developments and critical material point and control gap changes and, to some extent, needs in space exploration, electronics, and nuclear mode of control on quality control and power con- energy have created new and exacting demands on sumption, and to illustrate system responses such as both the old and new ceramic-type materials.As a hunting, cycling, etc.Lags are large and generally result, greater emphasis has been placed on contri- not adjustable, hence manipulation is available pri- butions of solid-state science, crystal chemistry, surface marily through the set point and control gap alone. chemistry, thermodynamics, etc.Ceramic engineer- A paper, "An Automatic Analysis and Control Sys- ing curricula must incorporate these new develop. tem Adapted to Magnetic Separation for Instructional ments.The purpose of the study was to outline Laboratory Use," by J. N. Roco, G. A. Parks and curricula that reflect these trends. B. G. Zambre, has been accepted for publication in The final report, Objective Criteria of Ceramic En- the Transactions of the American Institute of Mining, gineering Education (American Society for Engineer. Metallurgical and Petroleum Engineers, 1965. ing Education),is available from Mr. W. Leighton Collins, Executive Secretary, American Society for 168. Application of Stochastic Processes to Reac- Engineering Education. tion Kinetics.WILLIAM M. MUELLER, Department of Metallurgy, University of Denver, Denver, Colo. Civil and Sanitary Engineering 80210.(1963-1966) For additional projects related to this section see also: The methods of stochastic processes have been ap- 231. Analog Materials for Studying the Plastic Flow plied to studies of the kinetics of chemical and physical of Metals. phenomena with extremely interesting results.From 241. Transparent Overlay Visual Aids for Engineer- these studies and from the very nature of stochastic ing Graphics. F theory applied particularly to time-dependent change, 250. Photoelastic equipment for Analysis of Struc- it appears that a course in kinetics (either chemical tural and Engineering Geology Problems. or physical) should include an introduction to the stochastic approach. 170. Undergraduate Curricula in Civil Engineer- A revision of the present course content of "Kinetics ing.FELIX A. WALLACE, Department' of Civil Engi- of Metallurgical Reactions" is planned to include: neering, The Cooper Union, Cooper Square. New York, N. Y.10003.(Grantee: The Cooper Union;co- (1) brief background material in probability theory, sponsors: American Society of Civil Engineers and random sequences and Markov processes, and sto- American Society for Engineering Education.) (1959 chastic and distribution equations selected to provide 1961) graduate students in metallurgy, chemistry, and phys- Recommendations on civil engineering curricula ics with an insight into the stochastic approach; (2) were evolved by a group of 29 civil engineering edu-

69 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

cators and practitioners who met in three separate ing, Northwestern University, Evanston,Ill. 60201. planning sessions.The recommendations were re- (1963-1967) viewed by 250 participants in a three-day conference A group of models has been designed which demon- held at the University of Michigan.The study rec- strates instability of structures of various shapes under ommended that: (1) the undergraduate civil engineer- a number of different loading and boundary condi- ing curriculum should be extended to five years; (2) tions.Each model has been designed to illustrate a the first three years should comprise a "common" or particular type of buckling behavior and to show the interchangeable core of subject matter for all engi- effect of changing the variable involved.The specific neering students; (3) the fourth year should provide cases which are demonstrated include transverse and for both terminal and transition students;(4)a torsional buckling of a column, buckling of a frame, degree in civil engineering should be given only at buckling of an arch, buckling of plates, buckling of the end of the fifth year; and (5) a general bachelor cylindrical shells, and lateral buckling of a beam. of science degree may be given at the end of the fourth Additional information is available from the proj- year.The study also recommended two separate ect director. "paths" for graduate work, one leading toward the professional degree of Doctor of Engineering and the 173. Demonstration Equipment for Structural other toward the research degree of Doctor of Philos- Engineering.E. H. GAYLORD, Department of Civil ophy. Engineering, University cf Illinois, Urbana, Ill. 61803. For copies of the report and further information (1961-1963) write to: American Society of Civil Engineers, United 1. Elastic theory models. A kit consisting of a Nations Plaza, New York, N. Y. 10017. portable display board and various splines, junction blocks(joints), relaxation blocks, straining blocks, 171. Dimensional AnalysisIts Application in moment deformers, and shear deformers was developed Mechanics.ROBERT L. KONDNER, Department of and manufactured.An almost endless variety of as- Civil Engineering, Northwestern University, Evanston, semblies can be constructed.Incorporation into the Ill. 60201.(1963-1965) model of the appropriate deformers enables one to The concept and design of experiments and associ- demonstrate various types of structural behavior to a ated apparatus are set forth to illustrate the scientific scale large enough to be seen in the classroom.In merits of dimensional analysis as a basic scientific tool addition to showing the deflected shape of various that can be applied to studies of engineering instruc- structural forms, the models are useful in demonstrat- tion and design as related to the fields of mechanics, ing various mathematical principles and theorems in mechanics of materials, and soil mechanics.Partic- the field of structural analysis.The models can also ular aspects of stress distribution, bearing capacity, be used to demonstrate problems in vibration. and photoelasticity are illustrated using a strain-optic 2. Plastic theory models.Demonstration of plastic analogy device.Many aspects of beam theory, struc- collapse requires a model which can exhibit toan ex- tural models, strength of materials, and structural aggerated scale the deformed shape of structure after analysis as affected by load, point of application, it has passed the stage in its loading history which material properties, and geometry are illustrated with permits recovery.By making model structural mem- a cantilevered beam apparatus.Concepts of load- bers from aluminum elements (blocks ) strung together deflection and bearing capacity of footings on sand on rubber tendons, frames can be assembled which

A and cohesive material are studied in footing response demonstrate quite vividly various collapse modes. experiments. A mechanical device has been designed 3. Photoelastic models.The photoelastic method and built to demonstrate the mathematical and geo- of measuring strains is usually associated withexpen- metric relations between normal and shear stresses as sive optical benches awl refined techniques forquan- exemplified by Mohr's Circle. titative analysis.The method is ideally suited to order Instruction manuals containing operation instruc- of magnitude demonstrations, but simple, inexpensive tions, typical experiments, and illustrative examples deivces for this purpose are not commercially avail- are being prepared for each device.Further infor- able.An apparatus that can be made in any reason- mation can be obtained from the project director. ably well-equipped shop was designed and built. W. G. Godden, "Demonstration Models for Teach- 172. Structural Dynamics. GEORGE HERRMANN ing Structural Mechanics," University of Illinois Engi- and JOIIN F. FLEMING, Department of Civil Engineer- neering Experiment Station Circular No. 78.This 70

,irirFwaulappwr.esww yeti

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

circular gives detailed instructions for making the of the basic principles of mechanics of materials and models.It is available from the Publications Office, structures will be demonstrated in films on the fol- College of Engineering, University of Illinois. lowing topics: loads and the stability of structures; W. G. Godden, "Models for Teaching Structural properties of structural materials, stress and strain; Mechanics," Journal of Engineering Education, Feb- tensile and compressive structures; beams and frames; ruary, March 1963. grids, plates and folded plates; and membranes and shells.These topics are treated without theuse of 174. Experimental Stress Analysis Demonstra- mathematics; the efficacy of the presentation is de- tions. AUGUST J. DURELLI,Mechanics Division, The pendent upon an appeal to the physical intuition of Catholic University of America, Washington, D.C. the student.The films will be self-explanatory and 20017.(1962-1965) usable as a complete sequence or individually. Experimental techniques are used to help students Further information will be available from the proj- and 'designers in the understanding and visualization ect director. of stress and strain distribution phenomena.Correla- tions between the mathematical developments and 175. Transparent Flexible Models for Observa- experimental results are presented, using photoelas- tion and Demonstration of Internal Deformation ticity, mechanical and electrical strain gauges, moire Patterne. P.....YmoNn I. STITH,Department of Civil patterns, and grids. Engineering and Engineering Mechanics, University of Elementary polariscopes and simple loading frames Dayton, Dayton, Ohio 45409.(Present address: As- have been built using several kinds of plastics and sociate Dean, Technical Education, Florissant Valley Community College, Ferguson, Mo. 63135.)(1960- metals.The description of these instruments can be 1963) found in "Illustration of Photoelasticity Principles Transparent flexible models have been developed so Using Elementary Polariscopes" by A.J.Durelli and that the instructor can demonstrate and the student V. J.Parks, Journal of Engineering Education 54 (8) can visually observe internal deformation patterns. 290 (1964). The models are 10" long and have circular (1" diam.), A multipurpose loading device consisting of a frame square (1" x 1"), and rectangular (1" x 11/2") cross on the inside of which beams on several supports can sections.Internal opaque planes make the deforma- be loaded statically or dynamically under bending tion pattern visible when the membersare subjected or torsion has also been built. A large number of to flexure or torsion.. The models are intended pri- problems in elasticity, strength of materials, and strain marily for courses in elementary mechanics of mate- analysis can be solved using this simple device.Sev- rials to demonstrate conditions under which "plane eral experimental stress analysis methods are applied sections remain plane," a basic assumption in the and the results compared. A description of the device derivationof elementary solutions.Likewise, the can be found in "Multipurpose Loading Device" by A. models demonstrate that undersome conditions plane J.Durelli, V.J.Parks, and M. DeMarco, Journal of sections warp, as in the torsion of noncircular sections. Engineering Education 55 (7) 209 (1965). A detailed More than fifty engineering schools, technical insti- report will be prepared with a list of problems and tutes, and junior colleges have ordered sets of the building instructions: models. Further information can be obtained from the proj- A report was published in the Journal of Engineer- ect director. ing Education (November 1963) describing the models and the method of fabrication. Amore complete final 174A. Films on Mechanics of Structures and report is available from the University of Dayton Materials.ROBERTA.HELLER,Department of Civil Research Institute. Engineering and Engineering Mechanics, Columbia University, New York, N. Y. 10027.(1966-1968) The models are available from the Ann Arbor The project is producing six sound films (15-20 Instrument Works, 1200 Rosewood, Ann Arbor, Michigan. min. each) dealing with the phenomenological behav- ior of structural materials and systems.The films are intended to give the student an intuitive introduc- 176. Modeling Techniques for StructuralDe- sign.ROBERT J. HANSEN, Department of Civil and tion to statics, dynamics, vibrations, stability, and Sanitary Engineering, Massachnsetts Institute ofTech- strength of materials and structures by demonstrating nology, Cambridge, Mass. 02139.(1961-1963) these phenomena with dynamic models. A number The intent of the projectwas to develop techniques

71 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING 11116111111111 of fabrication and testing of models of structures.The 1. Vortex Tank Tunnel.Ar 8" diameter cylin- principal product of the project isa report which at- drical plastic tank is rotated about its axis ina ver- tempts to summarize and systematize the knowledge tical position by a variable speed mixermotor. A that is required for the use of structural models in the thrust bearing supports the weight of the tank andits education of engineers and architects.The following liquid contents.An overhead horizontal runner with subjecis are treated: the theory of models, modelma- a vertical probe permits plotting of the liquid surface terials, model manufacture, loading and instrumenta- on a vertical plane through the axis. The approximate tion, the interpretation of data, demonstration models cost is $250$300. and typical examples of student research projects. 2. Visual Pipe Network. A rectangularacrylic Excluded from the report are the techniques required plastic manifold witha baffle plate has a threaded for intricate design or research projects. hole at one end to receivea variety of short entrances The report is available as Research Report R64-03 and smooth or artificially roughened plastic tubes. from the Department of Civil Engineering, Massa- Simple Static pressure head and flowrate measure- chusetts Institute of Technology. ments permit calculation of entrance, loss coefficients, and friction factors.Reynold's experimentcan also 177. Electronic Analog Teaching Aid for Math- be performed. ematics, Science, and Engineering.(Secondary, The approximate cost is $250$300. College) PAUL R Cicco, Department of Civil En- 3. Dynamic Model. An elastic model ofa simpli- gineering, Polyteciimc Institute of Brooklyn, Brooklyn, fied rigid frame is set into lateral vibration bya modi- N. Y. 11201.(1960) fied loudspeaker unit witha variable-frequency vibra- A portable electronic analog teaching aid package tion driver.Phase relations and damping constant has been designed for classroom and laboratoryto may be obtained and such phenomena as beating near introduce electronic analog techniques in the simula- resonance displayed.The assembly of the model and tion of systems and solution of problems in science its driving coil on a wooden base and backboard is and engineering.The package consists of: (1)a prob- inexpensive.Electronic apparatus for producing the lem board on which are mounted five articulated driving power and for amplifying, displaying,or models for demonstration and Study; (2)a transfer photographing the response signal is generally avail- or block diagram board with magnetic symbols of able in university laboratories. computer operational functions; (3) a program dem- 4. Portable Vie" ration Simulator.Continously vari- onstration unit; (4) a photographic facsimile of the able resistors, decade capacitors, and decade inductors computer operating panel, the face being markable simulate damping, inertia, and springconstant, re- with crayon to demonstrate wiring techniques; (5)a spectively. A transformer is usedto simulate cou- 15-operational amplifier electronic analogcomputer pling of mechanical systems.The system is designed with all necessary auxiliary components for problem for use with standard input andoutput equipment solution and display; and (6)a computer programing such as voltage generators and oscilloscopeswhich unit for instructor use in demonstrations and for stu- can be inserted at any point in the network.The dent use in self-checking of problems which contains, unit costs under $100, owing touse of nonprecision in a series of switching circuits, all externalcompo- components which limit the equipment to qualitative nents, power supplies, and metering devices needed for study of systems of interest. rapid programing of the computer.The estimated can be obtained from the cost for the teaching aid package, including the basic project director. computer and all other components, materials, and labor is approximately $4,500. 119. Unsteady Flow in A. Pipe. A report is available from the project director. M. R. CARSTENS, It School of Civil Engineering, Georgia Institute ofTech- includes an introduction to electronic analog tech- nology, Atlanta, Ga. 30332.(1962-1963) niques, description, drawings and photographs of each A device for the study of unsteady flowin a pipe unit, and a series of typical problems. has been designed, fabricated, and tested.The test section is coupled between the 178. Vortex Tank Tunnel, Visual Pipe Network, pump and the reservoir. Dynamic Model, and Portable Vibration Simu- The pump is a piston which reciprocates withsimple lator.RAYMOND R. Fox, Department of Civil Engi- harmonic motion.Frequencyisvariable.Piston- neering, George Washington University, Washington, motion amplitude and frequencyare measured and D.C. 20006.(1960-1962) from these values velocity and accelerationare com- 72 oR

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

puted.With simultaneous measurement's ofpressure Electrical and Electronic Engineering at two uniform-flow sections in the test section, drag For additional projects related to this sectionsee also: forces and energy dissipationcan be determined.Test 261. Automata and Nets. sections are not standard.Examples of straight-pipe 289. Films on Superfluidity and Superconductivity. test sections are included,in ihe report.The pump or driving unit can be fabricated for less than $2,000. 182. Semiconductor Electronics Education Com- Suitable dynamic-pressure-measuring and recording mittee (SEEC). CAMPBELL L. SEARLE, Department equipment can be obtained commercially for about of Electrical Engineering, Massachusetts Institute of $3,000. Technology, Cambridge, Mass. 02139.(Grantee: Ed- A report is available from the project director. ucational Services Incorporated, 55 Chapel Street, Newton, Mass. 02158.) (1961-1965) The Semiconductor Electronics Education Commit- 180. Pneumatic Loading Device for Pure Devi- tee, initially supported by the Ford Foundation, is atoric Loading of Soils.YEHUDA KLAUSNER and DUDLEY NEWTON, Department of Civil Engineering, made up of representatives of 16 academic and 8 in- Wayne State University, Detroit, Mich. 48202.(Dr. dustrial organizations who are working togetherto Klausner's present address: The Negev Institute for improve the undergraduate teaching of semiconductor Arid Zone Research, P.O. Box 1025, Beersheva, .) physics, devices, and circuit applications.Taking the (1961-1965) transistor as the major semiconductor device, the Com- The device is a controlled rate of loading system mittee has developed a teachingprogram which not composed of commercially available pneumatic process only explains, but also demonstrates, introductory control units, a specially constructed triaxial cell for semiconductor physics, principles of semiconductor testing samples ranging in diameter from 1.5 to 2.8 devices, and important features of electronic circuit inches, a panel for volume change measurements, and design employing semiconductor devices.The course two liquid supply tanks.The unit, excepting the especially emphasizes relationships between physical liquid supply tanks, occupies less than eight square properties of semiconductor components and their cir- feet of floor space and 55 cubic feet of room volume. cuit, applications, with close attention to thecorre- A unique feature of the device is the maintenance of sponding special advantages and limitations. a constant "first invariant of stress" of the soil sam- The Committee has writtenseven paperback texts, ple by automatically decreasing the confining pressure which include laboratory experiments, and three films as the piston pressure increases.The estimated cost have been produced.The texts are: R. B. Adler, is approximately $1,000 to $1,500. A. C. Smith, and R. L. Longini, Introductionto Semi- Further information can be obtainedfl om the conductor Physks; P. E. Gray, D. DeWitt, A. R. project directors. Boothroyd, and J. F. Gibbons, Physical Electronics and Circuit Models of Transistors; C. L. Searle, A.R. 181. Conference on the Graduate Education of Boothroyd, E. J. Angelo, P. E. Gray, and D. 0. Peder- Sanitary Engineers. ROLF ELIASSEN, Civil and San- itary Engineering Department, Massachusetts Institute son, Elementary Circuit Properties of Transistors; of Technology, Cambridge, Mass. 02139.(Present R. D. Thornton, D. DeWitt, E. R. Chenette and P. E. address: Department of Civil Engineering, Stanford Gray, Characteristics and Limitations of Transistors; University, Stanford, Calif. 94305.)(1960) R. D. Thornton, C. L. Searle, D. 0. Pedersonand This conference brought together a group of about E. J. Angelo, Multi-Stage Transistor Circuits; J.N. 100 sanitary engineers and scientists from the fields Harris P. E. Gray, Digital Transistor Circuits; of education, industry, consulting engineering, public R. D. Thornton, J. Linvill, E. R. Chenette, H. L. Ablin, health, and public works agencies for a three-day dis- A. R. Boothroyd and J. Willis, Handbook of Bask cussion of means for raising the educational standards Transistor Circuits and Measurements. of the sanitary engineering profession and meeting the Volumes 1, 2, 3, and 5are now available (John diverse requirements of the potential employers of Wiley & Sons, Inc.).Volumes 4, 6, and 7are in sanitary engineers. preparation. Another conference is tentatively planned for 1966. The films include: J. I. Pankove and R. D.Adler, The report of the last conference may be obtained Gap Energy and Recombination Light in Germanium; from Mr. Frank A. Butrico, Secretary, American San- J. R. Haynes and W. Shockley, Minority Carriersin itary Engineering Intersociety Board, Inc., P. 0. Box Semiconductors; and J. M. Early and R. D.Thornton, 9728, Washington, D.C. 20016. Transistor Structure and Technology.

73 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

Pending arrangements for commercial distribution, completion of script for two 30minute films Electrical these films may be purchased or rented from Educa- Instruments (Glen Glasford, Syracuse University). tional Services Incorporated. NCEEF has held two conferences for those interested in the use of computers to produce film results; in 182A. A Computer-Oriented Systems Course. addition, one member (W. H. Huggins, The Johns HINRICH R. MARTENS, Department of Electrical Engi- Hopkins University) has devoted most of a sabbatical neering, State University of New York at Buffalo, Buf- leave to study of the problem of film representation falo, N.Y. 14214.(1966-1968) of dynamic vector fields.Some computer-animated A two-semester, senior level course in systems anal- film work (John W. Cowan, Ohio State) has been done ysis and design is being developed which will make in the field of electromagnetic radiation. extensive use of digitr.1 and analog computers. A com- plete set of course notes, the necessary computer 184. Systems Engineering in Electrical Engi- programs, and alaboratoryprogram arebeing neering Education. JOHN G. BRAINERD, The Moore prepared. A unique feature of the course will be the School of Electrical Engineering, University of Penn- unified treatment of modeling and analyzing of con- sylvania, Philadelphia, Pa. 19104.(1961) tinuous,discrete, and continuous-discretesystems. The Workshop on Systems Engineering in Electrical The course is planned as the final two semesters of a Engineering Education considered systems engineer- four-semester sequence in systems design, of which ing as a horizontalfieldcutting across vertically the first two semesters have already been designed. organized fields of engineering, and studied specifi- In this new course the computer will be studied as a cally the impact of systems engineering on electrical computational aid, as a control element, and as an engineering education.The five-day workshop began active on-line element in systems.Throughout the August 28, 1961, and was attended by 125 represent- project, already available materials will be used wher- atives from accredited electrical engineering depart- ever possible.The labr,ratory portion of the course ments.Speakers presented outlines of both broad will provide practice in use of computers as well as general experiences in the area of the topic and spe- studies of instrumentation, terminal characteristics, cific discussion of so-called "techniques," including and feedback systems. value theory and measures of effectiveness, queuing Further information will be available from the proj- theory, mathematical programing, models and model- ect director. ing, simulation, operational gaming, etc.Potential effects of the systems engineering concept on courses 183. Educational Films in Electrical Engineer- in engineering economy were evaluated. ing.JOHN G. BRAINERD, The Moore Schoolof The condensed proceedings of the workshop, IRE Electrical Engineering, University of Pennsylvania, Transactions on Education 5, 55 (1962), may be pur- Philadelphia, Pa. 19104.(Grantee: Educational Serv- ices Incorporated, 55 Chapel Street, Newton, Mass. chased from The Institute of Electrical and Electronics 02158.) (1963 Engineers, Inc., Box A, Lenox Hill Station, New York, The National Committee for Electrical Engineering N. Y. 10021. Films (NCEEF) plans to supervise the making of a 185. Engineering Educational Development Pro- total of about 750 minutes of film plus such supple- gram.L. W. VON TERSCH, College of Engineering, mentary materials as film loops, slides, books, articles, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich. 48823. data sheets, and tables. (1963 The work of NCEEF to the present has included: The project is concerned with the development ofa Final review of a 30minute film Electromechanical new instructional program in electrical engineering Waves and Instabilities (J. R. Melcher, MIT; one of although the intent is also to make theprogram suf- a series of three films on electromagnetic fields, forces, ficiently broad to have application in many related and matter) ;completion of all experimental setups disciplines.The program encompasses three principal for filming of another film in the same series (H. H. areas, each of which includes laboratory work. Woodson, MIT) ; first review of 30minute film Wave Systems: The objective of these courses is to present Velocities and the Omega-Beta Diagram(T. Van an- orderly procedure for the analysis, design, and Duzer, University of California at Berkeley) ;start synthesis of systems of disci ete components.This of film Linearity (L. P. Grayson and W. H. Huggins, discipline is based on expanded concepts of modern The Johns Hopkins University) ;initiation of film electrical network theory and the related techniques (D. D. Weiner, Syracuse University); of analysis.The components may vary from specific

74 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

hair4ware items of engineeringto the more abstract negie Institute of Technology, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15213. concepts of socio-economic work.Examples will be (1963-1967) drawn from all these areas. Programed self-instructional materialsare being Continua: The overall objective of the continua prepared and tested for the complete basic science coursesisto present a unified treatment of the and analytical method content of two undergraduate branches of field theory.Emphasis is on basiccon- electricalengineering courses:(a)a one-semester cepts and similarities in the mathematical structure of electromagnetic field theorycourse and (b) a two- the field equations, the methods of solution, and the semester "basic" course (circuits, magnetic circuits, general characteristics of the solutions.Applications instruments, etc.)offered for students in five other from electromagnetic,thermal,hydraulic,gravita- engineering departments as wellas in electrical engi- tional, and other systems will be presented. neering.These programed materialsare expected to Materials: These courses will definea discipline increase the effectiveness of study outside classroom giving the electrical, mechanical, and thermalprop- and laboratory hoursso that learning within these erties of materials, as functions of their chemicalcom- hours can emphasize the creative application of basic position and of their molecular and atomicstructure. science to new professional problems.To date, pro- The program includes a comprehensive study ofpar- grams have been prepared on: constant and time- ticle dynamics, introductory quantum mechanics, and varying potential difference, current andpower in introductorystatisticalmechanics.The program electric circuits, solution of linear ordinary differen- started on a pilot basis in the 1961-62 schoolyear tial equations with constant coefficients, and equivalent and moved into a full-scale endeavor with all students circuits and Kirchoff's Laws under steady-state d.c. entering in the fall of 1964. conditions.Limited quantities of theseprograms are The following descriptive materialon the work to available for test at other institutions. date is available from the Michigan State University E. M. Williams, "Some Experiments with Pro- bookstore: R. C. Dubes, Notes on Probability Theory gramed Materials," Journal of Engineering Education, (to be published by Prentice-Hall, 1967);J. A. Strel- 53, 549 (1963). zoff, Introduction to Continua: Heat, Fluid and Electro- dynamics, Part I; and T. Triffet, Principles 01 Math- 187A. Curriculum Development in Electronic ematical Mechanics. Technology. CHARLES M. THOMSON, Electronic Engi- neering Technology Department, Wentworth Institute, Boston, Mass. 02115.(1966-1967) 186. Development of a Graduate Level Power The purpose of this project is to develop laboratory Engineering Program. JOHN F. CALVERT, Depart. experiments in ment of Electrical Engineering, University of Pitts- electronic technology.The experi- burgh, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15213.(1964-1966) ments will be designed to give experience withcon- The purpose of this project is to extcnd class notes temporary methods and instruments and also to lead and develop student problems and projects in the into the learning of basic theory which will be needed areas of electrical power equipment and electrical to make use of future developments in technology. power systems in order to provide course materials Further information will be available from theproj- ect director. for two two-term graduatesequences inelectrical engineering.The intent is to producea design and project approach not now available in graduate elec- 188: All-Solid-State Redesign ofa Small Hybrid trical engineering in the power Analog/Digital Computer for TeachingStatis- !treas. tics and Random Processes.GRANINO A. KORN, Problems and projects will be tested by members Department of Electrical Engineering, Universityof of the electrical engineering staff at the , Tucson, Ariz. 85721.(1965-1966) Pittsburgh as they are developed; followingany nec- The Arizona Pedagogical Expandible (APE)I essary revision, they will be made available to other Computer system supported by the NationalScience colleges and universities requesting them. Foundation in 1961-62 combined inexpensivevacuum- Further information is available from theproject tube d.c. amplifiers, sampling switches, anddecimal director. counters into a simple digitally controlled differential analyzer and statistics computer;a simple random- 187. Programed Instructional Materials for Un- noise generator permitted various experimentswith dergraduate Electrical Engineering.EVERARD M. random processes. WILLIAMS, Department of Electrical Engineering, Car- APE II will be an improved all-solid-statemachine.

.75 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

Like APE I, the new 12amplifier machine will also fiers and Oscillators" (submitted to IEEE Transactions be useful for small-scale simulation of dynamicalsys- on Circuit Theory) ; "Squegging in Transistor Oscil- tems, sampled-data systems, and simple optimization lators" (submitted to IEEE Transactionson Circuit problems; unlike APE I, APE II will also have free Theory) ; Random Channel Simulation and Instru- digital logic for experiments. mentationIEEE Communications Conference Paper H. Handler, "A Simple Noise Generator for Random- #G12-65-523, June 1965, IEEE Boulder, Colorado Process Studies," ACL Memo 35 (1962). Convention; Wide Deviation FM Generation; and H. Handler, "A Timer/Event Counter for Random- Theory of Tuned Circuit Driven Diode Peak Detectors Process Studies," ACL Memo 39 (1962). and Limiters. G. A. Korn, "Hybrid-Computer Teaching Aid," In- Further information on this materialmay be ob- struments and Control Systems 36, 97 (1963). tained from Professor K. K. Clarke, Department of G. A. Korn, Random-Process Simulation and Meas- ElectricalEngineering,PolytechnicInstituteof urements, McGraw-Hill Book Co. (1965). Brooklyn. G. A. Korn and T. M. Korn, Electronic Analog and Hybrid Computers, McGraw-Hill Book Co. (1964). 190. Apparatus and Experiments fora Modern Reports on APE II will be available from the project Communication Laboratory. HERBERT B. VOEL- director by fall 1966. CKER, Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Rochester, Rochester, N. Y. 14627.(1962-A964) 189. Combined Teaching-Research Communi- Apparatus and experimentswere developed for cations Systems Laboratory attheSenior- teaching modern communication theoryto senior un- Graduate Level.MISCHA SCHWARTZ, Department dergraduate and early postgraduate students of elec- of Electrical Engineering, Polytechnic Institute of trical engineering.The special apparatus includes Brooklyn, Brooklyn, N. Y. 11201.(1963-1965) a Fourier synthesizer, panoramic display unit, relay A combined teaching-research communicationssys- correlator, and statistical analyzer.Experiments using tems laboratory is being developed.The laboratory commercial apparatus,e.g., a panoramic spectrum and its equipment are used not only fora formal grad- analyzer, were also developed.The apparatus and uate communications laboratory course (EE 743, six experiments are intended for semi-tutorial work in hours, once a week, fall semester) but also for M.S., that experimental design depends,to varying extents, Ph.D., and postdoctoral research work andas a source on the student's ingenuity; the actual experimental of experiments for inclusion during the projectpor- work may take from several hoursto several weeks. tion of the Polytechnic's senior year electrical engi- Certain of the topics, e.g., Fourier analysis andstatis- neering departmet laboratory course.Equipment that tical correlation of stochastic signals,are suitable for has been developed includes: a water tank simulator study by undergraduate physicists and/or engineering for random channels; several devices for measuring science students. probability density functions; several types of wide H. Voelcker and I. Trussell, "Development ofa deviation, low-distortion FM generators (carrier fre- Modern Communication Laboratory," Transactions of quencies in the 200-1600 kHz range); a plug-board IEEE Group on Education E-7, 166-175 (December programed set of digital logic cards;a set of inex- 1964). Reprintsareavailable from theproject pensive noise generators (0.1 Hz to 1.5 MHz);a director. simple, repetitive, easily alterable, 24digit codegen- erator; and various circuit cards containing such circuits as wide band small signal amplifiers, wide 191. Solid-State Pulse-Code ModulationSystem. ELLIS F. KING and RICHARD C. MACKEY,Department band power amplifiers, 4 mc-gating circuits,pulse of Engineering, University of California, LosAngeles, slicing and reshaping circuits, sinewave oscillators, Calif. 90024.(1962-1964) AM detectors, FM detectors, etc. The purpose of this projectwas to design and con- Material now available includes: "An Electronic struct a pulse-code system of modulation (PCM) Probability Density Machine" (submittedto IEEE wherein analog signals are periodically sampled,quan- Transactions on Electronic Instruments); "A Wide titated and coded ina binary system for transmission. Band Probability Density Machine UtilizingAn Oscil- It will be used as a lecture demonstration aidand as loscope"; "Amplitude Limiting in TransistorOscilla- laboratory apparatus for experimental workwhere its tors" (to be published in IEEE Transactionson Circuit properties may be exploited ina quantitative study of Theory) ;"Collector Limiting in Transistor Ampli- the principles involved.

76 is

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

The final report, available from the project direc- 194. Prototype Systems Laboratory Employing tors,includes schematics, photographs,component Electrohydraulic, Hydraulic, and Hydrochem- data, and all informationnecessary to duplicate the ical Components.H. E. KOENIG, Department of equipment developed.Typical student and instructor Electrical Engineering, Michigan State University, East notes and a representative experiment Lansing, Mich. 48824; HINRICH R. MARTENS,. College are also pro- of Engineering, State University of New Yorkat Buf- vided.The 130-page document is Report No. 6 -51, falo, Buffalo, N. Y. 14214.(1961-1962) Department of Engineering, University of California, The specific objective is to expand the facilities of Lids Angeles, "A Pulse-Code Modulation System for an existing electromechanical systems laboratory (see Experimental Engineering." first reference below) by includingcomponents as they are commonly encountered ina typical hydraulic 192. Digital-Analog Controller for Sampled Data control system and by providing forthe study of Systems.PAUL M. DERUSSO, Department of Elec- mixed electrical-mechanical, hydraulicsystems made trical Engineering, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, up of these components.Provision is made in the Troy, N. Y. 12181.(1961-1962) design of the connections and the instrumentationfor A special purpose combined analog and digitalcom- efficient and effective measurement of the complete puter has been developed which performs the discrete dynamic characteristics of: (1) the devicesas multi- data processing necessary in systems operatingon terminal components and (2) the performancecharac- sampled data.The computer samples a signal to teristics of any system composed ofa collection of form a sequence of numbers at its input,processes mechanical,hydraulic,andelectricalcomponents. this sequence in accordance witha logical program, One of the mainfeatures,of the laboratory is that all and applies the resultantsequence to the system.It components are completely compatible.Provision is is designed for use in classroom demonstrations, lab- made for maximum flexibility in theirinterconnection oratory experiments, and undergraduate and graduate to form a wide variety of systems. experimentation.The unitis portable and highly W. A. Blackwell and H. E. Koenig, "A Combined flexible as to choice of 'sampling rate, logicalprograms, Machinery and Control Systems Laboratory," Institute etc.The intention is to give studentsa physical ex- of Radio Engineers Transactionson Education E-2 perience which will clarify the mathematics of the (4)(1959).Copies are available from the authors discrete data systems which they have studied. on request. Further information can be obtained from the H. E. Koenig and W. A. Blackwell, Electromechan- project director. ical System Theory, McGraw-Hill Book Co.(1961). H. E. Koenig, Y. Tokad and H. K. Kesavan, Anal- 193. Inexpensive Digital-to-Analog Converter ysis of Discrete Physical Systems, McGraw-HillBook for Curve Plotting with Small Digital Com- Co. (in press). puters.GEORGE W. HUGHES, Department of Elec- Copies of a 125-page report describing the facility trical Engineering, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. and its objective in the educationalprogram are avail- 47907. (1961-1963) able on request from the Division of EngineeringRe- The equipment takes the numericaloutput of a search, College of Engineering, Michigan StateUni- digital computer, reduces it toa binary paper tape versity.The report includes: (1)a complete descrip- using the normal punching facilities of thecomputer, tion of the facility, with a list of equipment,sources then converts this tape toan electrical signal for use of supply or detail drawings, and approximatecost; in plotting the data point, eitheron a common camera- (2) techniques and procedures for establishing math- equipped oscilloscope or onan available plotting table. ematical models, both linear and nonlinear,or the The equipment incorporates relays,a low-speed tape various system components provided in the facility, reader, and an analog plotting device (suchas an including the actual mathematical models of several oscilloscope) which is assumed to be already available components; (3) examples of analyses ofa typical in the laboratory.Cost of the equipment forcon- linear electromechanical anda typical nonlinear elec. verting the paper tape signal toan is trohydraulic system showing, respectively,a compa- approximately $750 if the equipment is made in the rison between analog and digital solutions andactual institution's own shops. system performance; and (4) a representativesam- A ,report on the projectcan be obtained from the pling of laboratory problems usable inan under- project director. graduate educationalprogram.

77 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

195. Equipment and Experiments fora Semi- cording head is used for both recording and playback, conductor Device Laboratory.ALWYN SCOTT, and the electronic circuitry is completelytransistor- Department of Electrical Engineering, University of ized. Wisconsin, Madison, Wis. 53706.(1963-1964) The device presents transientsover a frequency A senior, elective technical laboratorycourse in range from 0 to 1000 cycles per second. semiconductor device fabrication has been developed. Copies of the project report, "A Small Magnetic The students perform basic measurement experiments Memory for Display of Transients,"are available (thermoelectricity, Hall effect, four-point resistivity, from the Engineering Experiment Station, Iowa State Haynes-Shockley) followed by three intermediate fab- University. rication experiments (dot alloy tunnel diode, solar 197. Magnetic Network Demonstrator.NEALA. cell, oven alloy rectifier diode).These experiments SMITH,Department of Electrical Engineering, The use only dry nitrogen as an inert atmosphere and are Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210. (1961- quite safe.Students then perform two advancedex- 1962) periments in epitaxial growth of germanium.The This project has developeda group of magnetic first is liquid phase growth of largearea tunnel diodes. circuit parts, consisting of coils andcores, which can These junctions are mounted and evaluated electron- be used to demonstrate the physical significanceof ically.The second is vapor phase growth ofgerma- each element of a general magnetic network andto nium by hydrogen reduction of germaniumtetra- show how it appears :a the equivalent electricalcir- chloride.Reports have been prepared describing cuit.The experiments can be performed with instru- the construction and operation of the epitaxial growth ments usually found in well-equipped laboratories, equipment, and various auxiliary equipment suchas but wattmeters with rather small full-scale readings wire saw, lapping fixtures, hydrogen soldering jig, are also required. A set of laboratory experiments etc.Student laboratory manualsare also available. using the equipment has been teloped. A. C. Scott and M. J. Shah, "Liquid Phase Epitaxial The final report, available from the project director, Growth": A. Laboratory Manual, B. Instruction Book, includes all informationnecessary to duplicate the C. Construction Book.Reports 27a, 27b, 27c, Engi- equipment developed.Copies of lecture notes and neeringExperimentStation,TheUniversityof laboratory experimentsare also included. Wisconsin. 198. Device for Displaying Phasorsas Directed A. C. Scott, C. G. Hanson, and R. B. Schulein, Lines on an Oscilloscope Screen.GEORGEB. "Vapor Phase Epitaxial Growth": A. Laboratory HOADLEY,Department of Electrical Engineering, North Manual, B. Instruction Book, C. Construction Book. Carolina State of the University of NorthCarolina, Reports 28a, 28b, and 28c.Engineering Experiment Raleigh, N. C. 27607.(1961-1964) Station, The University of Wisconsin. The device being developedmay be used with an A. C. Scott, R. J. Proebsting, and M. J. Shah, "Solid ordinary cathoderay oscilloscope to give a direct State Device Fabrication Equipment." Report 29, En- presentation of a phasor quantityas a directed line segment. gineering ExperimentStation, The Universityof The length of the line is proportionalto Wisconsin. the magnitude; and its angle, withrespect to a ref- A. C. Scott, "An Undergraduate Semiconductor erence line, is the phase angle.The instrument should Device Laboratory"(submitted for publication to be as easy to useas an ordinary vacuum-tube voltmeter the IEEE Transactions on Engineering Education). and give twiceas much .information with each meas- urement.The instrumentshould be accurateto 196. Magnetic Memory Oscilloscope.WALLACE within a few percentover a frequency range of 20 to L. CASSELL,Department of Electrical Engineering, 20,000 c.p.s.Electronic techniquesare employed. Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50010.(1961- The instrumentcan also be used with an XY plot- 1962) ter to plot the locusas a function of frequency of a This device is a single unit to be used witha con- phasor quantity. ventional oscilloscope to make possible thecontinuous Earlier efforts to developan instrument of this presentation of a transient. The memory isa fre- kind are described by E. A.Walker, A. H. Waynick, quency-modulated recordingand playback system and P. G. Sulyer, "Polar VectorIndicator," Transac- with a magnetic memory element in the form of a 12" tions of the American Institute ofElectrical Engineers closed loop of 1/4" magnetic tape run at 15" per sec- 68, Part I, 154 (1949), and ElectricalEngineering 68, ond on a conventionaltape recorder. A single re- 489 (1949).

78 -''''77-711 ,

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

Further information can be obtained from the 201. Laboratory Aids for Electrical Engineering. project director. CLIFFORD M. SIEGEL, Department of Electrical Engi- neering, University of Virginia, Charlottesville, Va. 199. Lecture Demonstration Equipment for 22903.(1960-1961) Courses in Electromagnetic Fields and Waves. The devices are mounted on standard instrument (Secondary, College),DENYS 0. AKHURST, Depart- racks for operation by students outside of regularly ment of Electrical Engineering, University of Arkansas, scheduled classes and without supervision. Fayetteville, Ark. 72701.(1962-1964) One in- More than 40 three-dimensional models were de- strument provides a cathode-ray tube display of the signed and built to illustrate the properties of electro- current-voltage characteristics of about thirty electron tubes, photo devices,resistors, and semiconductor magnetic fields and waves.The models Show the devices.The student has access to certain controls strength and direction of the fields, direction being for selecting the device for study and to others for shown by the direction of the field lines, and field manually varying such parameters as temperature, strength by density of fieldlines.Several models grid voltages, emitter currents, and light intensity, have dynamic properties to better illustrate variable as desired.Another instrument demonstrates voltmeters and changing properties associated with electromag- responding to eight different properties associated with netic fields.The models are designed so that, after each of eight different waveforms of voltage.The they have been introduced, they may be passed around third demonstrates a variety of single-phase and poly- the class by hand. phase transformer connections, rectifier circuits, and A final report, "Development of Lecture Demonstra- filter circuits.Each instrument requires about $300 tion Equipment for Courses in the Theory of Electro- for parts and about two weeks' construction time; each magnetic Fields and Waves," is available from the weighs 20-30 pounds. project director. One report provides a description of all three in- 200. Electromechanical Forces and Magnetic struments.Each is described further by a separate Circuits.JOHN F. LAMB and JAMES R. TUDOR, De- report containing, typically, 15 pages of detailed partment ofElectricalEngineering, Universityof instructions for construction, an explanation ofoper- Missouri, Columbia, Mo. 65202.(1962-1964) ation of the instrument, five to ten pages of schematic Equipment for demonstrating both staticreluc- diagrams, and ten full-scale pictorial layout and wiring tance torque and electromagnetic torque in rotatable diagrams.The reports can be obtained by writing to machines wasdeveloped andclass-tested.Other the project director. equipment for demonstrating magnetic circuit and transformer principles was also developed. A sys- 202. Automatic Plotting of Phase, Gain, and tem of search coils was employed to show paths of Root Locus from Pole-ZeroConstellations. main and leakage fluxes and to demonstrate funda- BROTHER C. ALBERT WELSH, Department of Electrical Engineering, Manhattan College, Bronx, N.Y. 10471. mental principles of transformer and magnetic circuit (1962-1964) operation.Effects of different types of transformer The apparatus gives a direct plot of gainvs fre- loading upon flux distribution in the magnetic circuit quency and of phase vs frequency on a dual beam reactance can be investigated. and upon leakage oscilloscope from ansplane plot of the poles and Both single core and three-core transformer units zeros of any transfer function.An alternative form were constructed. of this apparatus gives the root locus directly and This equipment is well suited for instructional pur- automatically.The design is refinedso that facul poses in the electrical laboratory of a technical insti- ties and students at other institutions can build the tute or college engineering department. apparatus. A final report containing comprehensive and de- Further information can be obtained from the proj- tailed information on this work isgivenin the ect director. publication, "Laboratory Equipment for Demonstrat- ing Electro-Mechanical Forces and Magnetic Circuits," Industrial Engineering by J. F. Lamb and J. R. Tudor, Engineering Experi- 203. Punched-Tape Numerically Controlled ment Station Bulletin No. 60, University of Missouri. Machine Tool.FRANK W. TIPPITT, Department of Copies of this publication can be obtained by writing Industrial Engineering, Southern Methodist Univer- to: Engineering Experiment Station, University of sity, Dallas, Tex. 75222.(1960-1961) Missouri. The maciiine tool system consists of a sewn- channel

79 iigabliiiigAraweimiwaiwi;641

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING punched-tape reader, logic and control units, a three- College, Lubbock, Tex.(Grantee: Oklahoma State axis worktable, and a display panel.It is compatible UniversLy.) (1963-1964) with any electromechanical punched-tape reader known Several single facility queuing systems are com- to be available.The logic and control unit has been bined through an interconnecting device to give an designed for both chassis-socket and printed circuit augmented system which will permit simulation of construction.Semiconductors are used throughout. complex series and parallel operations.The equip- Expansion of the system to a larger scale is possible. ment will be useful in both undergraduate and grad- At present, simultaneous motion by two axes is not uate coursesinoperationsresearch and queuing provided but can be installed with simple duplica- theory. tion of circuit designs used.The system is being Further information can be obtained from the proj- extended to incorporate part of an IBM-650 system ect director. for on-line digital control.This change emphasizes the research capability to the detriment of the basic 206. Portable Force-Platform for Measuring Bodily Movements.J. W. BARANY, Department of teaching aid. Industrial Engineering, Purdue University, Lafayette, A final report is available from the project director. Ind. 47907.(1961-1962) The force-platformissuitable for studying the 203A. Films on Manufacturing Engineering. forces and human effort required to perform various JULIAN R. FREDERICK, Department of Mechanical En- types of muscular work.The device measures human gineering, The University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, forces in three components.It is portable, inexpen- Mich. 48104.(1966-1969) Four 15-minute films on technical processes are sive to build, and suitable for laboratory demonstra- tions and experiments for undergraduate courses in being prepared for engineering and technical institute work methods and measurement, human engineering, students.Each film will treat a single manufacturing Standard recorders of the Sanborn process, such as casting, welding, hot and cold work- and job design. ing, machining, powder metallurgy, or shaping of type are used with the platform to obtain force traces. James W. Barany and James H. Greene, "The Force- polymers.Emphasis in the films will be on the basic Platform: An Instrument for Selecting and Training engineering principles involved in the subject process, Employees," American Journal of Psychology 74,121 but the manufacturing operations and hardware w;" also be shown. The films will be made from exist- (1961). An abstract of the final report is available from the ing footage produced by various industrial organiza- tions; diagrams will be added and an entirely new project director. narration will be written.Supplementary notes for Materials Science; Materials Engineering the instructor will be provided with each film. For additional projects related to this section see also: Further information will be available from the proj- 185. Engineering Educational Development Pro- ect director. gram. 203A. Films on Manufacturing Engineering. 204. Waiting-Line Simulator. SCOTT TABOR 231.Analog Materials for Studying the Plastic POAGE, Engineering Research Division, Oklahoma State University, Stillwater, Okla. (Present address: Flow of Metals. Industrial Engineering Department, Arlington State 233.Equipment for a New Strength of Materials College, Arlington, Tex. 76010.)(1960-1962) Laboratory. This is a device to demonstrate the action of queues 234.Multi-Functional Machine for Materials Test- (waiting lines) and to enable the student of queuing ing and Processing Experiments. theory to apply that theory by the analysis of data 246.High Pressure Triaxial Apparatus for Geol- from the electromechanical demonstrator. ogy, Geophysics, and the Engineering Sciences. Further information can be obtained from the proj- ect director. 207. Science of Materials Laboratory Experi- ments.GLENN MURPHY, Department of Nuclear Engineering, Iowa StateUniversity, Ames, Iowa 205. Augmented Queuing System Simulator. 50010.(1963-1966) PAUL E. TORGERSON, School of Industrial Engineering and Management, Oklahoma State University, Still- The objective of this project is to develop a set of water, Okla. 74075, and CHARLES BURFORD, Depart- laboratory experiments for the field of science of ment of Industrial Engineering, Texas Technological materials.Although there are new approaches to the

80 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

classroom teaching of materials froma scientific 2200°F) have been built for heat-treatingsmall sam- rather than a purely descriptive pointof view, a need ples. A major value of these furnacesis the ease exists for modernized laboratory experiments designed and speed with which the requiredheat-treating tem- to emphasize concepts, laws, and principlesin this peratures can be reached. field. Simplicity, ease of construction, andelim- 3. A new electric radiation-type furnace hasbeen ination of unproductive detail will beemphasized. designed to accommodate large samples undera new Table-top and small-scale devices andsystems will be range of conditions. used where possible.Experiments will include dem- Further informationcan be obtained from the proj- onstrations, student participation exercises,and inde- ect director. pendent study problems.The experimentsare being run on a trial basis in current courses. A set of laboratory experiments isplanned for 211. Microscopy in Teaching the Scienceof publication. Solids.(Secondary, College) KENNETH E. ROSE, Department of Metallurgy and MaterialsEngineering, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kans. 66045.(1962- 208. Projection Slides for MaterialsScience. 1966) JOHN C. SHYNE, Department of MaterialsScience, The objective is toprepare a set of working out- Stanford University, Stanford, Calif. 94305.(1961- 1964) lines which will enable students and teachersto dem- onstrate and observe, by means of The aim of this program is to developa set of about a microscope or 200 projection slides demonstrating metallurgical microprojector, the formation and growth ofcrystals, mi- the behavior of single and multiple crostructures.The slides illustrate importantaspects component sys- tems, plastic deformation, recrystallization, and poly- of the subject matter taught in undergraduatelevel physical metallurgy courses.Sets of the photomicro- morphic transformations. A distinct featureof the graphs in the form of projection slides (either 35mm demonstrations is the smallamount of time required; or 31/4" x 4") can be made up for distribution to inter- since most of themcan be completed in five or ten ested institutions. minutes, they help to identify the phenomenaas dynamic events involving phase changes and Further informationcan be obtained from the proj- move- ect director. ment of atoms.Simple, readily availableapparatus and nonhazardous reagents will be employed. Basic techniquesare described in E. M. Chamot 209. Lecture Demonstration Equipmentfor Ma. and C. W. Mason, Handbook of ChemicalMicroscopy, serials Science.JOHN E. DORN, EARL R. PARKER, John Wiley & Sons (1951). Further informationcan and JACK WASHBURN, Department of MineralTechnol- ogy, University of California, Berkeley, Calif. 94720. be obtained from the project director. (1962-1963) This project developed lecture-demonstrationmodels that illustrate the scientific principleson the basis of 212. Education in Wood Scienceand Technol. which the useful properties of materials ogy. EVERETT L. ELLYS, Forest Research Laboratories, are correlated P. 0. Box 571, Corvallis, Ore. 97330. with atomic crystal and microstructure. (Former direc- tor: George. A. Garratt.)(Grantee: Society of Wood Further informationmay be obtained from the,proj- Science and Technology, P. O. Box 5062,Madison, Wis. ect directors. 53705.) (1960-1962) The study surveys thepresent status of professional 210. Atomic and Molecular Relationshipsin the education in wood science and technologyand makes Study of Properties of EngineeringMaterials. recommendations for the future.It is intended topro- GEORGE N. BEAUMARIAGE, JR., Department ofMechan- vide the information and incentive neededfor pro- ical Engineering, Sacramento State College,Sacra- fessional upgrading and particularly forenhancement mento, Calif. 95819. (1960-1963) of education in wood science and technologythrough 1. Special overlays foruse with an overhead pro- strengthening the scientific baseson which the pro- jector have been made to teach phase diagrams. fession reds. These 8" x 10" overlay sets are available at cost A final report has been published by the Societyof for the following diagrams: Fe-C, Na20.5i02,Fe-0, Wood Science and Technology.Further information Ca0-A1203-Si02, SAE 4130 steel. may be obtained from the project directoror from the 2. Special small heat-treating furnaces (range 0°to executive secretary of the Society.

81 , COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING INN 213. The Mechanism of Moisture Movement in lems by experimental means. Wood. WILLIAM M. HARLOW and CHRISTEN SKAAR, Two classes of films are being produced. Department of Wood Products Engineering, State Uni- Some versity College of Forestry at Syracuse University, 25 half-hour films with sound will presentcompre- Syracuse, N. Y. 13210.(1960-1963) hensive experimental expositions of variousconcepts This 30-minute 16mm, sound-color film illustrates or themes in fluid mechanics.In addition, a hundred the complexity of wood structure and howmoisture or more four-minute cartridge loops will be produced, moves through it in capillary, hygroscopic, and vapor each providing an experimental demonstration ofa form.Both animation and time-lapse photography specific point.The loops are used witha special are used extensively.The film is intended for wood projector. technology, engineering, and architecture students, Thirty-minute sound films currently available in- and any others whouse wood as a construction clude: The Fluid Dynamics of Drag, Vorticity, Flow material. Visualization,Deformation ofContin'uousMedia, Film distribution: Film Library, State University Pressure Fields and Fluid Acceleration, Surface Ten- College of Forestry at Syracuse University. sion in Fluid Mechanics, Waves in Fluids, Secondary Flow, Rheological Behavior of Fluids, Boundary Layer Mechanical Engineering; Solid and Fluid Mechanics Control.Thirty-minute sound films in preparation include: Magnetohydrodynamics, Channel Flow ofa For additional projects related to this section see also: Compressible Fluid, Fundamentals of Boundary Lay- 171. Dimensional AnalysisIts Applicationin Mc. ers, Low Reynolds Number Flows, Eulerian and La- chanics. Grangian Descriptions, Flow Instabilities, Cavitation, 172. Structural Dynamics. Rarefied Gas Dynamics, Fluid Motion in Rotating 185. Engineering Educational DevelopmentPro- Systems, Fiow of Stratified Fluids, Supersonic Gas gram. Dynamics, Forces on Bodies, Sound Generation, Free 194. PrototypeSystemsLaboratory Employing Convection,Turbulence.Approximately 44four- Electrohydraulic, Hydraulic., and HydrochemicalCom- minute silent ponents. films are currently available.Film distribution: Encyclopaedia Britannica Films, Inc. 250. Photoelastic Equipment for Analysis of Struc- A. H. Shapiro, "Educational Films in Fluid Mech- tural and Engineering Geology Problems. anics," lecture before Institution of Mechanical Engi- 289. Films on Superfluidity and Superconductivity. neers, Cambridge, England, April 1964.(Reprints 299. Study of the Teaching of the Physics offluids in American Universities. available from Educational Services Incorporated.) F. A. Schraub, S. J. Kline, J. Henry, P. W. Run- stadler, A. Littell, "Use of Hydrogen Bubbles for Quan- 214.Demonstration-Experiment Films in Fluid titative Determination of Time Dependent Velocity Mechanics. ARTHUR E. BRYSON, Division of Engi- neering and Applied Physics, Harvard University, Fields in Low Speed Water Flows," American Society Cambridge,Mass.02138.(Grantee:Educational of Mechanical Engineers Paper No. 64WA/FE-20. Services Incorporated, 55 Chapel Street, Newton, W. H. Heiser, "Influence of Magnetic Fieldsupon Mass. 02158, for the National Committe forFluid Separation," Joun'al of American Institute of Aero- Mechanics Films.)(1961 nautics and Astronautics 2 (12) (1964). The Committee is a self-constituted group of pro- A. H. Shapiro, "Motion Pictures for theEngineer- fessors who have undertaken to produce college-level ing Sciences," Journal of Engineering Education52 films based on experimental demonstrationsin fluid (7) (1962). mechanics.These films are designed to help students in engineering and physics to relate the classroom presentation of symbols, equations, and words 215. Films on the Mechanics of Fluids. HUNTER to the ROUSE, Institute of Hydraulic Research,University of physical phenomena of fluid mechanics. Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa 52241.(1960 The films in no way compete with laboratoryin- Six 20-minute sound films, in color,are being pro- struction.On the contrary, they should eliminate the duced to cover the following material:(1) an intro- tendency to include demonstration experimentsin the duction to the mechanics of fluids stressingthe breadth laboratory and thus permit the instructorto focus on of this field of knowledge, thenecessarily close tie the more important aspects of laboratoryinvestigation, between theory and experiment, the roleof the scale namely, developing new knowledge and solving prob. model in engineering analysis and design,and meth- 82 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

ods of flow measurement in laboratoryand field; (2) The film will be basedon a 15-minute silent film which the source and significance of thefundamental prin- will be expanded to 30 minutes;a narration will be ciples of continuity, momentum, and energy, and their added so as to increase its usefulnessin teaching. application to typical problems in many professional Production will be handled by theDepartment of Pho- fields;(3) gravitational phenomena including jets, tographic Services at the University ofMichigan. nappes, channel transitions, waves, surges, and effects The film and accompanying printedmaterial will be of density stratification; (4) effects of , ex- distributed under appropriatecommercial arrange- amples of laminar flow, characteristics offluid tur- ments. bulence, and problems of surfaceresistance; (5) form drag and lift and their applicationto propulsion and fluid machinery; and (6)compressibility effects 218. A Modern UndergraduateMechanical En- water hammer, submarine signalling, gineering Measurement Laboratory. RAYMOND gravity-wave COHEN, School of Mechanical and sound-wave analogies, and Engineering, Purdue supersonic drag. University, Lafayette, Ind. 47907.(1962-1965) The first four films (all 16mm) have beenreleased, The object of this projectwas to develop general and the fifth is nearly completed; they are: Introduc- purpose equipment and experiments suitable foran tion to the Study of Fluid Motion (24min.), Funda- undergraduate laboratorycourse emphasizing prob- mental Principles of Flow (23 min.), Characteristics lems of dynamic measurements.The pieces of equip- of Laminar and Turbulent Flow (26min.),Fluid ment include a rocket cart of approximately 150lbs. Motion in a Gravitational Field (23 min.),and Form in weight; an inexpensiveconstant volume combus- Drag, Lift, and Propulsion. tion bomb; a landinggear simulating tht tail wheel Film distribution: Audiovisual Center,Division of of a small airplane during touchdown;a small in- Extension and University Services, Universityof Iowa. structional, low-cost shock tube; anda simple labora- tory mounting which allows determination of thenat- 216. Motion Pictures in FluidMechanics.ED- ural frequencies ofa small refrigerator reed valve WARD SILBERMAN, St. Anthony Falls Hydraulic Labo- throughout the entire audible ratory, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. range. A report describing the 55414.(Former director: Lorenz G. Straub,de- apparatus used, suggesting ceased.) (1960-1962) experiments, and givingsome typical results will be The film, Fluid MechanicsTheBoundary Layer distributed to the deans of faculties ofengineering (16mm, Round-color, 30 min.),contains a series of colleges.Additional copieswillbeavailablein experimental demonstrations intendedto supplement limited numbers from the project director. classroom work and textbook explanations.The flow demonstrationsarecorrelated withgraphsand 219. Development ofa Modern Senior Mechan- sketches to make continuous orderlypresentation. ical Engineering SystemsLaboratory. W. B. The subject matter of the film fallsinto four main COTTINGHAM and C. F. WARNER, School ofMechanical sequences as follows: (1) the boundary layer ofa Engineering, Purdue University, Lafayette,Ind. 47907. flat plate (12 min.);(2) boundary layers and pipe (1963-1964) flow (6 min.) ;(3) separation of the boundary layer The general objective of theproject was to design engineering (71/2 min.) ; and (4) roughness in the boundarylayer systemsincorporatingmass-produced (41/2 min.).Several additional filmson fluid mech- items and to develop experiments whichwould evaluate anics are planned. the performance of thesystems and of single compo- nents under a variety of conditions. Rental or purchase of films for educationalshow- Simple dynamic ings: The St. Anthony Falls HydraulicLaboratory. systems consisting of matched and mismatchedcom- ponents were included.Operating characteristics of 217. Film on Mechanism of PlasticDeformation such items as vacuum cleaners, humidifiers,automatic During Chip Formation. JOSEPH Dmrsico,Depart- projectors, electric drills, and thermoelectricrefrig- ment of Mechanical Engineering, University of Michi- erators are predicted in the design class andthen gan, Ann Arbor, Mich. 48104.(1965-1966) verified in the laboratory. The purpose of this project is to contribute to the The equipment and projects will bedescribed in a improvement of courses on manufacturing processes report to be issued by the School of MechanicalEn- by preparing a 30-minute motion picture showing the gineering, Purdue University.Further information mechanism of plastic deformation duringmachining. can be obtained from the project directors. 83

'

^,. . 7."7,71.4741

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

220. An Undergraduate Heat and Mass Transfer of Engineering, Old Dominion College, Norfolk, Va. Laboratory.P. W. MCFADDEN, School of Mechan- 23508.) (1960-1962) ical Engineering, Purdue University, Lafayette, Ind. This project involved: (1) study of the objectives 47907.(1962-1964) of experimental mechanical engineering in the whole Equipment and student-participation experiments curriculum;(2)careful search of departments of being developed are as follows: (1) an inexpensive mechanical engineering to discover unusuallysuc- supersonic blowdown wind tunnelsysttm (11/2"x31/2" cessful low-cost experiments which meet these objec- test cross section)for heat, mass, and momentum tives;(3) design of new, low-cost, non-commercial transfer analogy; (2) an inexpensive optical system experiments which appeal to students' creativity and capable of separating the D-lines and rugged enough exemplify important principles developed in theory for student use for measurement of flame tempera- courses; (4) preparation of drawings and specifica- tures; (3) a simple, single-fluid heat exchanger with tions, and the fabrication of prototypes of equipment control system capable of controlling power input, for these experiments; (5) testing and improvement inlet velocity, and inlet fluid temperature with time of experiments by the use of prototypes under actual for steady state and transient analysis; and (4) a stu- instructional conditions; (6) preparation and distri- dent interferometer for steady state and transient bution of a manual setting forth outlines of experi- binary gas diffusion studies. ments, drawings of equipment, and specifications of The equipment and experiments will be described equipment to interested departments of mechanical in a report to be issued by the School of Mechanical engineering in the United States. Engineering, Purdue University.Further information Copies of the manual may be obtained by writing can be obtained from the project director. directly to Professor N. W. Conner, Director of Engi- neering Research, North Carolina State University. 221. Laboratory Experiments in Heat Transfer and Fluid Mechanics.FRED LANDIS, Department of 223. Educational Aids in Mechanical Engineer- Mechanical Engineering, New York University, New ing.T. E. JACKSON, Department of Mechanical Engi- York, N. Y, 10053.(1961-1963) neering, Lehigh University, Bethlehem, Pa. 18015. Information on significant and novel experiments (1960-1962) in the areas of heat transfer and fluid mechanics has The purpose of the project is the improvement of been collected on a nationwide basic, evaluated, and undergraduatemechanicalengineeringlaboratory distributed.The final reportlistseducational ob- courses, and the development of "bench-type" equip- jectives, underlying theory, construction details, sup- ment for use in the laboratory or for demonstration pliers (where appropriate), and procedures to allow in the classroom. A bibliography of current publi- interested schools to construct similar equipment for cations applicable to the philosophy of the laboratory their own use.Experiments cover the following areas: has been prepared, as well as actual laboratory prob- conservation laws in fluid mechanics; rotating systems lems. A list of suppliers of various pieces of equip- and vortex motion; transient fluid mechanics, transi- ment,components, and instrumentationespecially tion, viscous effects; compressible flow and gas dy- suitable to this type of laboratory work is also avail- namics; temperature; heat transfer and heat flux able.Shop drawings of some of the equipment that has been constructed and tested in the student lab- measurements;conductionheattransferandfin oratory are included. in the report. analyses; conduction heat transfer analogs; 'radiation heat transfer;convective heat transfer; two-phase 224. Energy Conversion Devices. H. DEAN BAKER, heat transfer; heat exchangers; determination of ther- Department of Mechanical Engineering, Columbia Uni- modynamic properties;specialprojects;miscella- versity, New York, N. Y. 10027.(Former director, neous demonstrations; instruments and equipment. Robert A. Gross.)(1961-1963) F. Landis (ed.), Laboratory Experiments and Dem- Five energy conversion devices have been built for onstrations in Fluid Mechanics and Heat Transfer, use in undergraduate engineering laboratory instruc- New York University, New York, 1964. tion: 1. A Solar Solid-State Electric Energy Converter. 222. Experimental Mechanical Engineering. Principles of radiant energy measurement, irrevers- G. L. GOGLIA, Department of Mechanical Engineering, ible thermodynamics, elementary solid-state theory, North Carolina State of the University of North Caro- and the laws of thermodynamics are illustrated. lina, Raleigh, N. C. 27606.(Present address: School 2. A Plasma-Diode Energy Device. A simple plan

84 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING ma diode illustrates some basic properties of hot, interdisciplinary topics.Diagnostic as well as system radiating surfaces, ionization at surfaces, space. charge studies have been planned for use with both steady neutralization, and some simple properties of a plasma. state as well as transient plasma phenomena. 3. Thermoelectric Coolers.Undergraduate student AliBulent Cambel, "Magneto-Gasdynamics:Its laboratory exercises are provided with complete direc- Science and Technology," American Scientist 50 (3), tions for assembling the required equipment, with full 375 (1962). instructions as to procedure in the form intended to T. P. Anderson, "Magnetohydrodynamics and Mag- be used by the students themselves, and with sample netoaerodynamics," Chapter 1 of Plasma Technology: results for each experiment. Aerospace Applications, J. Grey (ed.), Pkentice-Hall, 4. Fuel Cells.Theory, experimental apparatus, and Inc., to be published. experimental results are described for fuel cells.Stu- Magnetohydrodynamio, a 16mm sound film,is dent laboratory exercises are indicated with complete available upon request. directions for assembling and operating the required Further information can be obtained from the proj- equipment. ect directors. 5. Propulsion Nozzle.Theory, experimental appa- 227. Combined Shock Tube, Shock Tunnel, ratus, and experimental results are described for a Light Gas Gun, and Hot Shot Wind Tunnel Mach-2 propulsion nozzle. Apparatus.E. K. PARKS and R. E. PETERSEN, De- Reports on these items are available from the proj- partment of Aerospace and Mechanical Engineering, ect director. University of Arizona, Tucson, Ariz. 85721.(1961- 1963) 225. Experiments on Coupled Flows in Solid- The apparatus consists of a shock tube of small cross State Devices.STANLEY W. ANGRIST, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Carnegie Institute of Tech- section (approximately 4" x 4") composed of six sec- nology, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15213.(1963-1966) tions having a total length of about 20'.One of the A laboratory device has been built which allows the sections is provided with windows for optical view- student to verify Kelvin's second relation; this rela- ing.An arc chamber, a launch tube, and a de Laval tion describes the coupling between the Seebeck and nozzle can also be used in conjunction with certain Peltier coefficients.Laboratory experience with this sections of the basic shock tube to adapt the apparatus experiment has shown it to be an effective introduc- to use as a shock tunnel, light gas gun, or hot shot tion to some of the material needed to understand wind tunnel.The cost of the partially instrumented direct energy conversion in solid-state devices and the apparatus is estimated at $2,000, if fabricated by the thermodynamics of coupled phenomena. Work is now university.Additional instrumentation(e.g., piezo under way on developing a device which would allow pressure, temperature, etc.)could increase the cost the student to verify the Bridgman relation, the equa- by $3,000. tion ac,alogous to Kelvin's second relation that holds Parks and Petersen, "A Versatile Shock Tube Facil- when a solid is subjected to a magnetic field. ity," Engineering Experimental Station, University of The results of the first phase of the work are com- Arizona, EES Report No. 3 (1964). pletely described in: S. W. Angrist and M. Vallidis, Further information can be obtained from the proj- "An Experiment in Coupled Flows," Journal of Engi- ect directors. neering Education 55 (9), 257 (1965). 228. Small Hypersonic Wind Tunnel for Study The experimental apparatus described will be com- of Hypersonic Gas Dynamics. JOHN A. Fox, mercially available from The Ealing Corporation. Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Sciences, UniversityofRochester,Rochester, N. Y.14627. 226. Apparatus and Experiments in Magnetogas-* (Original grantee: Pennsylvania State University.) dynamics.ALI BULENT CAMBEL and THOMAS P. (1960-1963) ANDERSON, Department of Mechanical Engineering and Astronautical Sciences, Gas Dynamics Laboratory, The tunnel, a small hypersonic wind tunnel, usesan Northwestern University, Evanston, Ill. 60201. (1961- electric arc for gas heating purposes.The design 1965) Mach numbers are approximately 4 andup.Only Prototype experiments have been developed in mag- minor difficulties have been encountered in operation. netofluidmechanics for advanced undergraduate and/ One problem currently faced is the construction of or beginning graduate students.Use of these exper- higher Mach number nozzles. imentsisanticipatedin experimental engineering A report on design and construction of the tunnel is courses in energy conversions, measurements, and available from the project director.

85 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

229. Control System Analog for Teaching of magnitude.The apparatus is being designed to be Closed-Loop Control Theory.LESLIE M. ZOSS, as inexpensive as possible so that each student may Department of Mechanical Engineering, Valparaiso be supplied with his own kit. University, Valparaiso, Ind. 46383.(1961-1964) A final report will soon be available for distribu- The purpose of the project was to develop a control tion without cost. A text based on these results for system analog for use in teaching the fundamentals of use in advanced laboratory programs in plasticity and closed-loop control theory.This analog, useful in including theoretical background, selected reading both demonstration and experimentation, helps in program, and suggested experiments is now being teaching such fundamental control concepts as con- written.This report should be available in 1966 troller selection, controller adjustment, control loop under the title "Applied Plasticity." A 16mm silent stability, rise time, overshoot, offset, and the effect of film that runs 12 minutes will also be available at a a disturbance and load change.Basic theory of cost of $20 per. copy.Tht, film shows the progres- closed-loop control may be explained by using on), sive deformation of initially square grids on the merid- this single piece of equipment. ian planes of specimens tested in compression, hardness, Copies of the construction report and experiments and piercing. covering a semester's work are available from the Further information can be obtained from the proj- project director.The experiments include student ect director. instruction sheets, detailed reports on actual experi- ments, and instructor's notes.The control system an- 232. Take-Home Kits for Experiments in Engi- alog may be purchased from Philco Techrep Division. neering. WALTON FORSTALL, Department of Mechan- ical Engineering, Carnegie Institute of Technology, 230. Micropneumatic Breadboards for Fluid Pittsburgh, Pa. 15213.(1962-1965) Mechanics and Control Laboratories. (Second- Take-home experiments have been developed which ary, College)JOSEPH MODREY (present address: Me- can be used in courses on fluid mechanics, kine- chanical Engineering Department, City and Guilds matics, College, London, S.W.7, England), and W. A. AUBREY, elastic deformation of materials, buckling, Department of Mechanical Engineering, Union. Col- and plastic flow.The materials needed for the ex- lege, Schenectady, N. Y. 12308.(1962-1963) periments are all standard items which can be pro- Pocket-size models have been developed to replace cured locally. to some degree the massive plumbing system typifying Twenty experiments are described in a booklet present fluid mechanics laboratories.Instead of pipes, which forms the final report on this project.For etc., passages are made by cutting grooves in illustra- each experiment the report contains a sample instruc- tion board or metal.Orifices, restrictors, plenums, tion sheet, which could be given to the student, and etc., are formed by silhouetted channels about 1/16" a list of the materials needed, which would be fur- deep and to scales 1/10 to 1/100 of present laboratory nished to the student as a prepackaged kit.For some equipment.Because of low cost and ease of modifi- of the experiments there are actual test results for the cation of the models, stud6nts should enjoy more free- information of the instructor. dom for personal explorations.The models will be Further information can be obtained from the most useful at the junior and senior levels of fluid project director. mechanics, vibration, design, and control courses. Further information can be obtained from the proj- 233. Equipment for a New Strength of Materials ect directors. Laboratory.S. K. CLARK, Department of Engineer- ing Mechanics, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, 231. Analog Materials for Studying the Plastic Mich. 48104.(1963-1964) Plow of Metals.MILTON C. SHAW, Department of Thisisa modification of a commercial hand- Mechanical Engineering, Carnegie Institute of Tech- operated testing machine to make it suitable for tor- nology, Pittsburgh, Pa. 15213.(1961-1965) sion and tension tests.The equipment is relatively A number of experiments are being designed and inexpensive, which makes it possible for the individual apparatus assembled to illustrate the main features of student to perform bench-scale experiments and de- the plastic flow of materials when subjected to large velop his own ideas for extension of assigned work. plastic strains.By using plasticise and waxas analog The machine has a load capacity of 10,000 pounds. materials for metals, it is possible to reduce the forces Further information can be obtained from the proj- the equipment must withstand by about three orders ect director.

86 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS ENGINEERING

234. Multi-Functional Machine for Materials instrumented with appropriate, reasonably pricedtrans- Testing and Processing Experiments. NATHAN ducers so that such interesting quantities H. COOK, Department of Mechanical Engineering, as displace- Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, ment velocity, force, torque, etc., are displayedon an Mass. 02139.(1961-1962) oscilloscope or fed intoan electrical analog computer This device is a bench-size machine, instrumented for various operations. to measure the forces involved in turning, milling, "The Mechanical Analysis Laboratory of the De- chilling, reaming, and tapping.It is also suitable for partment of Mechanical Engineering at the University tension,torsion, and compressiontests, combined of Michigan, Ann Arbor," by Herbert H. Alvord. tension-torsion tests, hardness tests, fatigue tests, wire This report describes comparable equipment and drawing,punching,deepdrawing, and bending. teaching procedures.Itis not part of the present Materials tests can be carried out at temperatures to project, but can be obtained from the Department. 1300'F. Further information can be obtained from thepro- A final report is available from the project director. ject director.

237. Multipurpose Tester for Demonstrations 235. Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Cur- and Investigations of Shock and Vibration Phe- ricula.HAROLD LIEBOWITZ, Graduate School, Uni- nomena. ALI SEIREG, Department of Theoretical and versity of Colorado, Boulder, Colo. 80304.(Present Applied Mechanics, Marquette University, Milwaukee, address: Structural Mechanics Branch, Office of Naval Wis. 53233.(1961-1962) Research, Washington, D.C. 20360.)(1961) This study group met for a week to provide guides, A portable two-mass system has been devisedca- detailed technical outlines, and abstracts of courses for pable of illustrating most phenomena of shock and vibration, separately or combined. improving solid mechanics curricula in a college engi- It also provides neering program.The study included a comprehen- a versatile mechanical model for investigating these phenomena on different levels. sive examination of the requirements in applied math- The equipment can be briefly described as ematics, materials, continuous media, structures, en- a two-mass system with leaf- vironment, and reliability. spring suspension for the main and the secondary masses.Instrumentation for measuring strains, dis- The lastest thinking and developments in solidme- chanics were incorporated into undergraduate and placements, velocities, and acceleration is utilized. A final report can be obtained from the graduate courses which were aimed at developingan project integrated curriculum in solid mechanics with in- director. A sound film showing the capabilitiesof the tester is also available. creased emphasis on solid-state physics, metallurgy, applied mathematics, and engineering science. H. Liebowitz and J. M. Allen (eds ), Curricula in 238. A Class Model Combined GeometricAnalog Computer.PANAGIOTIS RAZELOS, Department of Solid Mechanics, Prentice-Hall, Inc.(1961) Mechanical Engineering, Columbia University, New H. Liebowitz and J. M. Allen, "Undergraduate and York, N. Y. 10027.(1963) Graduate Curricula in Applied Mathematics, Materi- A class model combined geometric analogcomputer als, Structures, Environment, Reliability, and Con. has been developed which is usedto demonstrate the tinuum Mechanics," Journal of Engineering Education use of the principle of analogy for obtaining approxi- 54, 108 (1963). mate solutions of two- and three-dimensional steady state and transient heat conduction and other diffu- 236. Equipment for Teaching Dynamic Analysis. sional problems.The computer is a wooden tank JOSEPH E. SHIGLEY, Department of Mechanical Engi- filled with a solution of tetra-butyl ammoniumpicrate neering, The University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. in the organic liquid Dowtherm A.External capaci- 48104.(1962-1963) tance is introduced into the liquid in lumped form A bench-type machine for demonstrating and teach- through contact terminals.The experimentalper- ing the meaning of dynamic unbalance in machinery formance of the computer for the three-dimensional and a bench-type cam and follower mechanism have case has been determined. been developed.The follower has both mass and elas- A final report is available from the project director. ticity so that at full operating speeds, the follower motion does not conform to the command machined 239. Equipment for Obtaining Contoursa a into the cam.Both of these items of equipmentare Fluid Membrane by Use of Monoscopie Photo- 87 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS GEOGRAPHY grammetric Technique. ALPHIA E. KNAPP, Pan project director.A report will be available in the American Oil Co., Tulsa, Okla, and FRANK J. MCCOR- near future. MICK, Department of Applied Mechanics; Kansas State University, Manhattan, Kans. 66504.(Grantee: Kan- sas State University.)(1961-1963) 241. Transparent Overlay Visual Aids for Engi- At one end of an I-beam base, a membrane (soap neering Graphics.H. M. NEELY, Department of film)is stretched over an opening in a template of Mechanical Engineering, Kansas State University, Man- hattan, Kans. 66504.(1959-1960) sheet metal;The template is mounted in the ver Two series of transparent overlay visual aids were tical plane over a pressure chamber.Directly in front of, and parallel to, the template, a grid of designed, developed, and used in engineering graphics at Kansas State University.The transparencies pre- parallel nylon filaments is placed.At the opposite sent basic principles of graphics rather than solutions end, and somewhat above the base, a concentrated to specific problems. light source is directed toward the template. Copies of the final report are available from the With the membrane elevated by a slight increase project director. in pressure within the pressure chamber, the shadows of the nylon filaments on the membrane are photo- graphed.From this photographic record, elevation Nuclear Engineering contours of the membrane, then slopes and volumes, For additional projects related to this section see may be determined. also: Details of construction and operation are available 301. Atomic and Nuclear Experiments for Under- from the Kansas Engineering Experiment Station in graduate Laboratories. Special Bulletin No. 41 listed below. 306. Use of Semiconductor Particle Detectors in Frank J. McCormick and Alphia E. Knapp, "De- Magnetic Deflection Beta Particle Spectrometers. sign and Development of Laboratory Equipment for 310. Versatile Nuclear Coincidence Apparatus for a Monoscopic Photogrammetric Method for Obtain- Undergraduate Use. ing the Contours of a Fluid Membrane," Special Re- port No. 41, Kansas Engineering Experiment Station, 242. Pile Oscillator for University Nuclear Re- Manhattan, Kans. (1963). actors.ALBERT L. BABB and WILLIAM. E. WILSON, P. G. Kirmser and F. J. McCormick, "Edge Effects JR., Department of Nuclear Engineering, University of in the Membrane Analogy," Experimental Mechanics Washington, Seattle, Wash. 98105.(1961-1963) 5 (1) (1965). The pile oscillator incorporates the following fea- tures that make it an excellent instrument for educa- 240. An Educational Combustion-Reactor tional purposes: (1) simple construction,so that fabri- Design.C. R. GRAFLY DOUGHERTY, Department of cation can be accomplished in an average college or Mechanical Engineering, Rutgers-the State University, university shop; (2) utilization of a neutron detection New Brunswick, N. J. 08903.(1963-1964) chamber in a conventional reactor instrumentation Design of a small, educational combustion-reactor system; (3) use of commercial components wherever suitablefor undergraduate studentoperationhas feasible; (4) simplified and graphic presentation of been completed.The equipment is capable of meas- data employing a dual beam oscilloscope and low- uring heat release, blowout data, reaction rates, and frequency oscillator which will provide the student efficiencies as a function of equivalence ratio and with a large amount of informationsimply, rapidly, mass flow.Future work on this project will include and directly;(5)remote pile oscillator frequency the development of a number of projects suitable for control; (6) simple operation and maintenance; and use by the undergraduate engineering student.It (7)versatility, so that the pile oscillatormay be will also include the design of a suitable temperature utilized with existing teaching reactors. rake and a simple chromatography set up. A final report can be obtained from the project Further information can be obtained from the directors.

G. Geography 243. Commission on College Geography. SAUL Clark University, Worcester, Mass. 01610; JOHN F. B. COHEN (Chairman), Graduate School of Geography, LOUNSBURY, Department of Geography, Eastern Michi- 88 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS GEOLOGY gan University, Ypsilanti, Mich.. 48197.(Grantee investigating the desirability of institutes, workshops Association of American Geographers, Washington, and seminars for college teachers) ;interdisciplinary D.C. 20036.) (1965 cooperation (exploring ways and means to improve The Commission on College Geography isan out- communications among fields) ;the content and se- growth and continuation of the Geography in Liberal quence of courses(investigating ways to improve Education Project, which was supported by the Na- subject content of courses and determining a basis tional Science Foundation from July 1963 to March for a rational sequence of courses in geography and 1965.The Commission is conducting investigations related fields)'; and techniques and methods of presen- on improving undergraduate education in geography tation(investigating the possibilities of developing and in interdisciplinary programs of study to which new and non-conventional instructional methods that geography contributes. might be adaptable to geography courses). The project maintains a coordinating committee at the national level to develop approaches to integrate A 66-page published report, "Geography in Un- geographic education within the broader educational dergraduate Liberal Education (1965) is available, context.The committee coordinates the efforts of without charge, from the Association of American institutions and individuals engaged in the develop- Geographers.This report includes suggestions and ment of experimental course programs, and acts, on guidelines for development of courses; fivepapers request, as a consulting service to aid individuals or which explore various approaches to college level institutions in planning changes in geography cur- geography; and recommendations for future action. ricula.This committee consists of ten geographers, The recommendations in this report have resulted in one anthropologist, and one historian.Saul B. Cohen theestablishmentofthe Commission on College serves as chairman.. Geography., In addition to the coordinating committee, working Other materials which are being developed in- panels of five to six members have been established. clude an annotated list of core materials, an inventory Each of these panels is devoting its efforts to specific and analysis of selected introductorycourses, the problem areas in geographic education: the improve- development of introductory courseoutlines, and ment of -undergraduate teaching (developing resource model undergraduate major and minorprograms in letters, annotated lists of significantcore materials, geography. H. Geology For additional projects related to this sectionsee also: rent and projected programs in geologic education 27. OceanographyEight Narrated Filmstrips. and provides for communication and essential consul- 28. Columbia-Lamont Marine Science Films. tation on edmational improvement in the geological 164. Invisible Fixed and Fluidized Beds for Lab- sciences. oratory Demonstration and Study. CEGS developed as an outgrowth of the GEO-Study (Geological Education Orientation Study)program, 244. Council on Education in the Geological an exploratory investigation of college and university Sciences.WILLIAM B. HAMBLETON (Chairman), geological education.The GEO-Study, sponsored by Department of Geology, University of Kansas, Law- the American Geological Institute, examined in de- rence, Kans. 66045; JOHN HARBAUGH, Department of Geology, Stanford University, Stanford, Calif. 94305. tailthe status of geological education and made (Grantee: American GeologicalInstitute,1444 N specific recommendations for improvement.Princi- Street,N.W., Washington, D.C.20006.)(1965 among these was the recommendation for the ) formation of the Council on Education in the Geo- The Council on Education in the Geological Sci- logical Sciences as an actionagency to initiate and ences maintains continuous inquiry into the state of encourage fruitful devlopments in geological educa- geological education at the college and university tion. level, and provides detailed recommendations and The Council is aided by ad-hoc panels, and iscur- guidelines in problem areas.It encourages and as- rently active in five principal areas: (1) studies of sists development of appropriate new educationalma- sequence and content of courses leading to a major terials and activities.It reviews and evaluatescur- in geology, (2) studies of the relationship of geology

89 .1.

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS GEOLOGY to liberal arts education, (3) problems of interdisci- course is being developed around fourselected topics: plinarycooperation,(4)problems of secondary the vast extension of the world in time, the incessant school earth science teacher preparation, and (5) change in the configurational aspects of nature, extinc- study and implementation of methods of faculty im- tion as a consequence of organic evolution, and the provement. non-unique position of the primates in evolutionary Current activities of the Council include: (1) de- history.In tracing the evolvement of these four im- velopment of recommendations for geology curricula, portant ideas, supporting evidence, logical structure, (2) design of an advisory program to aid colleges and relationship to contemporary thought will be crit- and universities in curriculum review and modifica- ically examined.This course will follow, in conven- tion, (3) testing of four widely varied experimental tional sequence, a one-semester course in physical courses in introductory geology,(4) development of geology.Emphasis in the new course is upon the mathematics curricula for geology majors, (5) prepa- method of inferring sequences from geological data ration of an annotated bibliography on the application and upon critical examination of principal concepts of mathematics to geology, (6) development of physics of historical geology. curriculafor geology majors,(7)generation of The project will develop a wholly new lecture "rescue" training programs for secondary school course, an annotated bibilographyof primary and teachers of earth science, (8) design of college cur- secondary sources, and lanternslidesforlecture ricula for the preparation of secondary school teachers demonstrations. of earth science, (9) generation of experimental in- Further information about the course will be avail- stitutes and conferences for secondary school teachers able from the project director. of earth science, (10) preparation of an annotated bibliography of paperbound books of interestto 245A. Programed Geology Laboratory. WALTER teachers and students of geology, (11) enlistment of C. SWEET and ROBERT L. BATES, Geology Department, directors for summer institutes in areas of critical need The Ohio State University, Columbus, Ohio 43210. (1966-1969) for continuing education of college faculty, (12) ex- The project is developing instructional films and of expanded faculty ex- ploration of possibilities a laboratory manual for a programedapproach to the change programs, (13) generittion of exploratory con- teaching of introductory college geology.The ma- ferences to examine new areas of geological interest, terials may also be useful at the secondary school (14)development of mechanisms for educational- level.Eight 5-minute instructional sound films on industrial exchanges for faculty professional develop- the following topics are planned: the physical proper- ment, (15) generation of short papers on geological ties of minerals, identification of igneous rocks, iden- topics of current interest, and (16) the examination tification of sedimentary rocks, identification of meta- of possibilities for expansion of faculty fellowships. morphic rocks, reading and interpretation of topo- The Council attempts to work through existing or- graphic maps, and identifirttlon and interpretation ganizations and to involve the widest spectrum of It is of fossils.The content of these films will be closely the teaching faculty in the various projects. coordinated with the lecture syllabus and with the believed that by encouraging universal participation, progamed laboratory manual, which is being pre- the Council purpose can be most effectively accom- pared concurrently with the film scripts.Using the plished. manual, the student will attempt to identify and in- For information on various publications related to terpret geological specimens and phenomena.The sciences, college-leveleducationinthegeological films are expected to be useful as adjuncts to a con- write to the American Geological Institute. ventional introductory geology course, as well as in a programed laboratory situation. 245. Introductory Course in Historical Geology. Further information will be available from the CLAUDE C. ALBRITTON, JR., Department of Geology and Geophysics, Southern Methodist University, Dallas, project director. Tex. 75322.(1966-1967) 246. High Pressure Triaxial Apparatus for The project is developing a one-semester, introduc- Geology, Geophysics, and the Engineering Sci- tory, historical geology course for prospective geolo- ences.FRED A. DONATE, Department of Geology, gists and other students in which the approach is Columbia University, New York, N.Y. 10027.(1964- that of the history and philosophy of science.The 1966) 90

tak COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS GEOLOGY

Equipment is being developed that will permit the in length, and 1 to 4 inches thick.They can be con- study and demonstration of the behavior of materials structed in the laboratory shop ata material cost of subjected to differential stress under high confining $25 to $75.The labor expenditure is about 5 to 8 pressure.The basic apparatus consists ofa steel man-days per model.The only facilities necessary pressure vessel coupled by means of a collar to a 20- for operation of the modelsare a source of water and ton ram.Cylindrical test specimens, approximately a drain or container to catch the discharge water. one inch in length, are inserted in the pressure vessel Low capacity and inexpensive Roll-Flextype pumps and subjected to radial stressesup to 30,000 p.s.i. and may be used to recirculate or supply water ifneces- axial stresses to 100,000or 200,000 p.s.i. (depending sary.Filter pumps or simple siphonsmay be used on specimen diameter).Either compressionor ex- to simulate discharging wells.The models can be tension tests can be run. set to operate semi-automatically as permanent labora- Because of its compactness, the equipmentcan be tory displays or transported into the classroom for mounted on a small stand and easily moved fromone temporary use. location to another;moreover, its simple design will A final report can be obtained fromthe project permit operation by inexperienced personnel.Spe- director. cial tools and facilitiesare not required for mainte- nance. 248. Transparent Three-Dimensional Hydraulic A handbook now in preparation will describein Flow Models. JOHN W. HARSHBARCER,Department detail the design principles and operation ofthe ap- of Geology(Hydrology), University of Arizona, paratus, as well as instrumentation techniques and Tucson, Ariz. 85751.(1963-1965) optional supplementary equipment forcreep testing, The objeCtive is to develop preliminaryprototypes pore pressure tests, and related experimental opera- of transparent three-dimensional models consistingof tions. clear plastic cases containing granularporous media Further information can be obtained from the immersed in clear liquid of thesame refractive index project director. as the media.Colored dyes inserted into the flow system of the model will form flow lines which will be visible in three dimensions. 247. Ground Water Flow Models. These flow lines can (Secondary, be observed and analyzed in orderto understand more College, Graduate School).JOHN W. HARSHBARGER, Department of Geology (Hydrology), University of clearly the pattern of laminar ground-water flowas Arizona, Tucson, Ariz. 85751.(1961-1963) it is controlled by geologic factors and such manmade The ground-water flow models consist of consoli- disturbances as wells. dated porous and permeable media composed ofsize- graded quartz sand andepoxy resin simulating sedi- 249. Simple Optical Two-CircleGoniometer. mentary rock, enclosed in a watertight plexiglasscase. W. D. JOHNS, Department of Earth Sciences,Washing. ton University, St. Louis, Mo. 63130. Basic geologic structures and lithologiesare synthe- (1963-1964) sized within the models.Water is introduced into An inexpensive, simple, optical, two-circlegonio- meter for crystallographic studies the recharge end of the model,moves through the was designed, con- consolidated media, and is allowedto drain out at structed and developed, and subsequentlyimproved and modified through the discharge end.The hydraulic gradient use in an undergraduate col- across the lege course in crystallography. A models is adjusted by raisingor lowering the point prospectus was prepared describing the construction, operation, of drainage.Colored inks which are introduced into and use of the goniometer in conjunction with crystal. the flow system at pointsnear the recharge end form lographicmeasurement, visible flow lines, thus making it possibleto study stereographicprojection, point group symmetry, and axial ratio ground-water flow within the various geologicen- (unit cell shape)determinations. vironments as simulated by the models.The porous Complete detailed working drawings are available for construction. media are permanently consolidated and shouldpro- These and vide constant experimental results throughout the prospectus are available free; ofcharge from the the life project director. of the models, estimated to beten or more years. The size of the modelscan be varied to suit the prevailing space requirements. 250. Photoelastic Equipmentfor Analysis of The, standard models Structural and Engineering GeologyProblems. range from 12 to 36 inches in height, 18 to 36 inches E. G. BOMBOLAKIS, Department ofGeology, Boston 91 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS MATHEMATICS

College, Chestnut Hill, Mass. 02167.(1963-1964) frame and the polariscope are designed exclusively A loading-frame system has been designed and of manufactured parts to enable construction by insti- constructed for use with an economical, handmade, tutions in which machine-shop facilities are minimal large-field polariscope for photoelastic stress analyses or nonexistent.Only a small number of handtools of two-dimensional models in structural and engineer- are required to construct and assemble the loading ing geology.The system has been designed for load frame and the polariscope. ranges up to 4,000 pounds biaxial compression with Copies of the project report,"Construction of no significant buckling of the model.However, the Photoelastic. Equipment for Analysis of Structural system can be easily modified to perform bending and Engineering Geology Problems," are available and tensile tests,if so desired.Both the loading from the project director.

I. Mathematics

For additional projects related to this section see also: (Grantee: Mathematical Association of America, State 2. MinnesotaSchoolMathematicsandScience University of New York at Buffalo.) (1960 Teaching Project (MINNEMAST). The Committee on the Undergraduate Program in 40. School Mathematics Study Group (SMSG). Mathematics is concerned with the system consisting of 44. Survey of Recent East European Literature in the undergraduate curriculum in mathematics, the School and College Mathematics. students and their teachers, the purposes of the pro- 48. University of Illinois Arithmetic Project. gram, its achievements and shortcomings, and the 50. In-Service Films in Mathematics for Elemen- facilities for undergraduate mathematics.The prin- tary School Teachers. cipal work is partitioned into four areas represented 51. Foundations of Mathematics for Elementary by panels.These are: (1) preservice training of ele- Teachers. mentary and secondary school teachers; (2) mathe- 52. UICSM: Films for Training Ninth-Grade Al- matics for students of engineering and the physical gebra Teachers. sciences; (3) mathematics for the biological, manage- 53. Films for Mathematics Teachers. ment, and social sciences; and (4) pregraduate edu- 55. Programed Correspondence Courses in Algebra cation of potential research mathematicians.Detailed and Geometry for In-Service Training of Secondary curricula and course syllabi have been designed for School Mathematics Teachers. each of the above areas. 60. Inexpensive Digital Computers. During 1964-65 a special subcommittee prepared 61. Formal Deductive and Symbolic Logic Teach- a report describing a general curriculum in mathe- ing Equipment. matics for colleges.The curriculum is economical 75. Coordinated Program for Mathematics and enough to be taught by a Small college staff, yet is Physics Majors in Freshman and Sophomore Years. designed to meet as many of the requirements of the 177. Electronic Analog Teaching Aid for Mathe- separate panel recommendations as possible. A study matics, Science, and Engineering. has been made of undergraduate applied mathematics, 188. All-Solid-State Redesign of a Small Hybrid as distinct from service courses for physical sciences, Analog/Digital Computer for Teaching Statistics and engineering, and computation. A basic library list Random Processes. for college libraries has heen developed by the advis- 193. Inexpensive Digital-to-Analog Converter for ory group on communications. A consultants bureau Curve Plotting with Small Digital Computers. has been organized to offer advice and counselto col- 202. Automatic Plotting of Phase, Gain, and Root leges and state organizationson curricular problems Locus from Pole-Zero Constellations. in mathematics and related matters.In addition, the Committee plans to direct a substantial amount of 251. Committee on the Undergraduate Program attention to the college mathematics teacher with the in Mathematics (CUPM). RICHARD D. ANDERSON objective of improved recruitment and preservice train- (Chairman), Department of Mathematics, Louisiana ing. State University; LINCOLN K. DURST (Executive Di- rector), Committee on the Undergraduate Program Additional information including recommendations in Mathematics, Box 1024, Berkeley, Calif. 94701. and course guides may be obtained from the executive

92 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS MATHEMATICS

director. elude, in the same amount of time, much of thebasic material in differential equations and certaintopics in 252. Undergraduate Course in Mathematical numerical analysis related to the role of high-speed Logic.AINSLEY H. DIAMOND, Department of Math- computers.These topics will not be introduced in ematics, Stevens Institute of Technology, Hoboken?, N. J. 07030.(1963-1964) isolation but rather as an integral part of thecourse, The purpose of the project is to developan under- with the full attention to physical where graduate course in mathematical logic which will appropriate.In addition, materials will be devel- introduce quantification theory and its role in other oped for a one-semester course in linear algebra for branches of mathematics.The distinctive feature of sophomores and juniors in engineering. the course is the emphasison the semantical aspects. A set of notes entitled "Beginning AnalysisSemes- The important semantical notions of model, satisfiabil- ter 3," by R. C. Buck, F. Brauer, and J. A. Nohel has ity, and completeness are presented in sucha way as been prepared .andwas used in class during the aca- to show how certain consequences of quantification demic year 1964-65.These notes cover vectors in theory are useful tools in other parts of mathematics, three dimensions, multiple integrals, functionsof sev- notably algebra.The connections between theseman- eral variables, introduction to ordinary differential tical (interpretational, set theoretic) and syntactic (de- equations, infinite series, series of solutions of differ- ductive)aspects of quantification theory are also entialequations, and lineardifferentialequations. established. Copies are available from the projectdirectors. The basic concepts of model, satisfiability,etc., are 254, Experimental UndergraduateInstruction first formulated in propositional logic using the truth- in Computing. JOHN G. KEMENY, Department table method. of The semantical theory is then obtained Mathematics, and THOMAS E. KURTZ,Computation by analyzing sets of formulas by J. K. K. Hintikka's Center, Dartmouth College, Hanover, N. H.03755. method of semantical tableaux.This analysis is then (1964-1966) extended to quantification theory. A proof of the The Dartmouth Computation Center is beingdevel- completeness theorem shows itsrelationto model oped as a flexible teaching device for studentsin all theory.Rules of disproof of a set of formulasare fields.All students electing at leasta year of fresh- expressed in terms of analysis, and the relation is man mathematics (over 70 percent of each class)are established between these rules and the rules of proof being taught the fundamentals ofprograming in the in the familiar deductive systems of quantification BASIC language and theuse of the input-output sta- theory. A discussion is given of formalsystems of tions to the Time-Sharing System.BASIC is an alge- the sentential calculi for classical logic,intuitionist braic language that is simple andeasy to teach, logic and Lewis' system of strict implication.An in- requiring typically only twoor three hours of class- troduction to recursive function theory is basedon the room time.The Time-Sharing Systemoperates at development in Fonctions Recursives of A. Grzegorczyk least 8 hoursper day, giving students the maximum and Gauthier-Villars, Paris (1961). A brief discus. opportunity to solve their problemsat times con- sion is given of GOdel's incompleteness theoremsfor venient to them.The computer is already usedexten- arithmetic and the first-order predicate calculus.The sivelyin coursesin many departments including notes are being revised and expanded and will be avail- economics, geology, physics, chemistry,psychology, able in 1966. mathematics, and engineering science. The project is producing several kinds ofmaterials: 253. Experimental Curriculum in Engineering (1) the user's manual for the BASIClanguage; (2) a Mathematics.R. C. BUCK and JOHN A. NOHEL, description and block diagram of theprincipal com- Department of Mathematics, University of Wisconsin, ponents of the Time-Sharing System, particularly the Madison, Wis. 53706.(1962-1964) BASIC compiler; (3)a number of short monographs The objective of this study isto improve instruction containing illustrative computer problemsto be used in engineering mathematics.This will be done by in connection witha variety of mathematics, physics, developing a number ofcourses in analysis and algebra and engineeringcourses.All of these materials will along the lines suggested in the detailed recommenda- be made availableas soon as their final versions have tions of the Committeeon the Undergraduate Program been prepared. in Mathematics (CUPM).Specifically, this meansa modification of the traditional calculuscourse to in- 255. Power Series and theElementary Func- 93 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS MATHEMATICS

lions.(Secondary, Co lkge) HOWARD LEVI, Depart- ity theory for nonfinite sample spaces.The calculus ment of Mathematics, Columbia University.(Present will be developed for relatively simple classes of func- address: Department of Mathematics, Hunter College, tions so that emphasis can be placed on concepts and 695 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10021.)(1962) their applications rather than on complicated technique. A one-semester course in elementary functions based J. B. Johnston, G. B. Price, and F. S. Van Vleck, on the systematic use of power series was developed. Linear Equations and Matrices (Addison-Wesley Pub- The course is suitable for college freshmen and may lishing Co., 1966) makes use of some of the ideas serve as a terminal course in calculus. Topics include: developed in Volume 1 as described above. (1) polyuomials, including the division and Correspondence, concerning the project should be infinite series as formal reciprocals of polynomials; addressed to the project director. (2) formal power series; (3) power series as func- tions; (4) functions in general, including continuity, the derivative, maxima and minima; (5) characteriza- 257. Course in Applications of Mathematics for Secondary School Teachers.GAIL S. YOUNG, tion of power series by means of functional equations; Department of Mathematics, Tulane University, New and, (6)Taylor's theorem and representability by Orleans, La. 70118.(1966 -1968) power series. This project is preparing a sourcebook of materials A revised version of the experimental text is in for introducing present and prOspective high school preparationfor publication by Addison-Wesley in teacherstothe applications of mathematics.The 1966. sourcebook will present a number of novel, contem- H. Levi, "An Experimental Course in Analysis for porary applications of mathematics in all the many College Freshmen," American Mathematical Monthly areassuch as physical science, engineering, business, 70, 877 (1963). social science, medicine, computing and linguistics where it has become a tool.The applications will be 256. Introductory Course on Probability Ma- presented at a mathematical level suitable for accom- trices and Calculus for Students in the Biolog- panying or following undergraduate courses in math- ical and Social Sciences.(Secondary, College) ematics including analysis and abstract algebra.The j G. BALEY PRICE, Department of Mathematics, The format will be that of a one-semester course with suf- University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kans. 66045.(1962- ficient material to allow considerable choice of topics 1966) according to the interests of class and teacher.The The project is preparing two volumes of notes suit- materials will be tried at several centers during the able for a two-semester course in probability, matrices, academic year 1966-67, and results of the trials will and calculus. be made generally available along with the materials. Volume 1 was completed and widely circulated by Further information will be available from the proj- the Committee on the Undergraduate Program in ect director. Mathematics (see Item 251 in this book), but is now out of print.It contains chapters on systems of linear 258. Honors Program for Mathematics Majors. equations, matrices and algebraic systems, elementary FRANK T. BIRTEL, Department of Mathematics, Tulane set theory, counting problems, and probability.The University, New Orleans, La. 70118.(1964-1965) book provides an introduction to modern computa- The purpose of this project is to develop a two- tional procedures by treating algorithms and flow semester (6 credit-hour) course in geometric analysis charts, especially those for the solution of systems of on based on recommendations of the Com- linear equations.It contains a number of applica- mittee on the Undergraduate Program in Mathematics tions to probleMs,in accounting, business, economics, (CUPM) for pregraduate preparation of research acceptance sampling, genetics, and sociology.It is mathematicians. CUPM recommendation'sintheir suitable for use as a textbook for experimental 'classes present form are beyond the capacities of many insti- and as a sourcebook. tutions for the following reasons: (1) They represent Volume 2, on which work has begun, will contain an ideal goals; (2) They lack sufficient details; (3) There elementary treatment of differential and integral cal- are a great number of advanced undergraduate courses culus in a setting of probability theory and applications than can be realisitcally offered by most institutions. to the biological, management, mid *social sciences. Occasionally, there are capable mathematicians at such There will be chapters on differentiation, integration, institutions who could implement a realistic, detailed, logarithmic and exponential functions, and probabil- and synthesized course in the spirit of these recom-

94

'14 1.

`.`

ado COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS MATHEMATICS

mendations.The course should meet these general able from the project director. requirements: (1) be within the capabilties of honors juniors who have had the equivalent of Hi lle's Analysis 260. Experimental Pregraduate Program in (as freshmen) and Fleming's Functions of Several Mathematics. KENNETH 0. MAY, Department of Variables(as sophomores) actually, Crowell and Mathematics,CarletonCollege.(Presentaddress: Williamson's Vector Calculuson the sophomore level Department of Mathematics, University of California, Berkeley, Calif. 94720.) (1961-1966) should be sufficient;(2)display the interplay and The purpose of the project is to findmore effective overlap of various fields; and (3) provide a source and economical methods of stimulating gifted under- for concrete examies in depth of subjects the student graduates to do creative work in mathematics and of will meet at the graduate level. In an attempt to meet developing their skills in obtaining and presenting these requirements and to avoid the disadvantages of results.During the years 1956-61, theprogram for the general CUPM recommendedcourses, topics were gifted students depended primarilyon honors sections chosen as indicated from the following three CUPM in the freshman and sophomore years and on.activities outlines: (1) Outline II: Algebraic (topics centered around a colloquium for advanced students. 1-7 and 24) ; (2) Outline II: Surface Theory (topics The hypothesis now being tested is that the original 1-3) ; and (3) Differential Geometry (topics 1-4). objectives may be achieved without *separate honors Notes for this course are in preparation.These sections, by organizing non-credit colloquia atall include tests, exercises, a critiqueon student perform. levels, and making maximaluse of a local journal for ance, and a summary of themajor, pedagogical dif- immediate publication of student work. ficulties which were encountered. The course is being Delta-Epsilon, a journal for undergraduate research repeated again with the hope that resulting revisions in mathematics, is published by the department for will perfect the, project. Experience indicates that the local circulation but will be sent free to individuals course can be effectively presented by any competent and libraries upon request. A report of the project mathematician. No materials are available at the will soon be available from the project director. present time.

259. Experimental Program in Engineering 261. Automata and Nets.RAYMOND J. NELSON, Mathematics.R. J. WALKER, Department of Math- Department of Mathematics, Case Institute of Technol- ematics,CornellUniversity,Ithaca,N. Y.14850. ogy, Cleveland, Ohio 44106.(1963-1965) (1963-1965) The aim of this project is to developa complete se A course in mathematics to follow an eight semester- of notes and exercises fora course in automata.The hour freshman course in differential and integral cal- course is at the advanced undergraduate level for culus will be developed for sophomore engineering. mathematics students or the beginning graduate level students.The course will include many of therec- for engineers havingno background in modern math- ommendations of the Committee on the Undergraduate ematics.The course treats the theories of Kleene, Program in Mathematics; in particular: (1) compu- Rabin and Scott, Moore, Chomsky, and others froma tational techniques and numerical problems, both for precise mathematical point of view, but withan eye hand computation and for coding and solutionon an on applications to logic design of computer nets and automatic digital computer; (2) concepts and tech- characterization of artificial languages and various niques of linear algebra and matrix theory in the problems associated with them.The notes also in- treatment of differential equations and vector calculus; clude discussion of the concepts of recursive functions (3) emphasis on the use of complex numbers; and and recursive solvability and unsolvability (from the (4) many applications of mathematics to problems point of view of Turing machines), with application of interest to engineers. to decision problems in analysis and synthesis of Writing and teaching will be done jointly .by the automata and the study of ambiguity int omputer department of mathematics and the college of engi- languages.Some attention is also givento the prob- neering, and a close correlation will be maintained lems of logic design and minimization ofcombina- between this course and the courses in physics, mechan- tional nets (0-state automata). Much of thismaterial ics, and electrical science taken concurrently by the does not yet appear in any textbook, althoughthe stu- students. dents are urged to consult S. Ginsburg, Introductionto Text and problems for a six to eight semester-hour Mathematical Machine Theory (Addison-WesleyPub- course have been prepared.Single copies are avail- lishing Co.) ; A. Gill, Introductionto the Theory of 95 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS MATHEMATICS

Finite State Machines (McGraw-Hill Book Co.); and Based on severalyears of developmental work by the E. F. Moore (ed.), Sequential Machines:Selected grantee, and carried out in cooperation with the Uni- Papers (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co.). versity of California at Los Angeles, theproject Notes serving as text materialsare being prepared includes the following:(1)a time-sharing system for the course and willsoon be available from the utilizing consoles located at the Universityof Cali- project director. fornia at Los Angeles that will provideimmediate simultaneous access toa Q32V computer; (2) a ques- 262. Computer Science Course and Curriculum tion-answering process which will permitusers to Development. WILLIAM F. ATCHISON (Chairman), query the machine in the natural language of theuser; Curriculum Committeeon Computer Science, Georgia (3) on-line programing which will Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Ga. 30332. (Grantee: permit a student Association for Computing Machinery, 211 East 43rd to write and check out computer program's bywit) of Street, New York, N. Y. 10017.)(1965-1966) his teletype console; (4)a computer program for the The Curriculum Committeeon Computer Science teaching of statistics which will providea sequenced (CCCS) of the Association for Computing Machinery set of problems, parameters for simulated populations (ACM) is primarily concerned with the development and randomly sampled data,a library of statistical of a sound undergraduate and lower graduatecom- procedures, calculated statistical results,computational puter science curriculum and the content of theasso- and other assistance, evaluation ofstudent perform- ciated courses.This is of particularconcern for a ance, feedback to the student, and a permanent record newly emerging discipline suchas computer science. of student performanceover the entire course; and (5) A 'series of about 16courses is being developed in empirically developed instructional materialutilizing an extended outline form. A set of Preliminary the teacher, a textbook, and associatedprogramed ma- Recommendations for an Undergraduate Programin terial. Instructors will be ableto make successive ex- Computer Science has been published in theSeptem- perimental,revisiOns of each smallsegment of material, ber 1965 issue of Communications of theACM. CCCS developing progressively improvedversions until the is currently revising these recommendationswith the instructional objectivesare achieved. aid of consultants and welcomes suggestions.Reprints 264. An Undergraduate Coursein Affine, Pro- of these recommendationscan be obtained by writing jective and Metric Geometry Basedon Linear ACM at the above address.An earlier set of sixsug- Algebra.ROBERT J. TROYER, Department ofMathe- gested courses appeared in the April1964 issue of matics, University of North Carolina, ChapelHill, N. C. Communications of the ACM. 27514, and ERNST SNAPPER, Departmentof Mathe- matics and Astronomy, Dartmouth College. Special attention is being given (Grantee: to courses in algo- University of North Carolina.)(1965-1967) rithmic languages and compliers, computer and pro- The objective of this projectis to develop classical graming systems, informationstructures, and related geometry using linear algebra courses. as the basic tool and These courses are central to the develop. thereby putting classicalgeometry into the modern ment of future computer scientists but are undergoing undergraduate curriculum ina form usable by most changes as the field develops. It is especially impor- branches of mathematics.The culmination of this tant here that course outlines bemore complete and project will be the development that they point to essential and lasting of a one-yearcourse material. in affine, projective, and metric(both Euclidean and Consultants are being usedto develop these courses non-Euclidean) geometry. further. A first draft of notes servingas text material is pres- A revised curriculum and more complete course ently available on a limited basis.After experimenta- outlines are planned for publication latein 1966 or tion and revision during 1966-67, early in 1967. final copies of the Intermediate reportson a limited notes can be obtained by writingto Dr. Troyer, De- basis will be available from theproject director. partment of Mathematics, University of North Carolina.

263. Computer-Based Instructionin Statistical 265. Preparation of Reports bythe United States Inference.HARRY F. SILBERMAN, System Devel- Commission on Mathematical Instruction.E. G. opment Corporation, 2500 Colorado Avenue, Santa BEGLE, Cedar Hall, Stanford University,and LEON W. Monica, Calif. 90406. COHEN, Department of Mathematics,University of (1965-1967) Maryland. This project involves (Grantee: Conference Board of theMath- an experimental program in ematical Sciences, 1346 ConnecticutAvenue, N.W., computer-assisted instruction in statistical inference. Washington, D.C. 20008.).(1965-1966) 96 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS MATHEMATICS

The purpose of this project is toprepare three tern and structure of the number system of arithmetic special reports which the United States Commission and its expansion to the real number system.The fun- on Mathematical Instruction (USCMI) has been asked damental ideas of Euclidean geometryare established in to present to the 1966 meeting of the International order to form a basis for an informal treatment by the Commission on Mathematical Instruction of the Inter- teacher.Some elementary logic is presented along national Mathematical Union.Topics for the reports with an introduction to the language of sets, especially are: (a) special programs in mathematics for pros- the way in which the latter facilitates the making of pective physicists, (b) uses of the axiomatic method accurate and concise statements in algebra and geom- in secondary-school teaching, and (c) the role of prob- etry.Considerable attention is given to numbers in lems in mathematics education.The reports will be bases other than 10 and to the development of the prepared under the general supervision of USCMI and standard topics of elementary algebra from factoring will be made available to educational institutions and through the solution of elementary equations.The interested individuals in the U. S. and abroad. topics of measurement and approximationare included along with a brief introduction to elementary 'statistics. 266. Experimental Teaching Program in Alge- The project director is planninga book for publica- bra.ROBERT J. WALKER, Department of Mathematics, tion in the near future drawingon these materials. Cornell University, Ithaca, N.Y. 14850.(1961-1964) For information on materials write to: Committee The objective is to develop curricula for threeone- on the Undergraduate Program in Mathematics, P.O. term courses called "Basic Concepts of Mathematics," Box 1024, Berkeley, Calif. 94701,or the project "Linear Algebra," and "Algebra and Number Theory." director. The courses are designed primarily for future high school teachers, but are also suitable for others who 268. Mathematics Courses for Prospective Ele- do not wish ordo,not need a more theoretical survey mentary School Teachers. JOHN R. MAYOR and of modern algebra.The first course (which is best HELEN L. GARSTENS, Department of Mathematics, Uni- taken first)treats set theory, axiomatic systems, the versity of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742.(1962 - real number field and other simple algebraicstruc- 1965) tures, and cardinal numbers.It presuppoSes a year of The purpose of this project was toprepare sample calculus. text materials in mathematics for preservice courses In general, a high degree of abstraction is main- for elementary teachers.Two sequential semester tained.There is no plan to compromise with the courses have been prepared.Book I, the text for the subject matter.For example, in "Linear Algebra"a first course, is concerned with the structure of the linear transformation of one abstract vectorspace to number systems of ordinary arithmetic and Book II another is defined first and then the matrix ofa linear is concerned with geometry, especially those concepts transformation relative to chosen bases in thevector basic to the study of measurement.The two courses spaces is discussed.The emphasis io, however, on the are intended to provide a sound mathematical founda- application of abstract theorems to concrete situa- tion for teaching new as well as traditional approaches tions.Students are not expected to develop facility to mathematics in grades K through 6.Deductive in proving abstract theorems, but theyare expected to procedures are stressed throughout the materials. have a thorough grasp of the fundamentalconcepts The courses have been taught in about 10() sections of modern abstract algebra and their relevance for at the University of Maryland, and in a number of other fields of study. other colleges.The preparation of thecourses was Notes to serve as text material for thecourse have a cooperative effort of the University of Maryland been written.Single copies are available from the Mathematics Project, sponsored by the College of project director. Education and the Department of Mathematics. Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers, Book 267. Course in Mathematics for Prospective Jun- I, and Mathematics for Elementary School Teachers, ior High School Teachers.J. MAURICE KINGSTON, Book II, may be purchased from the Universityof Department of Mathematics, University of Washington, Maryland Mathematics Project, College of Education. Seattle, Wash. 98105.(1962-1963) The course material includes a discussion of the man- 269. Geometry Course for Prospective High ner in which the concepts of arithmetic are generalized School Mathematics Teachers. SEYMOUR SCHU- in the study of algebra with emphasis on the basic pat- STER, Minnesota School Mathematics and Science Cen- 97 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS MATHEMATICS ter, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, Minn. 55455. eluding properties, even and odd num- (1964 bers, and some arithmetic with congruences are in- The principal objectiveis the preparation of a cluded. one-year college geometry course for the training of The revised text may be purchased from the De- prospective high school teachers, with the intent of partment of Mathematics, New Mexico State Uni- exploring various educational media and selecting versity. those most appropriate for a given topic at each stage of the course.Portions of the course that 271. Films and Other Teaching Materials for most lend themselves to visual techniques will be College Mathematics.CARLB.ALLENDOERFER(Di- prepared on film, using animation and special effects rector),Department of Mathematics, University of whenever appropriate.The major portion of text Washington;RICHARD LONG(Executive Director), material will be produced in the form of detailed Committee on Educational Media, Mathematical Associ exposition and for programed instruction.The aim ation of America, P.O. Box 2310, San Francisco, Calif. 94126.(Grantee: Mathematical Association of Amer- is to produce a course that does not require an in- ica, State University of New York at Buffalo.(1963 structor trained in geometry, and which needs only ) a minimum of administration by a faculty member. The purpose of this project is to investigate the The mathematical content will include the material production, use, and evaluation of new mediafilms, recommended in Course Guides for the Training of television, programed learning, etc., in mathematical Teachers of Junior High and High School Mathe- instruction at the college level.The project is op- matics, published by the Committee on the Under- erating in four divisions: (1) the preparation of sup- graduate Program in Mathematics of the Mathematical plementary films to assist in the teaching of a first Association of America.Additional advanced top- course in the calculus; (2) a multi-media course on ics, anticipating the needs of secondary teachers a the number system for the preservice training of ele- decade hence, will include Euclidean geometryas a mentary school teachers, based on the recommenda- real inner-product vector space, convex figures, and tions of the Committee on the Undergraduate Pro- differential geometry. gram in Mathematics; (3) a series of filmed lectures Units of text on foundations, elementary transfor- by distinguished mathematicians; and (4)a study mations, constructions and convexity, and related of programed instruction with production ofsome topics are available for small-scale testing. experimental programed materials to be used in con- nection with (1) and (2).The Committee is also 270. Course in the Number System for Elemen engaged in a preliminary study on the use of tele- tary School Teachers.RALPH CROUCH,Department of Mathematical Sciences, New Mexico State University, vision for the teaching of mathematics and in the University Park, N. Mex. 88076, andGEORGE BALDWIN, evaluation of past experience in this field. Department of Mathematics, Eastern New Mexico Uni- Materials produced to date in areas (1),(2),and versity, Porta les, N. Mex. 88130.(1962-1963) (4) above are receiving field evaluation beforegen- An Intuitive Development of the Real Number eral releasz.Single copies of Programed Learning System and Related Topics is a text for future ele- and Mathematical Education, by Kenneth 0. May,are mentary teachers designed to be used in two sequen- available without charge from the executive director. tial, three semester-hour courses.The courses fol- The following films (16mm, sound, black-and-white low closely recommendations of the Committee on except, as noted) are distributed by Modern Learning the Undergraduate Program in Mathematics of the Aids: Mathematical Association of 1erica.They involve Let Us Teach Guessing, demonstration by George a study of the numbers used in elementary schools: Polya (color, 60 min.). whole numbers, common fractions, decimal fractions, Mathematical Induction, lecture by Leon Henkin and irrational numbers.Emphasis is on basic con- (color, 60 min.) cepts and techniques: properties of addition, multi- Mr. Simplex Saves the Aspidistra, with Frank Kocher, plication, inverses, systems of numerations, and the Leon Henkin, and Julius H. Hlavaty (color, 30min ) number line.Techniques for computation with num- Theory of Limits (Part ILimits of Sequences; bers are derived from the properties and structure of Parts II and IIILimits of Functions and LimitProc- the number system, and some attention is paid toap- esses and The Cauchy Criterion for Convergence), proximation.Some elementary number theory, in- lectures by E. J. McShane (34 and 38 min.)

98 -MO

Prigirr$11.11PPIPM111WWWINCIIIIIMPIPIIIMegrlIP,

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS MATHEMATICS

Topology, with and (30 plugs and jacks.In an analog computer laboratory min.) each student gets a plugboard and a collection of Challenge in the Classroom: The Methods of R. L. resistors, capacitors, and connectors.He then pro- Moore (color, 55 min.) ceeds to build his program independently of the com- Challenging , lectures by R. H. Bing (40 puter.When this has been finished correctly, the min.) board is plugged into the computer and the solution is obtained in a short time. , three lectures by In this way, the use of (60 min. each) the computer and the time of the instructor areex- tended.The plugboards arebuilt from standard Fixed Points, lecture by (color, electronics parts at a cost of about $20, plus 15 hours 60 min.) of construction time.The extensive use of the board Giittingen and New York: Reflections onaLae in in computer laboratory instruction during the last Mathematics, with Richard Courant (color, 43 min.) two years has shown that it is a versatile and emi- The Kakeya Problem, lecture by A. S. Besicovitch nently practical accessory. (color, 60 min.) James 0. Osburn, "Analog Computer Instruction. Pits, Peaks, and Passes (Parts I and II), lectureon A Plugboard Teaching Aid," Journal of Chemical Critical Point Theory by Marston Morse (color, 48 Education 38, 492 (1961). and 26 min.) Predicting at Random, lecture by (color, 43 min.) 273. Devices for Sampling Statistics.ROBERT W. HEATH, Department of Systems Engineering, University The Search for Solid Ground, panel discussion with of Arizona.(Present address: Educational Testing Mark Kac, John Kemeny, Harley Rogers and Ray- Service, Western Office, 1947 Center Street, Berkeley, mond Smullyan (62 min.) Cailf. 94704.)(1960) What Is an Integral? lecture by Edwin Hewitt (60 Two devices have been developed that sample from min.) an arbitrary population distribution and present the What Is Mathematics and How Do We Teach It? observation to the operator.The electromechanical panel discussion with Lipman Bers, , device developed under the present project employs Andrew Gleason, Henry Pollak, and Leo Zippin (60 a motor-driven arm that rotates a sensing unit over min.) a circular pattern of contacts divided into sectors, Applications of in Particle Physics, the length of each sector being proportional to the lecture by Freeman Dyson (60 min.) area under the normal curve.When the arm stops, the observation is presented to the operator byan Can You Hear the Shape ofa Drum? lecture by indicator light representing one of thirteen score Mark Kac (two versions: short version, color, 49 min.; values.The electronic unit uses an oscillatorto long version, color, 67 min.) drive counting tubes that are gated bymeans of se- The Classical Groups as a Source of Algebraic Prob- lector switches.Through these switches, any shape lems, lecture by Charles Curtis (65 min.) of distribution can be set in the device.When the Additional titles are being added to this series; in- operator takes a reading, the counting is interrupted, formation can be obtained from Modern Learning and the observation is presented to the operator bya Aids. Nixie read-out tube.The parts for the electrome- chanical'device cost less than $100 and the components for the electronic apparatus were purchased for about 272. Teaching Aid for Analog Computer Instruc- $350.The electromechanical device could beassem- tion.KARL KAMMERMEYER and JAMES 0. OSBURN, bled in any workshop; the electronic sampling unit Department of Chemical Engineering, State University requires more work but could be constructed byan of Iowa, Iowa City, Iowa 52240.(1959-1960) electronics technician. The teaching aid isa plugboard similar in ap- Further information concerning construction de- pearance to the board of a Heathkit analog computer, tails and wiring diagrams can be obtained from Albert but containing only four amplifiers.The plugboard E. Bartz, Department of Psychology, Concordia Col- is connected to the amplifierson the computer by lege, Moorhead, Minn. 56560.

99 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PHYSICS

J. Meteorology ..

For additional projects related to this section see also: professors and departments of meteorology andap- 22. MotionPictures,Filmstrips,andSlidesin plied mathematics mainly in the United States. Meteorology. Interested teachers of meteorology and applied 24. Manual of Lecture Demonstrations, Laboratory mathematics may request copies of the manual from Experiments, and Observational Equipment for Ele- the above-named department.Such requests will be mentary Meteorology. filled until the supply is exhausted. 28. Columbia-Lamont Marine Science Films. 275. Laboratory and Demonstration Equipment for Meteorology.(Secondary, College)FRANK R. 274. Computer Applications in the Atmospheric BELLAIRE, Department of Meteorology and Oceano- Sciences.E. WENDELL HEWSON, Department of Me- graphy, University of Michigan. teorology and Oceanography, University of Michigan, (Present address: Ann Arbor, Mich. 48104. Great Lakes Research Division, Institute of Science and (1962-1965) Technology, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. The objective of the grant, to "...develop the sub- 48104.)(1961-1962) ject matter and the techniques for the application of Apparatus has been constructed for demonstrating: electronic computers to typical problems that arise (1) the radiation characteristics of the atmosphere by in the atmospheric sciences intoan advanced course utilizing and combining the radiation experiments of of instruction for graduate students..." has been physics; (2) the characteristics of atmosphericvor- largely accomplished.The substance of the resulting tices on various scales; (3) the hemispherical flow course has been assembled into a course manual. oftheatmosphere;(4)atmosphericflowwith Copies of this manual will be distributedto interested Schlieren or shadow techniques.

K. Physics

For additional projects related to this sectionsee cuits. also: 214. Demonstration-ExperimentFilmsinFluid 62. Physical Science Study Committee (PSSC). Mechanics. 63. Physical Science Study CommitteeAdvanced 225. Experiments on Coupled Flows in Solid-State Topics. Devices. 64. Harvard Project Physics. 242. PileOscillator forUniversity Nuclear Re- 65. Engineering Concepts Curriculum Project. actors. 73. Introductory Course in Chemistry and Physics. 249. Simple Optical Two-Circle Goniometer. 75. Coordinated Program for Mathematics and Physics Majors in Freshman and Sophomore Years. 276. Commissionon College Physics (CCP). 79. Overhead Projection Series of Lecture Experi- E. LEONARD JOSSEM (Chairman), Ohio State Univer- ments in the Sciences. sity, Columbus, Ohio 43210; JOHN M. FOWLER (Exe- 137. Models of Crystallographic Space Groups. cutive Secretary), Commissionon College Physics, 138. Three-DimensionalModelsinPhase Rule Physics and Astronomy Building, University of Michi- Studies. gan, Ann Arbor, Mich. 48104.(Grantees: Bryn Mawr College, 1959-1964; University of Michigan, 1964 139. New Atomic, Molecular, and Crystal Models. .) (1959 ) 142. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrometer. The Commission on College Physics,an independent 144. Equipment for Demonstrating Magnetic Sus- group of 20 physicists, was established by the Amer- ceptibility and Absorption Emission Spectra. ican Association of Physics Teachers for the improve- 195. Equipment and Experiments fora Semicon- ment of undergraduate instruction in physics.Rec- ductor Deyice Laboratory. ognizing that this improvementcan be made only by 199. Lecture Demonstration Equipment for Courses physics departments and physics teachers, the Com- in Electromagnetic Fields and Waves. mission considers that the major action toward its 200. Electromechanical Forces and MagneticCir- objectives should be taken by universities, colleges, 100 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PHYSICS

and professional physics organizations.In its major metry principles in the formulation of physical laws. function as a "nerve center" for curriculum develop- 5. Preparation and publication ofa series of pa- ment, it collects information about physics teaching perback books (Momentum Books, published by D. and experiments for its improvement; distributes this Van Nostrand Co., Inc.) suitable for supplementary information to those whose activities may be affected reading by college physics students.This operates by it; encourages new developments incourse content, as a self-sustaining activity, without support from laboratory practice, laboratoryapparatus, teaching grant funds. aids, etc., and helps institutions to organize institutes and conferences for the 6. Publication of a Newsletter to keep the profession college physics teachers. informed of new developments. The Commission initiates action where developments Descriptionsofthe Commission's appear desirable but are r of under way in individual activitiesare available in the following: (1) "Progress Report institutions, or where action of on a national scale ap- the Commission on College Physics," American pears necessary. Jour- nal of Physics 32, 398 (1964);(2) "Progress Report Examples of recent and current activities of the of the Commissionon College Physics," Ibid. 30, 665 Commission are: (1962) ;(3) "Review Conference of the Commission 1. Conferences: A national conferenceon New Ma- on College Phiysics," Ibid. 31, 98 (1963) ; and (4) terials for Introductory Physics Courseswas held in "Recommendations of.the Second Ann Arbor Confer- May 1965. The Conference, arranged in cooperation ence on Undergraduate Curricula for Physics Majors," with the Department of Physics of the University of Ibid. 31, 328 (1963). Minnesota, considered a variety of materials (texts, Requests to receive reprints, the Newsletter, lecture demonstrations, laboratory experiments, and or other publications should be addressedto the execu- films) recently produced or inprocess of production. tive secretary. Specificallyintended for physics and engineering majors, these materials differ frommost of -those 277. Berkeley Physics Course andLaboratory. previously available in that they characteristically E.M. PURCELL, emphasize Department of Physics, Harvard Uni- fundamentalconcepts which formthe versity, Cambridge, Mass. 02138; A.C. HELMHOLZ, foundations o1 contemporary physics, laystress on Department of Physics, University of California,Berke- understanding the subject matter in terms of physical ley, Calif. 94720.(Former director:CHARLES KIT- concepts as well as mathematical analysis, and make TEL,University of California, Berkeley.) (Grantee: strong ties to observable physical phenomena. An Educational Services Incorporated, 55 ChapelStreet, Newton, Mass. 02158.(1962 account of this Conference appeared in the Commis- Thisis sion Newsletter No. 8 (July 1965). a two-year, elementary college physics course for students majoring in science and engineer- 2. Exploration ofnew modes of undergraduate ing.The intention is to present elementaryphysics, physics instruction: Through its Panelon New In- as far as possible, in the way in which it is used by structionalMaterials,theCommission encourages physicists working in the forefront of theirfield. work on materials at all undergraduate levels,in- This principle determines a tended to reach very largely the spirit in a broad spectrum of students. A which the subjectsare developed.The group has small group at Aspen, Colorado, during the summer sought to make acourse which would strongly re- of 1964, laid the groundwork fora two-month work- flect the revolution of physics of the lasthundred ing conference at Seattle during thesummer of 1965 years. under a grant to the University of Washington.It is anticipated that efforts in this The course breaks with the traditionalassumption area will be con- that the student has learned nothing tinued by individuals and small about physics groups in many parts in high school. of the country. Concurrent enrollment ina mathe- matics course that includes calculus is assumed.Ti- 3. Regional Conferences: The Commission assists tles and authors of the five partsare: Mechanics (C. individual institutions in planning short regional con- Kittel, W. Knight, and M. Ruderman),Electricity ferences intended to help the college teachers keep and Magnetism (E. M. Purcell), Waves(F. Craw- abreast of current teaching materials andtechniques. ford), Statistical Physics (F. Reif), andQuantum 4. Stimulation of workon new physics films for Physics (E. Wichmann). The firsttwo volumes have college use, e.g., films illustrating the role ofsym- been published; preliminary editions of Wavesand 101

E.

4 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PHYSICS

Statistical Physics, and a second draft of Quantum developed in a number of topics; some of these have Physics are in school trial. been filmed. A new laboratory to accompany the course has Original papers on definitive experimentsor theo- been developed under the direction of A. M. Portis. ries in physics have been extracted for reprinting and The laboratory is built from nine groups of four ex- in some cases written up as part of reviewpapers or periments each.These groups deal with: (1) elec- books with supplementary material to aid comprehen- tron dynamic3, (2)linear elements, (3) nonlinear sion by students.This general program in physics elements, (4) amplifications, (5) signal propagation, will continue with emphasis on more corridor dem- (6) wave propagation in space, (7) electron count- onstrations and experiments and on aid in the devel- ing, (8) photon physics, and finally (9) a project opment of a project laboratory for sopLomores. laboratory in atomic physics. Work is starting on the development of project Although the laboratory experiments emphasize laboratories in cellular biology and neurophysiology. electron physics, extensive analogies are made to These involve training students in the techniques and other branches of physics and many laboratory dem- experiments of contemporarybiologicalresearch. onstrations are suggested.The laboratory has been Also, a program is underway usinga computer and successfully used with other than the Berkeley texts, associated cathode-ray-tube displays to represent the intermixed with some of the more traditional experi- structure of protein molecules, to display variouspos- ments, and as an intermediate laboratory taken by sible configurations, and to compute theenergy of these majors in their junior year.It is published in three configurations.The same computer and display will separately bound manuals by the McGraw-Hill Book be used to enable students in all fieldsto work out and Company. Equipment suitable for performing the graph solutions to various problems. first eight groups of laboratory experiments is avail- Work started also in thesummer of 1965 to develop able from. the Heath Company, Benton Harbor, Mich- new laboratory experiments in general, physical, and igan, and from Hickok Teaching Systems, Cambridge, organic chemistry. Massachusetts. Most of the apparatus developments have been de- PreliminaryeditionsofWaves andStatistical scribed in papers published in the American Journal Physics and further information are available from of Physics, beginning in 1963. A preliminary version the project directors. of the text for an introductorycourse in physics, Physics, A New Introductory Course, is available 278. Science Teaching Center: College Science. upon request.All of the films have been produced ROBERT I. HULSIZER, Science Teaching Center, Massa- in collaboration with the NSF-supported project chusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Mass. on 02139.(1961 "Films for College and University Physics Courses" The Science Teaching Center concerned itself from (see Item 289).The optics kit and the mechanical 1961-1964 with the development of apparatus, films, resonance apparatus are marketed commercially by text material, and resource papers for college physics Macalaster Scientific Corporation. courses.Recently, 1963-1965, the major effort has Current progress reports and reprints of articles been to produce text material for an introductory may be obtained by writing to the center. physics course for scientists and engineers.This material will be published in several small volumes 279. Materials for Undergraduate Curricula in Physics.E. M. HENLEY, Department of Physics, Uni- starting in 1966.In preliminary form it has been versity of Washington, Seattle, Wash. 98105.(1965- taught at MIT and at several cooperating institutions. 1966) Laboratory apparatus has been developed for experi- This project drew together about 40 physicists anda ments in optics, pressure of light, angular momentum dozen film-makers and designers fora 9-week writing of circularly polarized , polarization states session in the summer of 1965.Their goal was to of photons, Franck-Hertz effect, viscosity of gases, begin to create new materials for physics instruction, temperature variation of Gamma for gases, specific materials specifically designed to reacha much broad- heat of gases, thermal conductivity of gases, damped er audience of college students than that presently forced simple harmonic oscillations, and field emis- enrolled in physics.The core of the projectwas the sion of electrons.Some of these have been filmed writing of a number of monographs.Each mono- as demonstrations.Corridor experiments have been graph is composed of two to four major sections of

102 it

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PHYSICS 11=18 different levels of sophistication.The aim was to concerning sources of supply for educational materials provide teachers with flexible materials ina wide and equipment in physics.In addition, the Center variety of styles which they- might then be ableto use is in touch with the physicistsboth academic and as the basis for new kinds of courses.Work was industrialwho are or would like to be active in the initiated on some 20 monographs in theareas of forces design and planning of such equipment.Conferences and fields, quantum mechanics, thermal and statis- are arranged to encourage the development of new tical physics, and the structure and properties of apparatus.Manufacturers of educational equipment matter.Those in advanced stagesare being made are apprised of new developments through a biennial available on a limited basis for review and classroom apparatus competition, surveys of apparatus needs, testing. meetings, and a newsletter.Visits to academic and Some members of the project workedon new ap- industrial laboratories yield information about the paratus, e.g., an air-supported chain of masses for development of the new physics. apparatus.To pro- studying wave motion.Three sequences of experi- mote a wider exchange of ideas and developments ments were built up as integral parts of a related set concerning apparatus for physics teaching, the Center of physical ideas. A significant effortwas devoted assists in the preparation of the apparatus notesap- to the preparation of scripts and storyboards for films; pearing in the American Journal of Physics. some footage on experimental sequences was shot and The apparatus developmentprogram of the Center a small anthology of visual techniques was made. has included a conferenceon nuclear counters in Several 2-minute segments of filmanimated line teaching and one on lasers, both heldat Columbia drawingswere made usinga computer in combina- University.Reports on the conferencesare in prep- tion with a graphic display unit to draw the frames. aration.Apparatus design and development received By way of exploring whatcan be done to provide considerable impetus in the AAPT Apparatus Compe- more assistance to the faltering student, several short tition of 1965.Under auspices of the Center, visits instructional sequences were written whosepresenta- were made by physicists to college and university tion to the student is computer controlled. The student teaching laboratories, in particular those ofsmall or responds freely througha typewriter keyboard; the intermediate size, to consult with the teaching staffcon- computer compares his answer to a stored bank of cerning ways of strengthening laboratoryprograms. responses; a match determines the next presentation, Reports on various activities of the Centerhave either through a keyboardor by slide. One such se- been made available to educational institutionsor are quence, on geometrical optics, was developed to the about to be published in the AmericanJournal of point of classroom trial. Physics. Novel Experiments in Physics,a reprint vol- Some progress was made in theuse of design analy- ume of laboratory notes of 80 selected experiments, sis to assist the planning and creation ofnew instruc- was published in June 1964.The report, Survey of tional materials.For one week a small task force of Teaching Apparatus in-Physics, 1965,was released in physicists and designers explored the ideasof ele- March 1965, and distributedto manufacturers of edu- mentary kinematics.They strove to identify the basic cational apparatus and academic institutions.Dur- ideas and the most effective modes forpresenting each. ing the summer of 1964,a survey of experiments on the MOssbauer Effect, which involvedboth industrial 280. Center for Educational Apparatusin Phy- and academic laboratories,was conducted; a report sics.FRITJOF E. CHRISTENSEN, American Instituteof will appear in the American Journal ofPhysics. Physics, 335 East 45th Street, New York, N.Y.10017. Two bibliographies dealing withapparatus for phy- (Present address: St. Olaf College, Northfield,Minn. 55057.)(1963-1965) sics teaching have been prepared.One of them "Physics Apparatus, Experiments, The project, which is cosponsored by theAmerican and Demonstra- tions"is now available. Association of Physics Teachers (AAPT),is directed Requests for copies of publications and toward the problems of developing and makingavail- for informa- able better physicsapparatus for instructional pur- tion concerning apparatus should bedirected to the Center. poses.The AAPT Committeeon Apparatus for Educational Institutionsserves as the advisory committee for the project. 281. Apparatus Drawings Project.W. C. KELLY and R. G. MARCLEY, American Institute The Center's information serviceinvites inquiries of Physics and American Association of PhysicsTeachers, 335 East 103 Apcmwtop,o,

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PHYSICS

45th Street, New York, N.Y. 10017.(Dr. Kelly's pres- Survey of Teaching Apparatus in Physics, W. C. ent address: National Academy of Sciences-National Kelly (ed.), American Institute of Physics and Ameri- Research Council, 2101 Constitution Avenue, N..W., Washington, D.C. 20418; Dr. Marc ley's present ad- can Association of Physics Teachers, 1961. dress: California Institute of Technology.)(1959- AIP Educational Newsletter (February 28,1962). 1960) Information on the Apparatus Drawings Project The AIP-AAPT Apparatus Drawings Project has may be obtained from the American Institute of Phy- prepared complete shop drawings of 30 pieces ofappa- sics.The portfolio and bound book of 30sets of ratus for laboratory work and lecture demonstrations drawings and notes are available from Plenum Press, in college physics.Approximately 25 colleges and Inc. universities were visited, and notes and sketches of apparatus were collected.The shop drawings were 282. Preparation of Resource Letters in Physics. prepared by professional draftsmen.The drawings ARNOLD B. ARONS, Department of Physics, Amherst and notes have been published in slightly abbreviated College.(Grantee: American Association of Physics form in the American Journal of Physics and Teachers, 335 East 45th Street, New York, N.Y. 10017.) sepa- (1962-1964) rately as a portfolio and bound volume of complete These letters constitutean effort to improve course full-scale drawings. The drawings and notes enable content by giving the college or university teacher physic departments to decide whether apparatus de- ready access to basic literature ofa field by: (1) veloped elsewhere would be useful in their teaching guiding them into the literature of both old and and, if so, to provide their shops with adequate infor- new areas of subject matter with which they may be un- mation for constructing the apparatus. Care has been familiar, but which they would like to work into taken in the notes to describe special techniques new so or existing courses; (2) indicating published materi-I that students can help in making the equipment. Kits which might be useful to students incourse work or of parts for constructingmany of these pieces of in special projects; (3) giving referencesto available equipment are available commercially. films, demonstrations, and laboratory equipmentin a The 30 pieces of apparatus described in theseries given subject area; and (4) calling attentionto his- include: a Balmer series spectrum tube,apparatus for torical and philosophical material that might be useful the magnetic field ofa circular coil, air suspension inextending the intellectualcontent of technical gyroscope, resolution of forces apparatus, mass spec- courses. trometers, Bragg diffraction apparatus, linear oscil- A resource letter is not meantto be a definitive or lator, simplekinetictheorydemonstration,air exhaustivebibliography, butrather an annotated suspended pucks for momentum experiments, Classen's guide that leads an individual into the fieldthrough method for e/m of electrons, Hall effect magnet, large the best starting points to themore advanced levels. electromagnet, omegatron for determination of e/m The difficulty of referenced material is evaluatedas of the proton, acceleration carts and track, nuclear elementary, intermediate,or advanced.Certain ref- magnetic resonance by absorption technique, Ruther- erencee are starred to indicate that theyare particularly ford scattering of alpha particles by thin metal foils, important and fundamental to penetration intothe electron paramagneticresonance, small X-ray tube subject matter.From among the starred references ionization source for Millikan oil drop experiment, in the resource letter, about 100pages of material are versatileelectrictimercontrolsystem, ionization selectedcomprising importantitemsscatteredin chamber, proportional counter, impulse driven tor- journals and not available in textbooks; theseitems sional mechanical oscillator, platinum-wedgeblack are then reprinted in a booklet that is offered for sale body, whirligig, a conical pendulum for centripetal by the American Institute of Physics.(The reprint force experiments, vertical-circle apparatus, apparatus booklet part of this project is supported bythe Ameri- for investigating the properties of soundwaves, ver- can Association of Physics Teachers.) satile X-Y projector plotter, accessory apparatus for Resource letters on the following subjectshave been large electromagnet, and atomic beamapparatus for issued to date: Polarized Light; Plasma mean free path. Physics; Spe- cial Relativity; MOssbauer Effect; Kinematicsand W. C. Kelly, "Introductionto Apparatus Drawings," Dynamics of Satellite Orbits; Quantumand Statistical American Journal of Physics 28, 33 (1960),and sub- Aspects of Light; Evolution of theElectromagnetic sequent articles in this journal. Field Concept; Friction; Superconductivity;Semi- 104 - :amosiormaiereas

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PHYSICS conductors;Nuclear Structure;Evolutionofthe models,hysteresisdemonstrator,dischargetube, Energy Concept; Philosophical Foundations of Me- photoelectric trigger, measurement of. Hall coefficient, chanics; Nuclear Magnetic Resonance; Masers and harmonic analyzer, plastic solid -CO2 pucks, Bragg re- Optical Pumping; Molecular Beams; Science and flection with ripples, two-dimensional kinetic theory Literature; and Achievement Testing. model, X-Y plotter; and orbital motion. Copies of resource letters may be obtained by send- The 185-page volume, Demonstration and Labora- ing a request with a self-addressed, stamped envelope tory Apparatus Report of the 1960 Summer Visiting to the American Institute of Physics. Professor Workshop, may be purchased from the Rens- selaerUnion Book Store,RensselaerPolytechnic 283. Current Presentation of Physics to Non- institute. science Majors. MALCOLM CORRELL, Department of Physics, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colo. 80304. 285. Summer Conference on the Teaching of (1964) Physics in the Two-Year Institutions of the State This conference, held in July 1964, assembled 30 University of New York. CLIFFORD E. SWARTZ, physicists and 10 people from related disciplines, the Department of Physics, State University of New York socialsciences,and thehumanities.Participants at Stony Brook, Stony Brook, N.Y. 11790.(1965 were selected for their interest in teaching science ) A four-week conference was conducted at the State to those students who will not enter the scientific dis- University of New York (SUNY), Stony Brook, dur- ciplines in a professional way.The conference began ing the summer of 1965.The conference staff was by looking at several notable efforts to teach physics drawn from the physics faculty at SUNY, Stony to the nonscientist and centered its continuing discus- Brook, who had been active in curriculum revision sion around the development of programs to improve programs.Participants included one leading staff such courses throughout the country. member of each two-year unit of the SUNY system. The 200-page paperbound Proceedings ofthe The first one-third of the conference was devoted to Boulder Conference on Physics for the Nonscience a survey ofrecent developments in the teaching of Major has been published and is now available; sin- introductory physics and the problems of adapting gle copies may be requested from the conference di- new materials for use in the two-year college.The rector or from the Commission on College Physics, remaining two-thirds of the conference time was de- Physics and Astronomy Building, University of Mich- voted todetailed considerationof an elementary igan, Ann Arbor, Mich. 48104.The report includes presentation of the special theory of relativity.Prob- several suggestions for future projects which should lem analysis, laboratory work, film review, and study aid in defining appropriate goals for physics instruc- of monographs were all aimed at preparing suitable tion to nonscience majors. Also, it should stimulate materials for guidance of teachers in two-year insti- experimentation in the design of new approaches which tutions.The results of the conference were applied are as rigorous, yet not necessarily as mathematical, during the 1965-66 school year with evaluativeses- as introductory courses for science majors. sions planned for the annual meetings of the two-year college faculties. 284. Summer Workshop in Introductory College Physics.ROBERT RESNICK and HARRY F. MEINERS, 286. Source Materials for the History of Recent Department of Physics, Rensselaer Polytechnic Insti- Physics in the United States.CHARLES WEINER, tute, Troy, N.Y. 12181.(1960-1961) American Institute of Physics, 335 East 45th Street, Demonstration and laboratory apparatus for the New York, N.Y. 10017.(1963-1965) introductory college physics course was developed The major activities of this projectare: (1) locat- during a summer workshop. A report containing ing items (manuscripts and apparatus) of potential descriptions of 48 completed projects was prepared significance for studying the development of physics, and distributed to 600 interested individuals and in- and of the physics community, in the United States stitutions.The report contains a- detailed drawing from 1890 to the present; (2) urging scientists, in- and a materials list for each piece of equipment,as dustrial and academic institutions, libraries, science well as directions for use and other pertinentcom- museums, and others to preserve documents recording ments. Projects include ion motor, driven linear the history of physics in the United States andto oscillator, stroboscopic techniques, fluorescent optical catalogue such materials; the project assists such

105 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PHYSICS work wherever possible;(3)recording interviews ing Center program of the Massachusetts Institute of with physicists associated with significant discoveries Technology, and the curriculum studies of the Com- made in the United States, and obtaining a photo- mission on College Physics).Such material as film graphic or other record of apparatus used in impor- notes, journal articles, data, photographs, andslides tant researches; (4) gathering and organizing abio- are also provided where appropriate. graphical-bibliographical collectionof material on Eleven lecture-demonstration films froni 8 to 38 some 1200 present and pastmembers of the physics minutes in length and a series of 23 short, silent films community in the United States;(5)organizing have been produced.Films presently in production the information and some archival material, gathered include: velocity distribution of atoms in a gas; mass according to the preceding four objectives, into an and energy conservation in positron-electron annihila- archives located at the American Institute of Physics. tion; polarization of photonsviewed via quantum A Newsletter describing the Project on the History mechanics; the Stern-Gerlach experiment; Brownian of Recent Physics in the United States, is available motion, the random walk; the angular momentum of from the American Institute of Physics. radiation; soap film oscillation; and the measurement of the atomic mass of polonium and helium.Some 287. Apparatus for College Physics. WAL 'ER new work has begun on several silent, com- EPPENSTEIN and ROBERT RESNICK, Department of Phsy- puter-generated films concerned with the presentation sics, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, N.Y. 12181. of basic ideas and concepts in statistics and quantum (1963-1965) physics. Laboratory and lecture demonstration apparatus The 16mm, black-and-white, sound filmslisted to meet known national needs in collegephysics below are available for review or trial use without designed, and constructed. courses have been planned, charge.They may also be purchased.Until ar- Following a spring conference, five visiting physicists rangements are made for commercial distribution, worked directly with six physicists from the Rensse- inquiries should be directed to: Film Librarian, Edu- laer faculty and a supporting technical staff during cational Services Incorporated. a two-month period inthe summer of 1964.About 20 projects started by the group during the summer The Size of Atoms from an Atomic Beam Experiment, John G. King (28 min.) ; Angular Momentum, a Vec- have been completed at Rensselaer and other institu- tions, and the resulting apparatus is being tested in tor Quantity, Aaron Lemonick (27 min.) ; The Ulti- mate Speed, an Exploration with High Energy Elec- classes. A final report will include photographs and trons, William Bertozzi (38 min.) ; Time Dilation, an design drawings of all apparatus, discussions of class- Experiment with au-Mesons, David H. Frisch(36 room use and operatingprocedures for experiments min.) ;Momentum of Electrons(color), John G. and demonstrations. King (10 min.) ;Reflection and Refraction, Wave Nine papers on the Workshop Project were pre- Phenomena I, James Strickland (17 min.) ; Interfer- sented at the meeting of the American Association ence andDiffraction, Wave Phenomena II, James of Physics Teachers at the University of Tennessee (19 min.) ;Barrier Penetration, Wave Abstracts of these papers are being Strickland in June 1965. Phenomena III, James Strickland (8 min.) ; Bragg published in the American Journal of Physics. A Reflection, Wave Phenemena IV, James Strickland limited number of Workshop Reports are available (10 min.) ;Doppler Effect, Wave Phenomena V, from the project director. James Strickland (8 min.) ; and Solder Glass Tech- nique, John G. King and Jan Orsula (20 min.) ; Field 288. Films for College and University Physics Emission o; Electrons, A. P. French (4 min.) ; Photo Courses.JERROLD R. ZACHARIAS and JAMES S. Emission of Electrons, A. P. French (4 min.) ; and STRICKLAND, Educational Services Incorporated, 55 Chapel Street, Newton, Mass. 02158.(1961 ) Thermionic Emission of Electrons, A. P. French (6 This program is a means to provide many of the min.). new demonstrations andlaboratory experiments which The following short silent film demonstrations are are most appropriatelypresented via films for the availablefrom commercialdistributors.Running new college and universityphysics courses (such as times vary from 2 to 4 minutes: (a) Coupled oscilla- the Berkeley Physics Course, the Feynm'an Lectures, tor Series (color) : Energy Transfer, Other Oscillators, PSSC Advanced Topics Program, the Science Teach- and Normal Modes; (b) Ripple Tank Wave Pheno- 106 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PHYSICS mena Series (black-and-white) : Reflection of Straight purchasers.Film (a), released in June 1963, is 38 Waves from Straight Barriers, Reflection of Circular minutes in length.Film (b) is expected to be ready t. Waves from Various Barriers, Reflection of Waves for release soon. from Concave Barriers, Refraction of Waves, Barrier All inquiries on distribution should be sent to the Penetration by Waves, Bragg Reflection of Waves, distributor(Audio-VisualCenter,MichiganState Doppler Effect, Formation of Shock Waves, Super- University) ;alltechnical inquires to the project position of Pulses, Interference of Waves, The Effect director. of Phase Differences Between Sources, Single Slit Diffraction of Waves, Multiple Slit Diffraction of 290. Short Films in Physics.(Secondary, College) Waves, and Diffraction and Scattering of Waves FRANKLIN MILLER, JR., Department of Physics, Kenyon Around Obstacles; and (c)- Vector Kinematics Series College, Gambier, Ohio 43022.(1961-1963) (black-and-white) : The Velocity Vector, Velocityin A series of 19 short, single-concept, live-action Circular and Simple Harmonic Motion, The Accelera- film clips has been produced, each clip about 3 min- tion Vector, The Velocity and Acceleration in Cir- utes in length, designed to help physics teachers pre- cular Motion, Velocity and Acceleration in Simple sent essential concepts and demonstrations which are Harmonic Motion, and Velocity and Acceleration in difficult or impossible to present otherwise in class- Free Fall. room or lecturehall.Using conventional 16mm Distributors (each offers the films in at least one projectors, or cartridge-type 8mm projectors, a teacher of three formats (1) 16mm reels, (2) 8mm reels, will be able to present concepts in a classroom situa- (3) 8mm Technicolor cartridges) : Macalaster Scien- tion of his own devising without breaking the thread tific Corporation, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Modern of his presentation.All but one of the films (Nonre- Learning Aids, Science Electronics, The Ealing Cor- current Wavefronts) are in color.Only the essential poration.Further information about the project may action is shown and the films are silent to allow a be obtained from Dr. Strickland. teacher to supply a commentary at the level of his own class. A teachers' guide furnished with each 289. Films on Superfluidity and Superconduc- film gives data, calculations, theory, and interpreta- tivity.ALFRED LEITNER, Department of Physics, tion.While primarily designed for college courses, Michigan State University, East Lansing, Mich. 48824. most of the films will also be useful in mondary- (Present address: Department of Physics, Harvard school courses. University, Cambridge, Mass. 02138.)(1962-1966) The film clip series includes the following subjects: (a) Liquid Helium II, The Superfluid.The film Radioactive Decay; Scintillation Spectrometry; Ab- demonstrates the following: the lambda-point transi- sorption Spectra; Ferromagnetic Domain Wall Mo- tion; the viscosity paradox by the superleak versus tion;Paramagnetism of Liquid Oxygen;Critical the rotating cylinder methods; two experiments in- Temperature; Single Slit; Double Slit; Resolving volving the fountain effect; the Rollin film; and sec- Power; Michelson Interferometer; Coupled Oscillat- ond sound, whose speed is measured near 1.6'K. ors-Equal Masses;Coupled Oscillators-Unequal Narration builds the two-fluid model, for whose su- Masses; The Wilberforce Pendulum; Measurement of perfluid component the above experiments prove zero "G"The Cavendish Experiment; Inertial Forces- rti viscosity and entropy, and discusses the limitations Translational Acceleration; Inertial Forces-Centripetal of the model. Acceleration;TemperatureWaves;Nonrecurrent (b) An Introduction to Superconductivity.The Wavefronts; Tacoma Narrows Bridge Collapse. film discusset, by narration and demonstration ex- Production has been in 16mm and 8mm, on reels, periment: the disappearance of electrical resistance; and in 8mm cartridges for automatic projection. the dependence of transition temperature on mag- The films are sold, separately or in complete sets, netic field; the Meissner effect; and the superconduct- by The Ealing Corp.; Cambosco Scientific C.).; The ing electron energy gap by the electron tunneling Macalaster Scientific Corp.; Welch Scientific Co.; junction.The film is restricted to type I supercon- DistributionSupervisor, Motion PictureDivision, ductivity and builds the now-accepted model of elec- Ohio State University, 1885 Neil Avenue, Columbus, trons bound to each other. Ohio 43210; and Science Electronics. Both films are 16mm, black-end-white with sound. Script and explanatory comments are provided to 291. Color Motion Pictures Illustrating Satellite

107

ti :36,4410, COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PHYSICS

Motion, Gravitation, and CelestialMechanics. techniques of the first film can be judged.This (Secondary, College) HARRY F. MEINERS,Department second film will present the concept of symmetry and of Physics, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute,Troy, N.Y. the range and variety of applications of this concept. 12181.(1959-1962) Geometric, time, and color symmetries will be pre- Two films have been made using anelectronic plane- sented using examples from nature, the laboratory, tarium, with the aid of anoptical ap- models, and possibly stills from the first film. paratus which allowsthe camera to record simulta- Further information will be available from the neously and with an accuratetime scale, the image project director. of the orbit of a satellite andthe image of a rotating colored relief model of the earth. 293. Sourcebook for Demonstration Experi- .of the theory ments in Physics.HARRY F. MEINERS and ROBERT Satellite Orbits contains an analysis RESNICK, Department of Physics, Rensselaer Polytech- of gravitation, including adiscussion of Kepler's nic Institute, Troy, N.Y. 12181.(Grantee: American laws, a detailed discussion of theelements of satellite Association of Physics Teachers, 335 East 45th Street, motion, and actual scale orbits of someearly artificial New York, N.Y. 10017.)(1961 satellites. The aim of this project is to prepare a new reference Satellite Lifetime displays the threephases of or- text which will bring together the best demonstration bitaldecay, discusses the exponentialdecrease in equipment and techniques in physics now available. density of the atmosphere abovethe earth, and ex- Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute serves as the coordi- plains how satellites can be used asprobes to estimate nating center for this program of the American Asso- atmospheric density.The film also shows models of ciation of Physics Teacher's.The new book, to be Vanguard I and II in orbit around therotating earth entitled A Reference Source for Demonstration Exper- and an actual satellite disintegrating asit enters the iments in Physics, will consist of descriptions of dem- earth's atmosphere. onstration equipment including their use in lectures, The films can be obtained from theOffice of Insti- photographs, lists and sources of materials and, where tutional Research, Rensselaer PolytechnicInstitute. appropriate, working schematics to make possible Preview prints are available. construction by individuals.Emphasis in the selec- tion of material is placed on demonstrations related to 292. Films about Symmetry.JUDITH BREGMAN, the fundamental concepts of contemporary physics, Department of Physics, PolytechnicInstitute of Brook- e.g., demonstrations of the conservationlaws of energy, lyn, Brooklyn, N.Y. 11201.(1966-1967) momentum, and angular momentum; of kinetic theory; The two films to be produced aredesigned to teach of quantum effects such as the Franck-Hertz experi- the principles of geometric symmetry tophysics majors ment and the diffraction of electrons; of the micro- but are also expected to be useful inother physical scopic properties of solids, such as magnetic domains science courses. and the Hall effect; of scattering and resonance phen- The first, a ten-minute animatedfilm, will be cast omena; of electric and magneticfield patterns; of wave in the form of semi-abstract humanfigures in con- phenomena; and of the velocity of light. tinual motion; the arrangements and movementsof In addition, articles by the following authors will the figures will display symmetriesand by implica- be invited: Sir Lawrence Bragg, "The Role and Pur- tion define various symmetry elementsand show the pose of Lecture Demonstrations inEngland as Illus- consequences of combining two or moresuch ele- trated by the Tradition at the Royal Institution"; ments.There will be no spoken narration; music Walter Eppenstein, "Overhead Projection"; Gerald J. will be used to produce the basic rhythmictiming Holton, "What is Conveyed by Demonstration? Some of the movement and changes of its tone andquality Reflections and Styles"; Everett M. Hafner, "Corridor will be used to accomplish some of thefunctions Demonstrations"; Robert I. Hulsizer, "Films as a Lec- of a narrator.The film is designed to supplement ture Aid"; Rosalie C. Hoyt, "Closed-Circuit Televi- lectures and will be accompanied by a bookletthat sion"; Harry F. Meiners, "Stroboscopic Effects"; will make explicit the information that the film pre- R. W. Pohl, "Shadow Projection"; Eric M. Rogers, sents implicitly. "The Role and Purpose of Lecture Demonstrations in The second film will be approximately 25 minutes the United States"; and P. H. Scherrer, "The Role and in length and will employ more conventional teaching Purpose of Lecture Demonstrations in Switzerland." techniques against which the effectiveness of the new The two-volume reference work will be published by

108 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PHYSICS

The Ronald Press Company. being developed for both the introductory and the A brochure explaining all aspects of the program is advanced levels.A senior physicist has been assigned available from Professor Meiners. to materialize, as instructional experiments, the ideas generated in the departmental research areas.For the advanced laboratory, an electron diffraction camera 294. Lecture Demonstrations and Laboratory Ex- and optical pumping equipment have been completed, ercises for Introductory College Physics.JoHN and an apparatus for the study of ion formation in M.FOWLER,Department of Physics, Washington Uni- versity, St. Louis.(Present address: Commission on gases is near completion.For the introductory lab- College Physics, Physics and Astronomy Building, Uni- oratory, a versatile central-force experiment and an versityof Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich. 48104.) experiment on the energy and momentum of a trans- (1962-1964) verse wave in a chain have been developed.Papers The project is developing the necessary auxiliary on the optical pumping experiment and the central- laboratory and lecture materials to accompany an in- force experiment have been prepared, and one on the troductory physics course designed for all beginning electron diffraction camera is in preparation.Shop students.In the demonstrations, emphasis has been drawings for the construction of each of the experi- placed on systems which reproduce simple mathe- ments will be available. matical models and which can be presented with in- Experiments now in process of development include creasing sophistication during several lectures.Such one on Rutherford scattering and another on, the cos- demonstrations have been developed in the following mic ray muon spectrum.Experiments planned for subjects: frames of reference, collisions, harmonic future work include second sound in liquid He-II, motion, wave propagation in a one-dimensional me- the Einstein-de Haas effect, and solid-state transport dium, electron diffraction, Coulomb scattering, and properties. charged particle motion in an electrostatic field. During the latter part of the project the use of film 296. Experiments on Momentum: (A) Loss of techniques in demonstrations has been investigated, Energy in Captive Collisions, (B) Falling Sand particulrly those techniques which use the unique prop- on Scale.(Secondary, College) T.N. HATFIELD,De- partment of Physics, University of Houston, Houston, erties of film to retard and advance time and to super- Tex. 77004.(1960-1962) impose images. A pilot film superimposing a simple 1. A 30-cm, rigid beam is mounted on a ball bear- collision and the momentum-space representation of ing at the center, allowing rotation in a vertical plane. that collision his been made and was the subject of Masses m are attached to each end of the beam. A development at the recent Seattle workshop. third mass m (steel ball) is dropped from height hso The laboratory experiments are designed to provide as to be captured by the mass at one end of the beam phenomenological support to the lectures, to introduce while the beam is at rest ina horizontal position. certain subjects independently, and to provide drill Energy loss is measured by determining the minimum in data analysis, graphing, etc.Experiments include: value of h to cause a complete revolution.The rigid conversion of kinetic energy to heat, diffraction pho- beam may be replaced bya flexible beam of spring tometry, force on a current, wave propagation in steel for inelastic collisions. lumped media, and probability. 2. The apparatus to show momentum principles Rough film footage of Lenz's law demonstrations involved in sand fallingon a scale is somewhat like with a cyclotron magnet has been prepared and given that demonstrated by Dr. Paul Whiting in theappa- to Educational Services Incorporated for refinement. ratus contest at the 1961 AAPT meeting.However, Complete descriptions of demonstrations will be the apparatus described here shows the transientas given in the sourcebook in preparation at Rensselaer well as the steady state. A high, mechanical-optical Polytechnic Institute (see Item 293).Shop drawings magnification of the change of force producesa ver- of the one-dimensional wave propagation demonstra- tical motion of a focused beam on a screenor wall for tions are available from the project director. lecture demonstration.Simultaneous rotation about a vertical axis gives a horizontal motion of the spot 295. Laboratory Experiments in Physics.Rob:- of light with time.The apparatus is completelyme- ALD GEBALLE,Department of Physics, University of chanical-optical, except for a magnetic trap door for Washington, Seattle, Wash. 98105.(1963-1966) dropping the sand. Several undergraduate instructional experiments are A complete report containing detailed descriptions,

109 - - -

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PHYSICS drawings, and photographs of the apparatus, can be eats, to ascertain the extent to which present practice obtained from the project director. matches their concept of the role of the physics of fluids in undergraduate and graduate curricula. A 297. Experiments and Demonstrations for Gen. final report will describe the findings and offer sug- eral Physics. GUENTER SCHWARZ, Department of gestions to departments wishing to increase the empha- Physics, Florida State University, Tallahassee, Fla. sis placed on the physics of fluids. 32306.(1962-1964) Demonstrations developed included: (1) Rowland's experiment on the magnetic equivalence of a current 300. Apparatus for Advanced Undergraduate and a moving charge, and (2) the energy distriubtion Physics Laboratory. THOMAS H. WOOD, Depart- of electrons from a hot wire.Experiments are con- ment of Physics, University of Pennsylvania, Philadel- cerned primarily with these phenomena and with addi- phia, Pa. 19104.(1963-1964) tional experiments such as a nuclear scattering analog, The objective is to design and develop experiments the conservation of mechanical energy- in a non-linear and the necessary equipment in order to provide the system, and equipment for describing Newton's second advanced undergraduate with a direct measurement of law for linear and circular motion. the black-body distribution law. A secondary objec- Further information can be obtained from the proj- tive will illustrate the physical nature of optical res- ect director. onance permitting a rough determination of atomic half-lives of excited states in several alkali metals. 298. Laboratory Demonstrations and Expert. Reasonably priced instrumentation, readily available, ments in Optics.JOHN STRONG, Laboratory of As- will be used wherever possible.For the first purpose, trophysics and Physical Meteorology, The Johns Hop- a simple Ebert-type prism spectrometer has been de- kins University, Baltimore, Md. 21218.(1959-1963) signed which operstes in the near infrared; construc- A manual describing suitable student experiments in tion of the instrumek,..i is almost completed.For the optics was prepared to satisfy the needs of both the second purpose, a technique has been developed for small colleges and the larger institutions.The man- the construction of optical resonance sources which ual(Optics: Experiments and Demonstrations, by are both reliable and easy to prepare. C. Harvey Palmer, The Johns Hopkins Press) contains 59 experiments described uader the general headings of (1) ray optics, (2) wave optics, (3) polarization 301. Atomic and Nuclear Experiments for Under. and crystal optics, and (4) spectroscopy.Each of the graduate Laboratories.GEORGE E. BRADLEY and JACOB DEWITT, Department of Physics, Western Mich- experiments in the manual contains references, some igan University, Kalamazoo, Mich. 49001.(1961- theory, drawings and a description of the apparatus 1963) set-up, and procedures.In August 1962 a copy of the Several experiments are being developed for use in manual was sent, free of charge, to the head of the the area of atomic and nuclear physics.One experi- physics department of all colleges and junior colleges ment involves the alignment of sodium or rubidium in the United States.Additional copies can be pur- atoms by resonance absorption of circularly polarized chased from The Johns Hopkins Press. D-line radiation (optical pumping), and the measure- ment of nuclear magnetic r- r.-..ants.The aligned 299. Study of the Teaching of the Physics of atoms in vapor state are excited by a radio-freqiency Fluids in American Universities. RAYMOND J. EM- magnetic field.When the frequency corresponding to RICH, Department of Physics, Lehigh University, Beth- a Zeeman transition is applied, the orientation is de- lehem, Pa. 18015.(Grantee: The American Institute of Physics, 335 East 45th Street, New York, N.Y. stroyed and transmission of the aligning lightis 10017.)(1965-1966) reduced.Necessary equipment will be designed for Textbooks will be reviewed; physicists, active in the the experiment. teaching of fluid mechanics, will be interviewed; and Another experiment involves basic absorption and an extensive correspondence program will be initiated scattering studies with alpha, beta, and gamma radia- to assess present practice in the teaching of the physics tion.The equipment will include theuse of small of fluids and to note effective ways of presenting Geiger tubes to measure scattering.Studies of ions fluid dynamics topics. A report of the initial survey in magnetic fields at low pressures will also be made. will be circulated to selected physicists, who are either Further information can be obtained from Dr. working in the area or who have broad education inter- Bradley.

110

A' 302. Mossbauer-Effect Experiments for Advanced lectures presented to large groups of students. Physics Laboratories.J. RICHARD HASKINS, Depart- 1. Overlays. A series of overlays has been prepared ment of Physics, Gettysburg College, Gettysburg, Pa. consisting of single transparencies, colored overlays 17325.(1961-1962) (usually four to six per transparency), movable over- Equipment demonstrating the Mossbauer effect has lays, and "technamated" overlays for use with a been developed for use by students in advanced under- polaroid spinner.The transparencies are diazotype graduate laboratory courses in modern physics.One reproductions from an ammonia-de, eloping process. experiment used Fe 57 as source and absorber, and a 2. Models. Motorized and non-motorized models .loudspeaker with audio-oscillator and oscilloscope as made of luciteinclude: demonstrations of simple detector.The second experiment utilizes a toy train harmonic motion, wave phenomena and super-position, car on a slightly inclined track driven by a micrometer cyclotron model, AC generator, _primary and secondary Sources can be prepared by evaporating Co 57 screw. coils, kinetic theory, vector addition, and probability on copper and iron foils and annealing in vacuum at board.Collision and scattering phenomena are dem- about 920*C. in a small commercial furnace.The onstrated by rolling steel balls dipped in colored inks student experiments use an enriched absorber foil across the projector, leaving visible tracks of various which is available commercially, as are all the items colors.Rutherford scattering and the Compton effect needed for these experiments.No AEC license is re- can also be demonstrated with these devices. quired. Expenditures of $650 to $1,050 are required 3. Breadboards for Electrical Connections. A trans- to set ur these experiments. parent breadboard has been constructed for electrical A final report can be otbain'd from the project connections.On this flexible board, many circuits director. have been set up using miniature batteries, switches, 303. Experiments in Optics Using the Optical etc.Actual current and voltage measurements are Maser.ROBERT E. HOPKINS and M. PARKER GIVENS, made by projection meters mounted on the overhead Institute of Optics, University of Rochester, Rochester, projector. A circuit diagram is projected first; the N.Y. 14627.(1962-1965) actual circuit is then superimposed.This technique The purpose of this project is to develop experi- has been used in discussion of electrical circuits involv- ments and lecture cicmonstrations appropriate to intro- ing resistors as well as thermistors, using d.c. and a.c. ductory and intermediate courses in physical optics, When a permanent magnet is included, the Hall effect using the optical maser as a light source.With the can be demonstrated directly on the overhead pro- gas laser it is possible to obtain, in a diffraction-limited, jector.The time constant for the charge and discharge collimated beam, about 10' times more luminous flux of a capacitor can also be measured easily.This than can be obtained from a large conventional mono- project was awarded first prize at the Apparatus Com- chromatic source.This allows direct projectiOn of petitionof the American AssociationofPhysics many optical effects and eliminates tedious microscopic Teachers in 1961. observation. 4. X-Y Plotter.An X-Y plotter and associated cir- Among the topics dealt with are: (1) aperture dif- cuits have been completed.This recorder plots on the fraction and aberration effects in lens systems, (2) stage of an overhead projector any signal from suitable Abbe theory of the microscope and the illustration of amplifiers, analog computers, etc. phase contrast, (3) a simple type of interferometer, A detailed report entitled "The Overhead Projector (4) properties of the ruby rod maser, (5) the velocity in the Physics Lecture," is available for $1.00 from of light, (6) properties of Faby-Perot interferometers, the Rensselaer Union Supply Store, Rensselaer Poly- (7) heterodyning techniques for spectral analysis, and technic Institute. (8) shearing interferometry. Further information can be obtained from the proj- 305. Simple Vacuum Techniques and Experi- ments.R. NORMAN PEACOCK, Coordinated Science ect director. Laboratory and Department of Physics, University of Illinois, Urbana, Ill. 61803.(1965-1966) 304. Overhead Projector Demonstrations in Phy- The purpose of this project is to develop simple sics.WALTER EPPENSTEIN, Department of Physics, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, N.Y. 12181. methods of building vacuum systems thatcan be used (1959-1961) by students in advanced undergraduate laboratories Four groups of accessories for overhead projectors and to devise suitable experiments in the fields of have been designed and constructed for use in physics vacuum and surface physics and electronics.Modern

111

0.; . . L. rt....4.x : COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PHYSICS vacuum principles are to be emphasized. in weight are added or removed to give the desired Two types of construction are used.The first, usu- magnetic field intensity. A vacuum of 0.5 Torr is ally called "solder-glass," uses the methods developed readily realized in an aluminum spectrometer chambc.t by J. H. Owen Harries and the Science Teaching lined with lucite. A line source (Ban', 0.4mm wide Center at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. and 6mm long) is drawn across the diameter of the It is best suited to making small permanently sealed particle paths and the K and L internal conversion it tubes.Another and very versatile procedure is the electron lines of Ba737 are readily resolved. construction of vacuum systems from standard flanged A complete report on the work is available from the Pyrex Components as sold by the Corning Glass Works. project director. These are available in a very wide range of shapes and -izes at reasonable cost and may be quickly assem- 307. Optical Pumping Apparatus for Hyperfine bled erector-set fashion to make pumped systems cap- Zeeman Transitions.REUBEN BENUMOF, Science able of pressures at least as low as 10-6 Torr. Department, Staten Island Community College, Staten (1963-1964) Expriments ready for use in the advanced under- Island, N.Y. 10301. The purpose of this project is to develop optical graduate laboratory include: (1) a diffusion-pumped pumping apparatus and experiments for the study of flanged Pyrex system for studying electrostatic and hyperfine Zeeman transitions.The equipment is in- magnetic focusing of an electron beam; (2) compo- tended for use in undergraduate courses in atomic nents to permit conversion of the above pumping physics and intermediatelaboratorycourses. An system to a vacuum gauge comparison and calibration attempt will be made to devise less expensive methods unit; (3) a solder-glass experiment with a tube con- of producing the desired effects.Suitable experi- taining thermocouple and ionization gauges, in which ments will be developed and tested in the classroom. the pressure may be varied from 104 Torr to 10-7 Torr A general description of research done in this field by sorption pumping; and (4) experiments on getter. is given by R. Benumof in an article entitled "Optical ing and ion pumping performed in solder-glass tubes. Pumping Theory and. Experiments," American Journal Information concerning the experiments, details of the techniques, and photographs of some of the equip- of Physics 33, 2 (1965). ment are available from the project director. 308. Microwave Spectroscopy Experiment. JOHN J. FARIS, Department of Physics, Colorado State Uni- 306. Use of Semiconductor Particle Detectors in versity, Fort Collins, Colo. 80501.(1962-1965) Magnetic Deflection Beta Particle Spectrometers. The projIct has developed apparatus suitable for DONALD E. OLSON, Department of Physics, University upper-division, undergraduate laboratory study of the of Minnesota, Duluth, Minn. 55812.(1962-1963) microwave spectrum of ammonia. A semiconductor particle detectoris used in a The apparatus consists of an absorption cell and small, semicircular magnetic deflection spectrometer. allied equipment designed to operate at 23 - 25 kmc A charge-sensitive,transistorizedpreamplifier was in order to study the microwave spectrum of ammonia. built to drive a scaler or ratemeter with a 25-my input The cell is provided with a Stark electrode, so that the sensitivity.The preamplifier is a modified version of Stark effect in the spectrum can be studied. one designed at theBrookhaven Laboratory by R. L. Further information can be obtained from the proj- Chase, IRE Transactions, N.S. (8), 147 (1%1). The ect director. feedback is adjusted to give a voltage .gain of about 1200 for the detection of beta particles.For alpha 309. An Undergraduate Stern-Gerlach Appara- particle pulse-height measurements a more linear re- tus.MELVIN DAYBELL, Department of Physics, New sponse is required, and a voltage gainof around 700 Mexico State University, University Park, N. Mex. has worked well.The preamplifier has been used to 88070.(1963-1966) drive a single-channel pulse height analyzer.The The objective is to develop an inexpensive apparatus 4.52, 4.79, and 4.87 Mev alpha particle of NP237 for performing the Stern-Gerlach experiment on the were resolved (FWHM) of 140 key isrealized). quantization of atomic spins.The design will utilize Surplus magnetron magnets are used with mild steel parts of existing apparatus developed by the Apparatus (10/10 hot rolled) pole faces to produce magnetic Drawings Project of the American Institute of Physics fields, 64 in.2 in area, 11/4" air gap, of 500 to 3000 and the American Association of Physics Teachers, as gauss.Horseshoe.shaped magnets from 5 to 25 lbs. well as components built specifically for the present

112 ta, PrrowlwmorriFirwrIrrialr

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PHYSICS experiment. Some components, such as magnet vacuum 312. An Electron-Optical Bench for Student Ex- system, and an electrometer will be interchangeable periments.HENRY E. BREED, Department of Physics, with other teaching and/or research apparatus.All Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy, N.Y. 12181. work to date has been done using a potassium beam (1961-1963) and a hot wire detector.The apparatus will be useful An electron beam instrument, suitable for student construction and experimentation, has been designed. for direct demonstrations of quantum effectsas well as in the teaching of atomic and molecular' beam tech- The basic components include a vacuum System,a high nique.If produced on a commercial basis, in kit voltage source, an electron gun, and an electron optical assembly with housing. form, as an accessory for the Ealing Caltech magnet, The vacuum gauge circuits, the apparatus should cost under $200, exclusive of the high voltage source, and the election opticsare de- magnet, magnet power supply, electrometer, and a signed for local construction.The vacuum gauge cir- source of high vacuum. cuit and high voltage source may also be purchased from any of several vendors. Further information is available from the project The electron guns are director. of the type readily available in ',.ne TV-tube reconstruc- tion industry.The housing is made from commonly available copper plumbing fittings.A small vacuum 310. Versatile Nuclear Coincidence Apparatus system capable of 10.6 Torr is required. for Undergraduate Use.E. JOHN WINHOLD, De- partment of Physics, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, An illustrated booklet is available from the project Troy, N.Y. 12181.(1962-1963) director. The objective was to design and develop a prototype, nuclear coincidence apt aratus which would be versa- 313. Vacuum Chambers for Nuclear Physics Ex- tile,simple tooperate, and modest incost.The periments. ARTHUR W. WALTNER, Department of apparatus is intended for use in advanced undergrad- Physics, North Carolina State of the University of North Carolina, Raleigh, N.C. 27607. uatephysicslaboratories.Itutilizesscintillation (1963-1965) counters togeolier with transistor electronics embody. The objective of the project is to design andcon- struct suitable vacuum chambers for performing exper- ing Simplified circuitry and construction.Differential pulse height analysisis provided in both counter iments employing commercialy available semiconductor detectors. channels.The apparatus is applicable to a study of Experiments utilizing these chambers for such topics as gamma ray scintillation spectrometry measurements in alpha-particle, beta-particle, conver- measurements, positron annihilation, angular corre- sionelectron,and gamma-my spectrometry,and lation measurements, lifetime of isomeric states, and nuclear reactions will be devised and tested. the Compton effect. The following materials willsoon be available: (1) A detailed report isavailable from the project drawings of typical chambers, (2) block diagrams for director. typical counting circuits,(3)experiment write-up sheets, and (4) typical data for each experiment. 311. Apparatus for Demonstrating Simple Har- monic, Circular and Vibratory Motion.(Sec- 314. Spark Chambers. ALLAN M. SACHS, Depart- ondary, College), MORRIS B. ABRAMSON, Physical Sci- ment of Physics, Columbia University, New York, N.Y. ence Department, Flushing High School, Flushing N.Y. 10027.(1962-1965) 11354.(Grantee: Queens College, Flushing, N.Y. In order to demonstrate cosmic radiation and the 11367). (1960-1961) bending of beta-rays ( froma radioactive source) in a The apparatus consists of three units which can be magnetic field, two types of spark chambers anda used separately or in combination to illustrate simple single simplified circuit for pulsing the chambers have harmonic, circular, and vibratory motion and their been constructed.One chamber consists of 6 to 12 interrelationships.Adjustments can be made to illus- flat metallic plates spaced 1/4-inchapart.When a trate frequency, amplitude, wavelength, clamping, and cosmic ray particle passes through the chamber, itis resonance. A recording unit traces out an appropri- detected by two scintillation counters and alternate ate sine wave representing the motion.Local construc- plates of the chamber are pulsedto a high potential. tion of the equipment is possible with costs estimated The resultant sparks, whichoccur in each gap along at $150$200. the path of the cosmic ray,are very bright and can be Further information is available from the project observed by students ina large lecture room. director. The second chamber hasa single gap and one of the

113 - w

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PSYCHOLOGY plates is made of transparent mesh.Beta particles 316.ApparatusforMeasuringRelativistic from a strontium-90 source pass in and out of the Change of Mass and Momentum Spectra of Elec- chamber through the thin windows in the sides and trons from Beta Ray Sources. MALCOLM CDR. RELL and ALBERT A. BARTLETT, Department of Physics, travel parallel to the plates.. A continuous curtain of University of Colorado, Boulder, Colo. 80304.(1962- discharge, following the path of the particle, is ob- 1963) served through the mesh.Curvature of the tracks is An instructional apparatus for measuring e/m of observed when a magnetic field is provided by a pair beta particles as a function of velocity has been de- of Helmholtz coils. signed and constructed. A 10 -me source such as Sr 90 A paper giving details of construction is being pre- or CS131 provides electrons with a wide rangeof speeds. pared for publication and preprints will be available A magnetic field momentum selector and a crossed from the project director. magnetic and electric field velocity selector separate out electrons which are detected by a G-M or solid- state counter.The same magnetic field is used in both 315. Basic Spectrometer. JOHN W. DEWDNEY, De- selectors and produced by an inside-out electromagnet, partment of Physics, University of New Hampshire, which may be described as an iron pillbox with the Durham, N.H. 03824.(Former grantee: Dartmouth energizing coil on the inside.The pillbox also serves College, Hanover, N.H. 03755.)(1960-1962) as the vacuum chamber. A mass spectrometer has been designed around Design and details of use, together with results ob- simple constituents: the vacuum system is made from tained, are given in "An Undergraduate Laboratory copper plumbing parts;electricalleadsintothe Apparatus for Measuring e/m as a Function of Veloc- vacuum are via darning needles pushed through rub- ity, I," A. A. Bartlett and Malcolm Correll, American ber stoppers; the filament of the thermal ionization Journal of Physics 33, 327 (1965). source is from a small light bulb; object and image By relocating some of the elements one can also slits are made from of razor blades sandwiched use the apparatus as a Vista -ray spectrometer.The between brass washers, work is being pursued and early publication is antici- The magnetic field is suppled by a permanent mag- pated.Further infor nation can be obtained from the net fitted with homemade cylindrical pole pieces (of project directors, such a diameter to give second-order direction focus- ing).IL modest vacuum of 10-4mm Hg is required. 317. Apparatus for Measuring Relativistic Vari- When the instrument is focused (by adjusting the posi- ation in Mass of Electrons. JOHN W. DEWDNEY, tion of the pole pieces) and aligned (by rotating Department of Physics, University of New Hampshire, Durham, N.H. 03824.(Former grantee: Dartmouth greased-rubber stoppers) a resolving power of 50 can College.) (1964-1965) be obtained. Apparatus is being developed which, it is expected, The cost of components for the instrument proper will make possible the measurement of a relativistic (not including a permanent magnet or electrical and effect in electrons accelerated to energies up to 30 Key. vacuum equipment) is something under $5.While a The electrons are deflected in a transverse electro lathe is required for making two cylindrical pole pieces static field whose magnitude is made proportional to for the magnet, other construction requires only com- the accelerating field.A change in the deflection as mon hand tools. the accelerating voltage is increased is a measure of For additional detail, see: John W. Dewdney, "Poor the difference between relativistic behavior and non- Man's Mass Spectrometer," American Journal of relativistic behavior.An article will be published, Physics 31, 932 (1963). probably in the American Journal of Physics, in 1966.

L. Psychology

For additional projects related to this section see also: 318. Filmed T :aching Interviews with Out- standing Contributors to Psychology.RICHARD 80. Memo-Activity Camera. I. EVANS, Department of Psychology, University of 120. Student Laboratory Equipment in Visual Sci- Houston, Houston, Tex. 77004.(1963-1965) ence. Under terms of a grant from the Fund for the Ad-

114 COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS PSYCHOLOGY .111.111 vancement of Education, this project was launched on New York, N.Y. 10019.(Grantee: American Psycho- the premise that filmed interviews with outstanding logical Association.) (1961-1963) contributors to theory in the psychology of person- The ten films (16mm, black-and-white, sound, 30 ality would add important dimensions to education in min.) present current research in experimental psychol- this field.Such films would also have archival sig- ogy which reveals significant concepts, methods, and nificance and provide a model of how this unique use new advances in the scientific study of behavior. of the dialogue could be employed as course content Titles and the principal scientists involvedare: in other scientific disciplines. The Conscience of a Child (Growth and Develop- Four one-hour, black-and-white, 16mm sound films ment), Robert Sears; A World to Perceive (Percep- of interviews with the late , and oue 45- tion), Herman Witkin, Eleanor Gibson, and Richard minute, black-and-white, 16mm sound film are avail- D. Walk; The Brain and Behavior (The Brain and the able from the University of Houston Film Production Nervous System), Donald B. Lindsley and Horace W. Center.Also, one 30-minute, black-and-white, 16mm Magoun; The Chemistry of Behavior (Psychopharma- sound film entitled Jung Speaks of Freud is available cology),Roger Russell, and Sebastian Grossman; from Psychological Cinema Register, Pennsylvania LearningAboutLearning(LearningResearch), State University, University Park, Pa. A moderate Howard Kendler, Tracy Kendler, Kenneth Spence, rental fee is charged. , and B. F. Skinner; No Two Alike (In- The present project is continuing the series of inter- dividual Differences and ), Lloyd views with other leading behavioral nientists.The Humphreys and James Gallagher; The Social Animal questions posed by the interviewer allow the inter- (), , Leon Fest- viewee to compare his conceptualizations with other inger, and Morton Deutsch; The Need to Achieve approaches to the psychology of personality, to de- ( and Personality), David McClelland; Of velop the key concepts in his theory, and to speculate Man and Machines (Engineering Psychology), Paul on such things as future developments in the field of Fitts, Julian Christiansen, and George Briggs; Com- personality theory.Members of the advisory com- puters and Human Behavior (Computers and Human mittee to the project are Dr. of the Mental Processes), Bert Green, Herbert Simon, and Menninger Foundation and Drs. Ernest J. Hi 1prd and Allan Newell. Nevitt Sanford of Stanford University. The series of films was shownon more than 90 edu- cational televisionstationsaffiliated Films prlduced by this project will be made avail- withc' National Educational Television,The films are available from able to educational institutions throughout the world. N.E.T. Film Service, Audio-Visual Center, Indiana Dialogues will be published in book formas were the Jung and Jones interview's: Conversations with University, Bloomington, Ind. 47405. To obtaina brochure with study guides write National Educational Carl Jung and Reactions from Ernest Jones, D. Van Television and Radio Center in New York City. Nostrand Co., Princeton, N. J. (1964) and Conversa- tionswith Erich Fromm(selectionof publisher 320. Study of the Undergraduate Curriculumin pending).The twelve films (30 to 50 minutes, black- Psychology.W. J. MCKEACHIE and J. E. MILHOL- and-white, 16mm sound prints)new being produced LAND, Department of Psychology, University of Mich- include interviews with Erich Fromm, B. F. Skinner, igan, Ann Arbor, Mich. 48103.(1959-1961) , Henry Murray, , The first phase of this studywas a quzstionnaire Erick Erikson, and Gardner Murphy. survey of all the degree-granting departments ofpsy- A summary report entitled, "Filmed Teaching Inter- chology in the country, carried out during theacademic views with Notable Contributions to Psychology: A year 1959-60.This survey attempted to acertain the New Social Psychological Dimension in Course Con- extent to which the curriculum proposed in Improving tent Improvement," may be obtained from the project Undergraduate Instruction in Psychology (D.Wolfle director. et al., Macmillan, 1952) had been put into practice and to solicit opinions of its value. The second phase was 319. Focus on Behavior.(Secondary, College) an 8-week conference at Ann ARTHUR G. BRAYFIELD, American Psychological Asso- Arbor during thesummer of 1960.The chapters in ciation, 1200 Seventeenth Street, N.W., Washington, the published report of the conference include:"Expe- D.C. 20036, and ROBERT B. HUDSON, National Educa- riences with the Wolfle Curriculum,""Pressureson tional Television and Radio Center, 10 Columbus Circle, the Curriculum," "Preprofessionaland Vocational [15 Training," "The Beginning Course," "The Experi- from Louis Snellgrove, Union University, Jackson, mental-Statistical Area," "Three Model Curricula for Tenn. 38302. the Major," "Suggestions for Research," and "Anno- tated Bibliography." W. J. McKeachie and J. E. Milholland, Undergrad- 323. Projection Color-Mixer.(Secondary, Col- lege) LORRIN A. RIGGS, Department of Psychology, uate Curricula in Psychology: Report of the Michigan Brown University, Providence, R.I. 02912.(1961- Conference (Scott, Foresman and Co., 1961). 1962) A portable instrument for projecting color test pat- terns on a screen has been constructed from standard, 321. Experiments on Animal Behavior.RICHARD commerciallyavailable equipment.The deviceis M. KLEIN, Department of Psychology, Adelphi Univer- suitable for group use in classes at the high school sity, Garden City, Long Island, N.Y. 11530.(1962- or college level to demonstrate the principal facts of 1963) color mixing.In addition, it can be used as an ano- The purpose of this project was to develop some maloscope to detect, measure the severity, and classify fifteen experiments on fish behavior to illustrate prin- the various types of color blindness. A pilot model ciples of learning and motivation.The experiments of the device costs $85; a model using somewhat more can be performed byundergraduate psychology or powerful projectors costs $135. biology students aS part of a demonstration program L. A. Riggs, "A Projection Color Mixer," reprinted The experiments are suitable for courses on learning. from The American Journal of Psychology (March in the psychology of learning and motivation.Illus- 1964). Reprintsareavailablefrom theproject trated were such principles as acquisition, extinction, reinforcement magnitude, partial reinforcement, sec- director. ondary reinforcement, chaining escape, avoidance, drive, generalization, discrimination, delay of rein- forcement, conflict, classical conditioning, and prob- 324. Inexpensive Device for Demonstrations and Laboratory Measurements in Audition.NEIL R. ability learning.The apparatus consisted of various BARTLETT, Department of Psychology, University of maze types(for discrete trials)and manipulanda Arizona, Tucson, Ariz. 85721.(1961) set-ups. The device is intended for use in college courses in Further information can be obtained from the proj- beginning psychology and physiology.Through ap- ect director. propriate matching of an audio oscillator, audio ampli- fier,speakers, and switches, thedevice performs throughout the audible frequency range at amplitudes 322. Psycho-Biological Apparatus for Demon- from -10 to 50 db.Both frequency and amplitude stration and Student Research.(Secondary, Col- are continuously variable.In addition, the usual step lege) D. K. CANDLAND, Department of Psychology, Buck- switches for frequency and amplitude and dual air nell University, Lewisburg, Pa. 17837.(1961-1962) conduction earphones are included so that the device The apparatus is designed to provide compact, inex- can be used as a clinical audiometer for testing hear- pensive, and flexible units for classroom demonstration ing.In this capacity, the device can be used in student and student research.All units may be built with research projects in beginning physiology and ex- household tools from materials purchased for under $5. perimental psychology courses.The unit is housed in The units include: a galvanometer for measuring the an attractive, sloping panel, metal cabinet with output galvanic skin response, an algesiometer, a techisto- jacks for the earphones and speakers.The speakers scope, a light source for the demonstrationof visual and crossover network are contained in a separate phenomena and psychological methods, mirror tracing, wooden enclosure.The entire unit is expected to cost non-electric maze, rotatingtrapezoid,small-animal under $200 and may be constructed by anyone with test chamber, and human maze or problem-solving circuit wiring experience. apparatus. A final report with construction details and wiring A brochure containing descriptions and plans of the diagrams can be obtained from Dr. Albert E. Bartz, apparatus has been prepared, but is now out of print. Department of Psychology, Concordia College, Moor- Inforr,ion on similar apparatus can be obtained head, Minn. 56560. 116 . s ).

roc

COLLEGE AND UNIVERSITY PROJECTS SOCIOLOGY

rL M. Sociology c For additional projects relatedto this section see also: status and class difference, alienation and juvenile 67. Social Science Program. delinquency, differential fertility, etc.Exercises are 69. Sociological Resources for Secondary Schools. generally organized so that students not only replicate 89. Films on Nepalese Culture for Courses in An- the original studies, but alsouse the data creatively thropology. by making predictions, decidingon control variables, and making ex post facto interpretations. 325. Behavioral Science Data Cards andRe- search Exercises.ROBERT Smola, Department of The educational objective of direct handling of Sociology, Dartmouth College, Hanover, N. H. 03755. professionally collected data by undergraduates isto 31, (1963-1965) provide experience with primarysource material. The objective of this project is to developa technique Ideally, this should lead toa more meaningful under- for facilitating researchor laboratory experience for standing of sociology, toa more realistic appreciation students in introductory sociologycourses.Students of the current limitations in social research, and,most were given data from various professional studies, important, to a recognition of the significance of the such as opinion-behavior survey's, demographic-ecolog- scientific method in understanding human behavior. ical studies, ethnographic studies, experimentsin social An extensive evaluationprogram is being conducted psychology, and cross-national statistics.Selected data to appraise the merit of the materials. from these studies were transferred to edge-punched A limited number of copies of the data cards,the "data cards," a set of which students analyzedin a laboratory assignments, and the evaluationreport may r series of twelve exercises. The content of the data be obtained from the project director. Alaboratory cards and the exercisesare keyed to representative manual for introductory sociology utilizingthe data concepts, such as socialization, primary relationships, card technique will be published in 1966.

r

1

117

Ps .;r1.44,4; 1

Appendix

List of Commercial Publishers, Film and TelevisionProducers, and Apparatus Manufacturers Cited in Project Descriptions in this Publication

Academic Press, 111 Fifth Ave., New York, N. Y. 10003. Macalaster Scientific Corp., 60 Arsenal St., Watertown, Mass. Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Inc., Reading, Mass. 01867. 02172. Ann Arbor Instrument Works, 1200 Rosewood, Ann Arbor, Macro Models, P. 0. Box 287, South San Francisco, Calif. Mich. 48104. 94082. IA A. R. F. Products, Inc., P. 0. Box 75, Raton, N. Mex. 87740. The Macmillan Co., 60 Fifth Ave., New York, N. Y. 10011. Association Films, Inc., 347 Madison Ave., New York, N. Y. Modern Learning Aids, 3 East 54th St., New York, N. Y. 10022. 10017. National Educational Television and Radio Center, Blaisdell Publishing Co., 501 Madison Ave., New York, N. Y. 10 Columbus Circle, New York, N. Y. 10019. 10022. Norwood Studios, 926 New Jersey Ave., N.W., Washington, D.C. Cambosco Scientific Co., 342 Western Ave., Boston, Mass., 20001. 02135. Philco Techrep Division, 515 Pennsylvania Ave., Chemical Education Publishing Co., 20th and Northampton Sta., Fort Washington, Pa. 19034. Easton, Pa. 18042. Plenum Press, Inc., 227 West 17th St., New York, N. Y. 10011. Central Scientific Co., 1700 Irving Park Rd., Chicago, Ill. Prentice-Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, N. J. 07631. 60613. Psychological Corp., 304 East 45th St., New York, N. Y. 10017. Clay-Adams, Inc., 141 East 25th St., New York, N. Y. 10010. Radiant Films, Inc., 247 West 42nd St., New York, N. Y. 10036. Doubleday and Co., Inc., 501 Franklin Ave., Garden City, N. Y. Rand McNally & Co., P. 0. Box 7600, Chicago, Ill. 60680. 11530. Random House, Inc., 239 Great Neck Rd., Great Neck, N. Y. E. P. Dutton and Co., Inc., 201 Park Ave., S., New York, N. Y. 11021. 10003. Rinco Instrument Co., Greenville, Ill. 62246. The Ealing Corp., 2225 Massachusetts Ave., Cambridge, Mass. The Ronald Press Co., 15 East 26th St., New York, N. Y. 10010. 02140. Science Electronics, Inc., Simon and Ledge Sts., Nashua, N. H. Educational Testing Service, Princeton, N. J. 08540 03060. Encyclopaedia Britannica Films, Inc., 1150 Wilmette Ave., Scott, Foresman & Co., 433 East Erie St., Chicago, Ill. 60611. Wilmette, Ill. 60091. L. W. Singer Co., Inc., 249.259 West Erie Blvd., Syracuse, N. Y. Forma Company, 111 East Northfield Church Rd., 13202. Whitmore Lake, Mich. 48189. Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, W. H. Freeman and Co, 660 Market St., San Francisco, Calif. Washington, D.C. 20402. 94104. Thorne Films, Inc., 1299 University Ave., Boulder, Colo. 80302. Gauthier-Villars, 55, Quai des Grands-Augustins, Paris (6e), University of California Press, Berkeley, Calif. 94720. France. University of Chicago Press, 5750 Ellis Ave., Chicago, Ill. 60637. Harcourt Brace & World Co., 757 Third Ave., New York, N. Y. University Tutorial Press, Ltd., Clifton House, Euston Rd., 10017. London, N.W. 1, England. Harvard University Press, Cambridge, Mass. 02138. D. Van Nostrand Co., Inc., Princeton, N. J. 08540. D. C. Heath and Co., 285 Columbus Ave., Boston, Mass. 02116. A. C. Vroman, Inc., 367 South Pasadena Ave., Pasadena, Calif. The Heath Company, Benton Harbor, Mich. 49022. 91105. Holden-Day, Inc., 728 Montgomery St., San Francisco, Calif. W. M. Welch Scientific Co., 1515 Sedgwick St.. Chicago, Ill. 94111. 60610. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, Inc., 383 Madison Ave., John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 605 Third Ave., New York, N. Y. 10016. New York, N. Y 10017. Yale University Press, 92-A Yale Station, New Haven, Conn. Houghton Mifflin Co., 2 Park St., Boston, Mass. 02107. 06520. The Jonhs Hopkins Press, Baltimore, Md. 21218. McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., 330 West 42nd St., New York, N. Y. 10036.

E66-P-20

U. S. GOVERNMEPT PRINTING OFFICE: 1966-0 222.678 118

1.1w .fuve,s-,! %le